1 //===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis --------------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 // This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
11 // engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
12 // variables in loops.
13 //
14 // There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
15 // scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
16 // These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
17 // can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
18 // pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
19 //
20 // One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
21 // if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
22 // the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
23 // recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
24 // represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
25 //
26 // In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
27 // have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
28 // particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
29 // rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
30 //
31 // Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
32 // higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
33 // types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
34 //
35 // TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
36 // dependence analysis!
37 //
38 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
39 //
40 // There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
41 //
42 //  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
43 //  of closed-form functions
44 //  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
45 //
46 //  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
47 //  Eugene V. Zima
48 //
49 //  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
50 //  Robert A. van Engelen
51 //
52 //  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
53 //  Robert A. van Engelen
54 //
55 //  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
56 //  induction variable substitution
57 //  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
58 //
59 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
60 
61 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
62 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
63 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
64 #include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
65 #include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
66 #include "llvm/ADT/EquivalenceClasses.h"
67 #include "llvm/ADT/FoldingSet.h"
68 #include "llvm/ADT/None.h"
69 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
70 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
71 #include "llvm/ADT/ScopeExit.h"
72 #include "llvm/ADT/Sequence.h"
73 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
74 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
75 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallSet.h"
76 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
77 #include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
78 #include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
79 #include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
80 #include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
81 #include "llvm/Analysis/InstructionSimplify.h"
82 #include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
83 #include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
84 #include "llvm/Analysis/TargetLibraryInfo.h"
85 #include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
86 #include "llvm/Config/llvm-config.h"
87 #include "llvm/IR/Argument.h"
88 #include "llvm/IR/BasicBlock.h"
89 #include "llvm/IR/CFG.h"
90 #include "llvm/IR/CallSite.h"
91 #include "llvm/IR/Constant.h"
92 #include "llvm/IR/ConstantRange.h"
93 #include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
94 #include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
95 #include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
96 #include "llvm/IR/Dominators.h"
97 #include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
98 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalAlias.h"
99 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalValue.h"
100 #include "llvm/IR/GlobalVariable.h"
101 #include "llvm/IR/InstIterator.h"
102 #include "llvm/IR/InstrTypes.h"
103 #include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
104 #include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
105 #include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
106 #include "llvm/IR/Intrinsics.h"
107 #include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
108 #include "llvm/IR/Metadata.h"
109 #include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
110 #include "llvm/IR/PatternMatch.h"
111 #include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
112 #include "llvm/IR/Use.h"
113 #include "llvm/IR/User.h"
114 #include "llvm/IR/Value.h"
115 #include "llvm/Pass.h"
116 #include "llvm/Support/Casting.h"
117 #include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
118 #include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
119 #include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
120 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
121 #include "llvm/Support/KnownBits.h"
122 #include "llvm/Support/SaveAndRestore.h"
123 #include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
124 #include <algorithm>
125 #include <cassert>
126 #include <climits>
127 #include <cstddef>
128 #include <cstdint>
129 #include <cstdlib>
130 #include <map>
131 #include <memory>
132 #include <tuple>
133 #include <utility>
134 #include <vector>
135 
136 using namespace llvm;
137 
138 #define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
139 
140 STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
141           "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
142 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
143           "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
144 STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
145           "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
146 STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
147           "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
148 
149 static cl::opt<unsigned>
150 MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
151                         cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
152                                  "symbolically execute a constant "
153                                  "derived loop"),
154                         cl::init(100));
155 
156 // FIXME: Enable this with EXPENSIVE_CHECKS when the test suite is clean.
157 static cl::opt<bool> VerifySCEV(
158     "verify-scev", cl::Hidden,
159     cl::desc("Verify ScalarEvolution's backedge taken counts (slow)"));
160 static cl::opt<bool>
161     VerifySCEVMap("verify-scev-maps", cl::Hidden,
162                   cl::desc("Verify no dangling value in ScalarEvolution's "
163                            "ExprValueMap (slow)"));
164 
165 static cl::opt<unsigned> MulOpsInlineThreshold(
166     "scev-mulops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
167     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining multiplication operands into a SCEV"),
168     cl::init(32));
169 
170 static cl::opt<unsigned> AddOpsInlineThreshold(
171     "scev-addops-inline-threshold", cl::Hidden,
172     cl::desc("Threshold for inlining addition operands into a SCEV"),
173     cl::init(500));
174 
175 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVCompareDepth(
176     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
177     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV complexity comparisons"),
178     cl::init(32));
179 
180 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth(
181     "scalar-evolution-max-scev-operations-implication-depth", cl::Hidden,
182     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SCEV operations implication analysis"),
183     cl::init(2));
184 
185 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxValueCompareDepth(
186     "scalar-evolution-max-value-compare-depth", cl::Hidden,
187     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive value complexity comparisons"),
188     cl::init(2));
189 
190 static cl::opt<unsigned>
191     MaxArithDepth("scalar-evolution-max-arith-depth", cl::Hidden,
192                   cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive arithmetics"),
193                   cl::init(32));
194 
195 static cl::opt<unsigned> MaxConstantEvolvingDepth(
196     "scalar-evolution-max-constant-evolving-depth", cl::Hidden,
197     cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive constant evolving"), cl::init(32));
198 
199 static cl::opt<unsigned>
200     MaxExtDepth("scalar-evolution-max-ext-depth", cl::Hidden,
201                 cl::desc("Maximum depth of recursive SExt/ZExt"),
202                 cl::init(8));
203 
204 static cl::opt<unsigned>
205     MaxAddRecSize("scalar-evolution-max-add-rec-size", cl::Hidden,
206                   cl::desc("Max coefficients in AddRec during evolving"),
207                   cl::init(16));
208 
209 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
210 //                           SCEV class definitions
211 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
212 
213 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
214 // Implementation of the SCEV class.
215 //
216 
217 #if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
218 LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void SCEV::dump() const {
219   print(dbgs());
220   dbgs() << '\n';
221 }
222 #endif
223 
224 void SCEV::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
225   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
226   case scConstant:
227     cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
228     return;
229   case scTruncate: {
230     const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(this);
231     const SCEV *Op = Trunc->getOperand();
232     OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
233        << *Trunc->getType() << ")";
234     return;
235   }
236   case scZeroExtend: {
237     const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(this);
238     const SCEV *Op = ZExt->getOperand();
239     OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
240        << *ZExt->getType() << ")";
241     return;
242   }
243   case scSignExtend: {
244     const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(this);
245     const SCEV *Op = SExt->getOperand();
246     OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to "
247        << *SExt->getType() << ")";
248     return;
249   }
250   case scAddRecExpr: {
251     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(this);
252     OS << "{" << *AR->getOperand(0);
253     for (unsigned i = 1, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
254       OS << ",+," << *AR->getOperand(i);
255     OS << "}<";
256     if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
257       OS << "nuw><";
258     if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
259       OS << "nsw><";
260     if (AR->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
261         !AR->getNoWrapFlags((NoWrapFlags)(FlagNUW | FlagNSW)))
262       OS << "nw><";
263     AR->getLoop()->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
264     OS << ">";
265     return;
266   }
267   case scAddExpr:
268   case scMulExpr:
269   case scUMaxExpr:
270   case scSMaxExpr: {
271     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this);
272     const char *OpStr = nullptr;
273     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
274     case scAddExpr: OpStr = " + "; break;
275     case scMulExpr: OpStr = " * "; break;
276     case scUMaxExpr: OpStr = " umax "; break;
277     case scSMaxExpr: OpStr = " smax "; break;
278     }
279     OS << "(";
280     for (SCEVNAryExpr::op_iterator I = NAry->op_begin(), E = NAry->op_end();
281          I != E; ++I) {
282       OS << **I;
283       if (std::next(I) != E)
284         OS << OpStr;
285     }
286     OS << ")";
287     switch (NAry->getSCEVType()) {
288     case scAddExpr:
289     case scMulExpr:
290       if (NAry->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
291         OS << "<nuw>";
292       if (NAry->hasNoSignedWrap())
293         OS << "<nsw>";
294     }
295     return;
296   }
297   case scUDivExpr: {
298     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this);
299     OS << "(" << *UDiv->getLHS() << " /u " << *UDiv->getRHS() << ")";
300     return;
301   }
302   case scUnknown: {
303     const SCEVUnknown *U = cast<SCEVUnknown>(this);
304     Type *AllocTy;
305     if (U->isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
306       OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
307       return;
308     }
309     if (U->isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
310       OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
311       return;
312     }
313 
314     Type *CTy;
315     Constant *FieldNo;
316     if (U->isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
317       OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
318       FieldNo->printAsOperand(OS, false);
319       OS << ")";
320       return;
321     }
322 
323     // Otherwise just print it normally.
324     U->getValue()->printAsOperand(OS, false);
325     return;
326   }
327   case scCouldNotCompute:
328     OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
329     return;
330   }
331   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
332 }
333 
334 Type *SCEV::getType() const {
335   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(getSCEVType())) {
336   case scConstant:
337     return cast<SCEVConstant>(this)->getType();
338   case scTruncate:
339   case scZeroExtend:
340   case scSignExtend:
341     return cast<SCEVCastExpr>(this)->getType();
342   case scAddRecExpr:
343   case scMulExpr:
344   case scUMaxExpr:
345   case scSMaxExpr:
346     return cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(this)->getType();
347   case scAddExpr:
348     return cast<SCEVAddExpr>(this)->getType();
349   case scUDivExpr:
350     return cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(this)->getType();
351   case scUnknown:
352     return cast<SCEVUnknown>(this)->getType();
353   case scCouldNotCompute:
354     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
355   }
356   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
357 }
358 
359 bool SCEV::isZero() const {
360   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
361     return SC->getValue()->isZero();
362   return false;
363 }
364 
365 bool SCEV::isOne() const {
366   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
367     return SC->getValue()->isOne();
368   return false;
369 }
370 
371 bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
372   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
373     return SC->getValue()->isMinusOne();
374   return false;
375 }
376 
377 bool SCEV::isNonConstantNegative() const {
378   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(this);
379   if (!Mul) return false;
380 
381   // If there is a constant factor, it will be first.
382   const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0));
383   if (!SC) return false;
384 
385   // Return true if the value is negative, this matches things like (-42 * V).
386   return SC->getAPInt().isNegative();
387 }
388 
389 SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
390   SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
391 
392 bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
393   return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
394 }
395 
396 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
397   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
398   ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
399   ID.AddPointer(V);
400   void *IP = nullptr;
401   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
402   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
403   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
404   return S;
405 }
406 
407 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt &Val) {
408   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
409 }
410 
411 const SCEV *
412 ScalarEvolution::getConstant(Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
413   IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
414   return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
415 }
416 
417 SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
418                            unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
419   : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
420 
421 SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
422                                    const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
423   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
424   assert(Op->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
425          "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
426 }
427 
428 SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
429                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
430   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
431   assert(Op->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
432          "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
433 }
434 
435 SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
436                                        const SCEV *op, Type *ty)
437   : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
438   assert(Op->getType()->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
439          "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
440 }
441 
442 void SCEVUnknown::deleted() {
443   // Clear this SCEVUnknown from various maps.
444   SE->forgetMemoizedResults(this);
445 
446   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
447   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
448 
449   // Release the value.
450   setValPtr(nullptr);
451 }
452 
453 void SCEVUnknown::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *New) {
454   // Remove this SCEVUnknown from the uniquing map.
455   SE->UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(this);
456 
457   // Update this SCEVUnknown to point to the new value. This is needed
458   // because there may still be outstanding SCEVs which still point to
459   // this SCEVUnknown.
460   setValPtr(New);
461 }
462 
463 bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
464   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
465     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
466       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
467         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
468             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
469             CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
470           if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
471             if (CI->isOne()) {
472               AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
473                                  ->getElementType();
474               return true;
475             }
476 
477   return false;
478 }
479 
480 bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(Type *&AllocTy) const {
481   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
482     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
483       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
484         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
485             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
486           Type *Ty =
487             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
488           if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
489             if (!STy->isPacked() &&
490                 CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
491                 CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
492               if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
493                 if (CI->isOne() &&
494                     STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
495                     STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
496                   AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
497                   return true;
498                 }
499             }
500         }
501 
502   return false;
503 }
504 
505 bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
506   if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(getValue()))
507     if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
508       if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
509         if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
510             CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
511             CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
512             CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
513           Type *Ty =
514             cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
515           // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
516           // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
517           if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
518             CTy = Ty;
519             FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
520             return true;
521           }
522         }
523 
524   return false;
525 }
526 
527 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
528 //                               SCEV Utilities
529 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
530 
531 /// Compare the two values \p LV and \p RV in terms of their "complexity" where
532 /// "complexity" is a partial (and somewhat ad-hoc) relation used to order
533 /// operands in SCEV expressions.  \p EqCache is a set of pairs of values that
534 /// have been previously deemed to be "equally complex" by this routine.  It is
535 /// intended to avoid exponential time complexity in cases like:
536 ///
537 ///   %a = f(%x, %y)
538 ///   %b = f(%a, %a)
539 ///   %c = f(%b, %b)
540 ///
541 ///   %d = f(%x, %y)
542 ///   %e = f(%d, %d)
543 ///   %f = f(%e, %e)
544 ///
545 ///   CompareValueComplexity(%f, %c)
546 ///
547 /// Since we do not continue running this routine on expression trees once we
548 /// have seen unequal values, there is no need to track them in the cache.
549 static int
550 CompareValueComplexity(EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
551                        const LoopInfo *const LI, Value *LV, Value *RV,
552                        unsigned Depth) {
553   if (Depth > MaxValueCompareDepth || EqCacheValue.isEquivalent(LV, RV))
554     return 0;
555 
556   // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander form
557   // GEPs.
558   bool LIsPointer = LV->getType()->isPointerTy(),
559        RIsPointer = RV->getType()->isPointerTy();
560   if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
561     return (int)LIsPointer - (int)RIsPointer;
562 
563   // Compare getValueID values.
564   unsigned LID = LV->getValueID(), RID = RV->getValueID();
565   if (LID != RID)
566     return (int)LID - (int)RID;
567 
568   // Sort arguments by their position.
569   if (const auto *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LV)) {
570     const auto *RA = cast<Argument>(RV);
571     unsigned LArgNo = LA->getArgNo(), RArgNo = RA->getArgNo();
572     return (int)LArgNo - (int)RArgNo;
573   }
574 
575   if (const auto *LGV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(LV)) {
576     const auto *RGV = cast<GlobalValue>(RV);
577 
578     const auto IsGVNameSemantic = [&](const GlobalValue *GV) {
579       auto LT = GV->getLinkage();
580       return !(GlobalValue::isPrivateLinkage(LT) ||
581                GlobalValue::isInternalLinkage(LT));
582     };
583 
584     // Use the names to distinguish the two values, but only if the
585     // names are semantically important.
586     if (IsGVNameSemantic(LGV) && IsGVNameSemantic(RGV))
587       return LGV->getName().compare(RGV->getName());
588   }
589 
590   // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their operand count.  This
591   // is pretty loose.
592   if (const auto *LInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LV)) {
593     const auto *RInst = cast<Instruction>(RV);
594 
595     // Compare loop depths.
596     const BasicBlock *LParent = LInst->getParent(),
597                      *RParent = RInst->getParent();
598     if (LParent != RParent) {
599       unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LParent),
600                RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RParent);
601       if (LDepth != RDepth)
602         return (int)LDepth - (int)RDepth;
603     }
604 
605     // Compare the number of operands.
606     unsigned LNumOps = LInst->getNumOperands(),
607              RNumOps = RInst->getNumOperands();
608     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
609       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
610 
611     for (unsigned Idx : seq(0u, LNumOps)) {
612       int Result =
613           CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LInst->getOperand(Idx),
614                                  RInst->getOperand(Idx), Depth + 1);
615       if (Result != 0)
616         return Result;
617     }
618   }
619 
620   EqCacheValue.unionSets(LV, RV);
621   return 0;
622 }
623 
624 // Return negative, zero, or positive, if LHS is less than, equal to, or greater
625 // than RHS, respectively. A three-way result allows recursive comparisons to be
626 // more efficient.
627 static int CompareSCEVComplexity(
628     EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> &EqCacheSCEV,
629     EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> &EqCacheValue,
630     const LoopInfo *const LI, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
631     DominatorTree &DT, unsigned Depth = 0) {
632   // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
633   if (LHS == RHS)
634     return 0;
635 
636   // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
637   unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
638   if (LType != RType)
639     return (int)LType - (int)RType;
640 
641   if (Depth > MaxSCEVCompareDepth || EqCacheSCEV.isEquivalent(LHS, RHS))
642     return 0;
643   // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
644   // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
645   // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
646   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(LType)) {
647   case scUnknown: {
648     const SCEVUnknown *LU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS);
649     const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
650 
651     int X = CompareValueComplexity(EqCacheValue, LI, LU->getValue(),
652                                    RU->getValue(), Depth + 1);
653     if (X == 0)
654       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
655     return X;
656   }
657 
658   case scConstant: {
659     const SCEVConstant *LC = cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS);
660     const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
661 
662     // Compare constant values.
663     const APInt &LA = LC->getAPInt();
664     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
665     unsigned LBitWidth = LA.getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RA.getBitWidth();
666     if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
667       return (int)LBitWidth - (int)RBitWidth;
668     return LA.ult(RA) ? -1 : 1;
669   }
670 
671   case scAddRecExpr: {
672     const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
673     const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
674 
675     // There is always a dominance between two recs that are used by one SCEV,
676     // so we can safely sort recs by loop header dominance. We require such
677     // order in getAddExpr.
678     const Loop *LLoop = LA->getLoop(), *RLoop = RA->getLoop();
679     if (LLoop != RLoop) {
680       const BasicBlock *LHead = LLoop->getHeader(), *RHead = RLoop->getHeader();
681       assert(LHead != RHead && "Two loops share the same header?");
682       if (DT.dominates(LHead, RHead))
683         return 1;
684       else
685         assert(DT.dominates(RHead, LHead) &&
686                "No dominance between recurrences used by one SCEV?");
687       return -1;
688     }
689 
690     // Addrec complexity grows with operand count.
691     unsigned LNumOps = LA->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RA->getNumOperands();
692     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
693       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
694 
695     // Compare NoWrap flags.
696     if (LA->getNoWrapFlags() != RA->getNoWrapFlags())
697       return (int)LA->getNoWrapFlags() - (int)RA->getNoWrapFlags();
698 
699     // Lexicographically compare.
700     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
701       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
702                                     LA->getOperand(i), RA->getOperand(i), DT,
703                                     Depth + 1);
704       if (X != 0)
705         return X;
706     }
707     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
708     return 0;
709   }
710 
711   case scAddExpr:
712   case scMulExpr:
713   case scSMaxExpr:
714   case scUMaxExpr: {
715     const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS);
716     const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
717 
718     // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
719     unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
720     if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
721       return (int)LNumOps - (int)RNumOps;
722 
723     // Compare NoWrap flags.
724     if (LC->getNoWrapFlags() != RC->getNoWrapFlags())
725       return (int)LC->getNoWrapFlags() - (int)RC->getNoWrapFlags();
726 
727     for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
728       int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
729                                     LC->getOperand(i), RC->getOperand(i), DT,
730                                     Depth + 1);
731       if (X != 0)
732         return X;
733     }
734     EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
735     return 0;
736   }
737 
738   case scUDivExpr: {
739     const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS);
740     const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
741 
742     // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
743     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getLHS(),
744                                   RC->getLHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
745     if (X != 0)
746       return X;
747     X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, LC->getRHS(),
748                               RC->getRHS(), DT, Depth + 1);
749     if (X == 0)
750       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
751     return X;
752   }
753 
754   case scTruncate:
755   case scZeroExtend:
756   case scSignExtend: {
757     const SCEVCastExpr *LC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS);
758     const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
759 
760     // Compare cast expressions by operand.
761     int X = CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
762                                   LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand(), DT,
763                                   Depth + 1);
764     if (X == 0)
765       EqCacheSCEV.unionSets(LHS, RHS);
766     return X;
767   }
768 
769   case scCouldNotCompute:
770     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
771   }
772   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
773 }
774 
775 /// Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their complexity, and group
776 /// objects of the same complexity together by value.  When this routine is
777 /// finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are consecutive and that
778 /// complexity is monotonically increasing.
779 ///
780 /// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
781 /// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
782 /// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
783 /// land in memory.
784 static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
785                               LoopInfo *LI, DominatorTree &DT) {
786   if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
787 
788   EquivalenceClasses<const SCEV *> EqCacheSCEV;
789   EquivalenceClasses<const Value *> EqCacheValue;
790   if (Ops.size() == 2) {
791     // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
792     // Special case it.
793     const SCEV *&LHS = Ops[0], *&RHS = Ops[1];
794     if (CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI, RHS, LHS, DT) < 0)
795       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
796     return;
797   }
798 
799   // Do the rough sort by complexity.
800   std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(),
801                    [&](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
802                      return CompareSCEVComplexity(EqCacheSCEV, EqCacheValue, LI,
803                                                   LHS, RHS, DT) < 0;
804                    });
805 
806   // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
807   // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
808   // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
809   // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
810   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
811     const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
812     unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
813 
814     // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
815     // one, group them.
816     for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
817       if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
818         // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
819         std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
820         ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
821         if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
822       }
823     }
824   }
825 }
826 
827 // Returns the size of the SCEV S.
828 static inline int sizeOfSCEV(const SCEV *S) {
829   struct FindSCEVSize {
830     int Size = 0;
831 
832     FindSCEVSize() = default;
833 
834     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
835       ++Size;
836       // Keep looking at all operands of S.
837       return true;
838     }
839 
840     bool isDone() const {
841       return false;
842     }
843   };
844 
845   FindSCEVSize F;
846   SCEVTraversal<FindSCEVSize> ST(F);
847   ST.visitAll(S);
848   return F.Size;
849 }
850 
851 namespace {
852 
853 struct SCEVDivision : public SCEVVisitor<SCEVDivision, void> {
854 public:
855   // Computes the Quotient and Remainder of the division of Numerator by
856   // Denominator.
857   static void divide(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *Numerator,
858                      const SCEV *Denominator, const SCEV **Quotient,
859                      const SCEV **Remainder) {
860     assert(Numerator && Denominator && "Uninitialized SCEV");
861 
862     SCEVDivision D(SE, Numerator, Denominator);
863 
864     // Check for the trivial case here to avoid having to check for it in the
865     // rest of the code.
866     if (Numerator == Denominator) {
867       *Quotient = D.One;
868       *Remainder = D.Zero;
869       return;
870     }
871 
872     if (Numerator->isZero()) {
873       *Quotient = D.Zero;
874       *Remainder = D.Zero;
875       return;
876     }
877 
878     // A simple case when N/1. The quotient is N.
879     if (Denominator->isOne()) {
880       *Quotient = Numerator;
881       *Remainder = D.Zero;
882       return;
883     }
884 
885     // Split the Denominator when it is a product.
886     if (const SCEVMulExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Denominator)) {
887       const SCEV *Q, *R;
888       *Quotient = Numerator;
889       for (const SCEV *Op : T->operands()) {
890         divide(SE, *Quotient, Op, &Q, &R);
891         *Quotient = Q;
892 
893         // Bail out when the Numerator is not divisible by one of the terms of
894         // the Denominator.
895         if (!R->isZero()) {
896           *Quotient = D.Zero;
897           *Remainder = Numerator;
898           return;
899         }
900       }
901       *Remainder = D.Zero;
902       return;
903     }
904 
905     D.visit(Numerator);
906     *Quotient = D.Quotient;
907     *Remainder = D.Remainder;
908   }
909 
910   // Except in the trivial case described above, we do not know how to divide
911   // Expr by Denominator for the following functions with empty implementation.
912   void visitTruncateExpr(const SCEVTruncateExpr *Numerator) {}
913   void visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
914   void visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Numerator) {}
915   void visitUDivExpr(const SCEVUDivExpr *Numerator) {}
916   void visitSMaxExpr(const SCEVSMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
917   void visitUMaxExpr(const SCEVUMaxExpr *Numerator) {}
918   void visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Numerator) {}
919   void visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Numerator) {}
920 
921   void visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Numerator) {
922     if (const SCEVConstant *D = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Denominator)) {
923       APInt NumeratorVal = Numerator->getAPInt();
924       APInt DenominatorVal = D->getAPInt();
925       uint32_t NumeratorBW = NumeratorVal.getBitWidth();
926       uint32_t DenominatorBW = DenominatorVal.getBitWidth();
927 
928       if (NumeratorBW > DenominatorBW)
929         DenominatorVal = DenominatorVal.sext(NumeratorBW);
930       else if (NumeratorBW < DenominatorBW)
931         NumeratorVal = NumeratorVal.sext(DenominatorBW);
932 
933       APInt QuotientVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
934       APInt RemainderVal(NumeratorVal.getBitWidth(), 0);
935       APInt::sdivrem(NumeratorVal, DenominatorVal, QuotientVal, RemainderVal);
936       Quotient = SE.getConstant(QuotientVal);
937       Remainder = SE.getConstant(RemainderVal);
938       return;
939     }
940   }
941 
942   void visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Numerator) {
943     const SCEV *StartQ, *StartR, *StepQ, *StepR;
944     if (!Numerator->isAffine())
945       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
946     divide(SE, Numerator->getStart(), Denominator, &StartQ, &StartR);
947     divide(SE, Numerator->getStepRecurrence(SE), Denominator, &StepQ, &StepR);
948     // Bail out if the types do not match.
949     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
950     if (Ty != StartQ->getType() || Ty != StartR->getType() ||
951         Ty != StepQ->getType() || Ty != StepR->getType())
952       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
953     Quotient = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartQ, StepQ, Numerator->getLoop(),
954                                 Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
955     Remainder = SE.getAddRecExpr(StartR, StepR, Numerator->getLoop(),
956                                  Numerator->getNoWrapFlags());
957   }
958 
959   void visitAddExpr(const SCEVAddExpr *Numerator) {
960     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs, Rs;
961     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
962 
963     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
964       const SCEV *Q, *R;
965       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
966 
967       // Bail out if types do not match.
968       if (Ty != Q->getType() || Ty != R->getType())
969         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
970 
971       Qs.push_back(Q);
972       Rs.push_back(R);
973     }
974 
975     if (Qs.size() == 1) {
976       Quotient = Qs[0];
977       Remainder = Rs[0];
978       return;
979     }
980 
981     Quotient = SE.getAddExpr(Qs);
982     Remainder = SE.getAddExpr(Rs);
983   }
984 
985   void visitMulExpr(const SCEVMulExpr *Numerator) {
986     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
987     Type *Ty = Denominator->getType();
988 
989     bool FoundDenominatorTerm = false;
990     for (const SCEV *Op : Numerator->operands()) {
991       // Bail out if types do not match.
992       if (Ty != Op->getType())
993         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
994 
995       if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
996         Qs.push_back(Op);
997         continue;
998       }
999 
1000       // Check whether Denominator divides one of the product operands.
1001       const SCEV *Q, *R;
1002       divide(SE, Op, Denominator, &Q, &R);
1003       if (!R->isZero()) {
1004         Qs.push_back(Op);
1005         continue;
1006       }
1007 
1008       // Bail out if types do not match.
1009       if (Ty != Q->getType())
1010         return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1011 
1012       FoundDenominatorTerm = true;
1013       Qs.push_back(Q);
1014     }
1015 
1016     if (FoundDenominatorTerm) {
1017       Remainder = Zero;
1018       if (Qs.size() == 1)
1019         Quotient = Qs[0];
1020       else
1021         Quotient = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
1022       return;
1023     }
1024 
1025     if (!isa<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator))
1026       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1027 
1028     // The Remainder is obtained by replacing Denominator by 0 in Numerator.
1029     ValueToValueMap RewriteMap;
1030     RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1031         cast<SCEVConstant>(Zero)->getValue();
1032     Remainder = SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1033 
1034     if (Remainder->isZero()) {
1035       // The Quotient is obtained by replacing Denominator by 1 in Numerator.
1036       RewriteMap[cast<SCEVUnknown>(Denominator)->getValue()] =
1037           cast<SCEVConstant>(One)->getValue();
1038       Quotient =
1039           SCEVParameterRewriter::rewrite(Numerator, SE, RewriteMap, true);
1040       return;
1041     }
1042 
1043     // Quotient is (Numerator - Remainder) divided by Denominator.
1044     const SCEV *Q, *R;
1045     const SCEV *Diff = SE.getMinusSCEV(Numerator, Remainder);
1046     // This SCEV does not seem to simplify: fail the division here.
1047     if (sizeOfSCEV(Diff) > sizeOfSCEV(Numerator))
1048       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1049     divide(SE, Diff, Denominator, &Q, &R);
1050     if (R != Zero)
1051       return cannotDivide(Numerator);
1052     Quotient = Q;
1053   }
1054 
1055 private:
1056   SCEVDivision(ScalarEvolution &S, const SCEV *Numerator,
1057                const SCEV *Denominator)
1058       : SE(S), Denominator(Denominator) {
1059     Zero = SE.getZero(Denominator->getType());
1060     One = SE.getOne(Denominator->getType());
1061 
1062     // We generally do not know how to divide Expr by Denominator. We
1063     // initialize the division to a "cannot divide" state to simplify the rest
1064     // of the code.
1065     cannotDivide(Numerator);
1066   }
1067 
1068   // Convenience function for giving up on the division. We set the quotient to
1069   // be equal to zero and the remainder to be equal to the numerator.
1070   void cannotDivide(const SCEV *Numerator) {
1071     Quotient = Zero;
1072     Remainder = Numerator;
1073   }
1074 
1075   ScalarEvolution &SE;
1076   const SCEV *Denominator, *Quotient, *Remainder, *Zero, *One;
1077 };
1078 
1079 } // end anonymous namespace
1080 
1081 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1082 //                      Simple SCEV method implementations
1083 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1084 
1085 /// Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.  Assume, K > 0.
1086 static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
1087                                        ScalarEvolution &SE,
1088                                        Type *ResultTy) {
1089   // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
1090   if (K == 1)
1091     return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
1092 
1093   // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
1094   //
1095   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
1096   //
1097   // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
1098   // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
1099   // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
1100   // safe in modular arithmetic.
1101   //
1102   // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
1103   // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
1104   // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
1105   // exponentiation:
1106   //
1107   //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
1108   //
1109   // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
1110   // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
1111   // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
1112   // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
1113   // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
1114   // width W.
1115   //
1116   // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
1117   // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
1118   // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
1119   // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
1120   // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
1121   // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
1122   //
1123   // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
1124   // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
1125   // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
1126   // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
1127   //
1128   // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
1129   // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
1130   // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
1131   // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
1132   // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
1133   // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
1134   // register width.
1135   //
1136   // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
1137   // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
1138   // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
1139   // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
1140   // much more complicated for K > 3.)
1141 
1142   // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
1143   // but it probably doesn't matter.
1144   if (K > 1000)
1145     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
1146 
1147   unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
1148 
1149   // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
1150   // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
1151   // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
1152   // W bits of the result.
1153   APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
1154   unsigned T = 1;
1155   for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
1156     APInt Mult(W, i);
1157     unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
1158     T += TwoFactors;
1159     Mult.lshrInPlace(TwoFactors);
1160     OddFactorial *= Mult;
1161   }
1162 
1163   // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
1164   unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
1165 
1166   // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
1167   APInt DivFactor = APInt::getOneBitSet(CalculationBits, T);
1168 
1169   // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
1170   // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
1171   // K! / 2^T.
1172   APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
1173   APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
1174   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
1175   MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
1176 
1177   // Calculate the product, at width T+W
1178   IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
1179                                                       CalculationBits);
1180   const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
1181   for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
1182     const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
1183     Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
1184                              SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
1185   }
1186 
1187   // Divide by 2^T
1188   const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
1189 
1190   // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
1191 
1192   return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
1193                        SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
1194 }
1195 
1196 /// Return the value of this chain of recurrences at the specified iteration
1197 /// number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by multiplying each element in the
1198 /// chain by the binomial coefficient corresponding to it.  In other words, we
1199 /// can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
1200 ///
1201 ///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
1202 ///
1203 /// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
1204 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
1205                                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
1206   const SCEV *Result = getStart();
1207   for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
1208     // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
1209     // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
1210     // coefficient.
1211     const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
1212     if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
1213       return Coeff;
1214 
1215     Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
1216   }
1217   return Result;
1218 }
1219 
1220 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1221 //                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
1222 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1223 
1224 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
1225                                              Type *Ty) {
1226   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1227          "This is not a truncating conversion!");
1228   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1229          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1230   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1231 
1232   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1233   ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
1234   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1235   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1236   void *IP = nullptr;
1237   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1238 
1239   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1240   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1241     return getConstant(
1242       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1243 
1244   // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
1245   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
1246     return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
1247 
1248   // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1249   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1250     return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
1251 
1252   // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
1253   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1254     return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
1255 
1256   // trunc(x1 + ... + xN) --> trunc(x1) + ... + trunc(xN) and
1257   // trunc(x1 * ... * xN) --> trunc(x1) * ... * trunc(xN),
1258   // if after transforming we have at most one truncate, not counting truncates
1259   // that replace other casts.
1260   if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Op) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1261     auto *CommOp = cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(Op);
1262     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1263     unsigned numTruncs = 0;
1264     for (unsigned i = 0, e = CommOp->getNumOperands(); i != e && numTruncs < 2;
1265          ++i) {
1266       const SCEV *S = getTruncateExpr(CommOp->getOperand(i), Ty);
1267       if (!isa<SCEVCastExpr>(CommOp->getOperand(i)) && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
1268         numTruncs++;
1269       Operands.push_back(S);
1270     }
1271     if (numTruncs < 2) {
1272       if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Op))
1273         return getAddExpr(Operands);
1274       else if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Op))
1275         return getMulExpr(Operands);
1276       else
1277         llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV type for Op.");
1278     }
1279     // Although we checked in the beginning that ID is not in the cache, it is
1280     // possible that during recursion and different modification ID was inserted
1281     // into the cache. So if we find it, just return it.
1282     if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
1283       return S;
1284   }
1285 
1286   // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
1287   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
1288     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
1289     for (const SCEV *Op : AddRec->operands())
1290       Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(Op, Ty));
1291     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
1292   }
1293 
1294   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
1295   // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
1296   // made any changes which would invalidate it.
1297   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1298                                                  Op, Ty);
1299   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1300   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1301   return S;
1302 }
1303 
1304 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1305 // signed overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the
1306 // loop does not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1307 static const SCEV *getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1308                                                  ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1309                                                  ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1310   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1311   if (SE->isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1312     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
1313     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
1314                            SE->getSignedRangeMax(Step));
1315   }
1316   if (SE->isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1317     *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
1318     return SE->getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1319                            SE->getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1320   }
1321   return nullptr;
1322 }
1323 
1324 // Get the limit of a recurrence such that incrementing by Step cannot cause
1325 // unsigned overflow as long as the value of the recurrence within the loop does
1326 // not exceed this limit before incrementing.
1327 static const SCEV *getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1328                                                    ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1329                                                    ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1330   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(Step->getType());
1331   *Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
1332 
1333   return SE->getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1334                          SE->getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1335 }
1336 
1337 namespace {
1338 
1339 struct ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1340   typedef const SCEV *(ScalarEvolution::*GetExtendExprTy)(const SCEV *, Type *,
1341                                                           unsigned);
1342 };
1343 
1344 // Used to make code generic over signed and unsigned overflow.
1345 template <typename ExtendOp> struct ExtendOpTraits {
1346   // Members present:
1347   //
1348   // static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType;
1349   //
1350   // static const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1351   //
1352   // static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1353   //                                           ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1354   //                                           ScalarEvolution *SE);
1355 };
1356 
1357 template <>
1358 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVSignExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1359   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNSW;
1360 
1361   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1362 
1363   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1364                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1365                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1366     return getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1367   }
1368 };
1369 
1370 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1371     SCEVSignExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr;
1372 
1373 template <>
1374 struct ExtendOpTraits<SCEVZeroExtendExpr> : public ExtendOpTraitsBase {
1375   static const SCEV::NoWrapFlags WrapType = SCEV::FlagNUW;
1376 
1377   static const GetExtendExprTy GetExtendExpr;
1378 
1379   static const SCEV *getOverflowLimitForStep(const SCEV *Step,
1380                                              ICmpInst::Predicate *Pred,
1381                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) {
1382     return getUnsignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, Pred, SE);
1383   }
1384 };
1385 
1386 const ExtendOpTraitsBase::GetExtendExprTy ExtendOpTraits<
1387     SCEVZeroExtendExpr>::GetExtendExpr = &ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr;
1388 
1389 } // end anonymous namespace
1390 
1391 // The recurrence AR has been shown to have no signed/unsigned wrap or something
1392 // close to it. Typically, if we can prove NSW/NUW for AR, then we can just as
1393 // easily prove NSW/NUW for its preincrement or postincrement sibling. This
1394 // allows normalizing a sign/zero extended AddRec as such: {sext/zext(Step +
1395 // Start),+,Step} => {(Step + sext/zext(Start),+,Step} As a result, the
1396 // expression "Step + sext/zext(PreIncAR)" is congruent with
1397 // "sext/zext(PostIncAR)"
1398 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1399 static const SCEV *getPreStartForExtend(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1400                                         ScalarEvolution *SE, unsigned Depth) {
1401   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1402   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1403 
1404   const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1405   const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1406   const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE);
1407 
1408   // Check for a simple looking step prior to loop entry.
1409   const SCEVAddExpr *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Start);
1410   if (!SA)
1411     return nullptr;
1412 
1413   // Create an AddExpr for "PreStart" after subtracting Step. Full SCEV
1414   // subtraction is expensive. For this purpose, perform a quick and dirty
1415   // difference, by checking for Step in the operand list.
1416   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> DiffOps;
1417   for (const SCEV *Op : SA->operands())
1418     if (Op != Step)
1419       DiffOps.push_back(Op);
1420 
1421   if (DiffOps.size() == SA->getNumOperands())
1422     return nullptr;
1423 
1424   // Try to prove `WrapType` (SCEV::FlagNSW or SCEV::FlagNUW) on `PreStart` +
1425   // `Step`:
1426 
1427   // 1. NSW/NUW flags on the step increment.
1428   auto PreStartFlags =
1429     ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(SA->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNUW);
1430   const SCEV *PreStart = SE->getAddExpr(DiffOps, PreStartFlags);
1431   const SCEVAddRecExpr *PreAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(
1432       SE->getAddRecExpr(PreStart, Step, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
1433 
1434   // "{S,+,X} is <nsw>/<nuw>" and "the backedge is taken at least once" implies
1435   // "S+X does not sign/unsign-overflow".
1436   //
1437 
1438   const SCEV *BECount = SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1439   if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType) &&
1440       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount) && SE->isKnownPositive(BECount))
1441     return PreStart;
1442 
1443   // 2. Direct overflow check on the step operation's expression.
1444   unsigned BitWidth = SE->getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1445   Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(SE->getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1446   const SCEV *OperandExtendedStart =
1447       SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, WideTy, Depth),
1448                      (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Step, WideTy, Depth));
1449   if ((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(Start, WideTy, Depth) == OperandExtendedStart) {
1450     if (PreAR && AR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {
1451       // If we know `AR` == {`PreStart`+`Step`,+,`Step`} is `WrapType` (FlagNSW
1452       // or FlagNUW) and that `PreStart` + `Step` is `WrapType` too, then
1453       // `PreAR` == {`PreStart`,+,`Step`} is also `WrapType`.  Cache this fact.
1454       const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(PreAR)->setNoWrapFlags(WrapType);
1455     }
1456     return PreStart;
1457   }
1458 
1459   // 3. Loop precondition.
1460   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
1461   const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
1462       ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, SE);
1463 
1464   if (OverflowLimit &&
1465       SE->isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, PreStart, OverflowLimit))
1466     return PreStart;
1467 
1468   return nullptr;
1469 }
1470 
1471 // Get the normalized zero or sign extended expression for this AddRec's Start.
1472 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1473 static const SCEV *getExtendAddRecStart(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR, Type *Ty,
1474                                         ScalarEvolution *SE,
1475                                         unsigned Depth) {
1476   auto GetExtendExpr = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::GetExtendExpr;
1477 
1478   const SCEV *PreStart = getPreStartForExtend<ExtendOpTy>(AR, Ty, SE, Depth);
1479   if (!PreStart)
1480     return (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStart(), Ty, Depth);
1481 
1482   return SE->getAddExpr((SE->*GetExtendExpr)(AR->getStepRecurrence(*SE), Ty,
1483                                              Depth),
1484                         (SE->*GetExtendExpr)(PreStart, Ty, Depth));
1485 }
1486 
1487 // Try to prove away overflow by looking at "nearby" add recurrences.  A
1488 // motivating example for this rule: if we know `{0,+,4}` is `ult` `-1` and it
1489 // does not itself wrap then we can conclude that `{1,+,4}` is `nuw`.
1490 //
1491 // Formally:
1492 //
1493 //     {S,+,X} == {S-T,+,X} + T
1494 //  => Ext({S,+,X}) == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T)
1495 //
1496 // If ({S-T,+,X} + T) does not overflow  ... (1)
1497 //
1498 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X} + T) == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T)
1499 //
1500 // If {S-T,+,X} does not overflow  ... (2)
1501 //
1502 //  RHS == Ext({S-T,+,X}) + Ext(T) == {Ext(S-T),+,Ext(X)} + Ext(T)
1503 //      == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)}
1504 //
1505 // If (S-T)+T does not overflow  ... (3)
1506 //
1507 //  RHS == {Ext(S-T)+Ext(T),+,Ext(X)} == {Ext(S-T+T),+,Ext(X)}
1508 //      == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)} == LHS
1509 //
1510 // Thus, if (1), (2) and (3) are true for some T, then
1511 //   Ext({S,+,X}) == {Ext(S),+,Ext(X)}
1512 //
1513 // (3) is implied by (1) -- "(S-T)+T does not overflow" is simply "({S-T,+,X}+T)
1514 // does not overflow" restricted to the 0th iteration.  Therefore we only need
1515 // to check for (1) and (2).
1516 //
1517 // In the current context, S is `Start`, X is `Step`, Ext is `ExtendOpTy` and T
1518 // is `Delta` (defined below).
1519 template <typename ExtendOpTy>
1520 bool ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapByVaryingStart(const SCEV *Start,
1521                                                 const SCEV *Step,
1522                                                 const Loop *L) {
1523   auto WrapType = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::WrapType;
1524 
1525   // We restrict `Start` to a constant to prevent SCEV from spending too much
1526   // time here.  It is correct (but more expensive) to continue with a
1527   // non-constant `Start` and do a general SCEV subtraction to compute
1528   // `PreStart` below.
1529   const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
1530   if (!StartC)
1531     return false;
1532 
1533   APInt StartAI = StartC->getAPInt();
1534 
1535   for (unsigned Delta : {-2, -1, 1, 2}) {
1536     const SCEV *PreStart = getConstant(StartAI - Delta);
1537 
1538     FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1539     ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
1540     ID.AddPointer(PreStart);
1541     ID.AddPointer(Step);
1542     ID.AddPointer(L);
1543     void *IP = nullptr;
1544     const auto *PreAR =
1545       static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
1546 
1547     // Give up if we don't already have the add recurrence we need because
1548     // actually constructing an add recurrence is relatively expensive.
1549     if (PreAR && PreAR->getNoWrapFlags(WrapType)) {  // proves (2)
1550       const SCEV *DeltaS = getConstant(StartC->getType(), Delta);
1551       ICmpInst::Predicate Pred = ICmpInst::BAD_ICMP_PREDICATE;
1552       const SCEV *Limit = ExtendOpTraits<ExtendOpTy>::getOverflowLimitForStep(
1553           DeltaS, &Pred, this);
1554       if (Limit && isKnownPredicate(Pred, PreAR, Limit))  // proves (1)
1555         return true;
1556     }
1557   }
1558 
1559   return false;
1560 }
1561 
1562 const SCEV *
1563 ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1564   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1565          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1566   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1567          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1568   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1569 
1570   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1571   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1572     return getConstant(
1573       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1574 
1575   // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1576   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1577     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1578 
1579   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1580   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1581   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1582   ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
1583   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1584   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1585   void *IP = nullptr;
1586   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1587   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1588     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1589                                                      Op, Ty);
1590     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1591     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1592     return S;
1593   }
1594 
1595   // zext(trunc(x)) --> zext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1596   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1597     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all zero bits. If
1598     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1599     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1600     ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(X);
1601     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1602     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1603     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).zeroExtend(NewBits).contains(
1604             CR.zextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1605       return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(X, Ty);
1606   }
1607 
1608   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1609   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
1610   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1611   // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1612   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1613     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1614       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1615       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1616       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1617       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1618 
1619       if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1620         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1621         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1622       }
1623 
1624       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1625       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1626       if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
1627         return getAddRecExpr(
1628             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1629             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1630 
1631       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1632       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1633       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1634       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1635       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1636       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1637       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1638       // that value once it has finished.
1639       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1640       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1641         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1642         // overflow.
1643 
1644         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1645         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1646         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1647           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1648         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1649           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1650         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1651           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1652           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
1653           const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1654                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1655           const SCEV *ZAdd = getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, ZMul,
1656                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1657                                                           Depth + 1),
1658                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1659           const SCEV *WideStart = getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1660           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1661             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1662           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1663             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1664                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1665                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1666                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1667                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1668           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1669             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1670             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1671             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1672             return getAddRecExpr(
1673                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1674                                                          Depth + 1),
1675                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1676                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1677           }
1678           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
1679           // This covers loops that count down.
1680           OperandExtendedAdd =
1681             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1682                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1683                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1684                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1685                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1686           if (ZAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1687             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1688             // Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it still can't self-wrap.
1689             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1690             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1691             return getAddRecExpr(
1692                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1693                                                          Depth + 1),
1694                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1695                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1696           }
1697         }
1698       }
1699 
1700       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
1701       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
1702       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
1703       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
1704       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
1705       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
1706       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
1707       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
1708           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
1709         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
1710         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
1711         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
1712         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
1713         // is safe.
1714         if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
1715           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
1716                                       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step));
1717           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
1718               isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N)) {
1719             // Cache knowledge of AR NUW, which is propagated to this
1720             // AddRec.
1721             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1722             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1723             return getAddRecExpr(
1724                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1725                                                          Depth + 1),
1726                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1727                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1728           }
1729         } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
1730           const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
1731                                       getSignedRangeMin(Step));
1732           if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
1733               isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N)) {
1734             // Cache knowledge of AR NW, which is propagated to this
1735             // AddRec.  Negative step causes unsigned wrap, but it
1736             // still can't self-wrap.
1737             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1738             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1739             return getAddRecExpr(
1740                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1741                                                          Depth + 1),
1742                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1743                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1744           }
1745         }
1746       }
1747 
1748       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
1749         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW);
1750         return getAddRecExpr(
1751             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1752             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1753       }
1754     }
1755 
1756   // zext(A % B) --> zext(A) % zext(B)
1757   {
1758     const SCEV *LHS;
1759     const SCEV *RHS;
1760     if (matchURem(Op, LHS, RHS))
1761       return getURemExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, Ty, Depth + 1),
1762                          getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, Ty, Depth + 1));
1763   }
1764 
1765   // zext(A / B) --> zext(A) / zext(B).
1766   if (auto *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op))
1767     return getUDivExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Div->getLHS(), Ty, Depth + 1),
1768                        getZeroExtendExpr(Div->getRHS(), Ty, Depth + 1));
1769 
1770   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1771     // zext((A + B + ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) + zext(B) + ...)<nuw>
1772     if (SA->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1773       // If the addition does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1774       // commute the zero extension with the addition operation.
1775       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1776       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1777         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1778       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1779     }
1780   }
1781 
1782   if (auto *SM = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Op)) {
1783     // zext((A * B * ...)<nuw>) --> (zext(A) * zext(B) * ...)<nuw>
1784     if (SM->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
1785       // If the multiply does not unsign overflow then we can, by definition,
1786       // commute the zero extension with the multiply operation.
1787       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1788       for (const auto *Op : SM->operands())
1789         Ops.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1790       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1791     }
1792 
1793     // zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM ->
1794     // 2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM)<nuw>
1795     //
1796     // Proof:
1797     //
1798     //     zext(2^K * (trunc X to iN)) to iM
1799     //   = zext((trunc X to iN) << K) to iM
1800     //   = zext((trunc X to i{N-K}) << K)<nuw> to iM
1801     //     (because shl removes the top K bits)
1802     //   = zext((2^K * (trunc X to i{N-K}))<nuw>) to iM
1803     //   = (2^K * (zext(trunc X to i{N-K}) to iM))<nuw>.
1804     //
1805     if (SM->getNumOperands() == 2)
1806       if (auto *MulLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SM->getOperand(0)))
1807         if (MulLHS->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
1808           if (auto *TruncRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SM->getOperand(1))) {
1809             int NewTruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(TruncRHS->getType()) -
1810                                MulLHS->getAPInt().logBase2();
1811             Type *NewTruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), NewTruncBits);
1812             return getMulExpr(
1813                 getZeroExtendExpr(MulLHS, Ty),
1814                 getZeroExtendExpr(
1815                     getTruncateExpr(TruncRHS->getOperand(), NewTruncTy), Ty),
1816                 SCEV::FlagNUW, Depth + 1);
1817           }
1818   }
1819 
1820   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
1821   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
1822   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1823   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1824                                                    Op, Ty);
1825   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1826   addToLoopUseLists(S);
1827   return S;
1828 }
1829 
1830 const SCEV *
1831 ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op, Type *Ty, unsigned Depth) {
1832   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
1833          "This is not an extending conversion!");
1834   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
1835          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
1836   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
1837 
1838   // Fold if the operand is constant.
1839   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
1840     return getConstant(
1841       cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(), Ty)));
1842 
1843   // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
1844   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
1845     return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1846 
1847   // sext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
1848   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
1849     return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty, Depth + 1);
1850 
1851   // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
1852   // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
1853   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1854   ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
1855   ID.AddPointer(Op);
1856   ID.AddPointer(Ty);
1857   void *IP = nullptr;
1858   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
1859   // Limit recursion depth.
1860   if (Depth > MaxExtDepth) {
1861     SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
1862                                                      Op, Ty);
1863     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
1864     addToLoopUseLists(S);
1865     return S;
1866   }
1867 
1868   // sext(trunc(x)) --> sext(x) or x or trunc(x)
1869   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
1870     // It's possible the bits taken off by the truncate were all sign bits. If
1871     // so, we should be able to simplify this further.
1872     const SCEV *X = ST->getOperand();
1873     ConstantRange CR = getSignedRange(X);
1874     unsigned TruncBits = getTypeSizeInBits(ST->getType());
1875     unsigned NewBits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
1876     if (CR.truncate(TruncBits).signExtend(NewBits).contains(
1877             CR.sextOrTrunc(NewBits)))
1878       return getTruncateOrSignExtend(X, Ty);
1879   }
1880 
1881   // sext(C1 + (C2 * x)) --> C1 + sext(C2 * x) if C1 < C2
1882   if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Op)) {
1883     if (SA->getNumOperands() == 2) {
1884       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0));
1885       auto *SMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(SA->getOperand(1));
1886       if (SMul && SC1) {
1887         if (auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SMul->getOperand(0))) {
1888           const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
1889           const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
1890           if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() &&
1891               C2.ugt(C1) && C2.isPowerOf2())
1892             return getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(SC1, Ty, Depth + 1),
1893                               getSignExtendExpr(SMul, Ty, Depth + 1),
1894                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1895         }
1896       }
1897     }
1898 
1899     // sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
1900     if (SA->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1901       // If the addition does not sign overflow then we can, by definition,
1902       // commute the sign extension with the addition operation.
1903       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
1904       for (const auto *Op : SA->operands())
1905         Ops.push_back(getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1));
1906       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagNSW, Depth + 1);
1907     }
1908   }
1909   // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
1910   // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
1911   // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
1912   // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
1913   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
1914     if (AR->isAffine()) {
1915       const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
1916       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
1917       unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
1918       const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
1919 
1920       if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
1921         auto NewFlags = proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(AR);
1922         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(NewFlags);
1923       }
1924 
1925       // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
1926       // we don't need to do any further analysis.
1927       if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
1928         return getAddRecExpr(
1929             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
1930             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, SCEV::FlagNSW);
1931 
1932       // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
1933       // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
1934       // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
1935       // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
1936       // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
1937       // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
1938       // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
1939       // that value once it has finished.
1940       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
1941       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
1942         // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
1943         // overflow.
1944 
1945         // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
1946         // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
1947         const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
1948           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
1949         const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
1950           getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
1951         if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
1952           Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
1953           // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
1954           const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step,
1955                                         SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1956           const SCEV *SAdd = getSignExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Start, SMul,
1957                                                           SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
1958                                                           Depth + 1),
1959                                                WideTy, Depth + 1);
1960           const SCEV *WideStart = getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1961           const SCEV *WideMaxBECount =
1962             getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy, Depth + 1);
1963           const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
1964             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1965                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1966                                   getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1967                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1968                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1969           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1970             // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, which is propagated to this AddRec.
1971             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
1972             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1973             return getAddRecExpr(
1974                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
1975                                                          Depth + 1),
1976                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
1977                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
1978           }
1979           // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
1980           // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
1981           OperandExtendedAdd =
1982             getAddExpr(WideStart,
1983                        getMulExpr(WideMaxBECount,
1984                                   getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy, Depth + 1),
1985                                   SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
1986                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
1987           if (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd) {
1988             // If AR wraps around then
1989             //
1990             //    abs(Step) * MaxBECount > unsigned-max(AR->getType())
1991             // => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd
1992             //
1993             // Thus (AR is not NW => SAdd != OperandExtendedAdd) <=>
1994             // (SAdd == OperandExtendedAdd => AR is NW)
1995 
1996             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW);
1997 
1998             // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
1999             return getAddRecExpr(
2000                 getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this,
2001                                                          Depth + 1),
2002                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L,
2003                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2004           }
2005         }
2006       }
2007 
2008       // Normally, in the cases we can prove no-overflow via a
2009       // backedge guarding condition, we can also compute a backedge
2010       // taken count for the loop.  The exceptions are assumptions and
2011       // guards present in the loop -- SCEV is not great at exploiting
2012       // these to compute max backedge taken counts, but can still use
2013       // these to prove lack of overflow.  Use this fact to avoid
2014       // doing extra work that may not pay off.
2015 
2016       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) || HasGuards ||
2017           !AC.assumptions().empty()) {
2018         // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc
2019         // value the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by
2020         // a comparison with the start value and the backedge is
2021         // guarded by a comparison with the post-inc value, the addrec
2022         // is safe.
2023         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
2024         const SCEV *OverflowLimit =
2025             getSignedOverflowLimitForStep(Step, &Pred, this);
2026         if (OverflowLimit &&
2027             (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, AR, OverflowLimit) ||
2028              isKnownOnEveryIteration(Pred, AR, OverflowLimit))) {
2029           // Cache knowledge of AR NSW, then propagate NSW to the wide AddRec.
2030           const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
2031           return getAddRecExpr(
2032               getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
2033               getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2034         }
2035       }
2036 
2037       // If Start and Step are constants, check if we can apply this
2038       // transformation:
2039       // sext{C1,+,C2} --> C1 + sext{0,+,C2} if C1 < C2
2040       auto *SC1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start);
2041       auto *SC2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
2042       if (SC1 && SC2) {
2043         const APInt &C1 = SC1->getAPInt();
2044         const APInt &C2 = SC2->getAPInt();
2045         if (C1.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.isStrictlyPositive() && C2.ugt(C1) &&
2046             C2.isPowerOf2()) {
2047           Start = getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty, Depth + 1);
2048           const SCEV *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(getZero(AR->getType()), Step, L,
2049                                             AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2050           return getAddExpr(Start, getSignExtendExpr(NewAR, Ty, Depth + 1),
2051                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2052         }
2053       }
2054 
2055       if (proveNoWrapByVaryingStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Start, Step, L)) {
2056         const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(AR)->setNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNSW);
2057         return getAddRecExpr(
2058             getExtendAddRecStart<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(AR, Ty, this, Depth + 1),
2059             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty, Depth + 1), L, AR->getNoWrapFlags());
2060       }
2061     }
2062 
2063   // If the input value is provably positive and we could not simplify
2064   // away the sext build a zext instead.
2065   if (isKnownNonNegative(Op))
2066     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty, Depth + 1);
2067 
2068   // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
2069   // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
2070   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
2071   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2072                                                    Op, Ty);
2073   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2074   addToLoopUseLists(S);
2075   return S;
2076 }
2077 
2078 /// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
2079 /// unspecified bits out to the given type.
2080 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
2081                                               Type *Ty) {
2082   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
2083          "This is not an extending conversion!");
2084   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
2085          "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
2086   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
2087 
2088   // Sign-extend negative constants.
2089   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
2090     if (SC->getAPInt().isNegative())
2091       return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2092 
2093   // Peel off a truncate cast.
2094   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
2095     const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
2096     if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
2097       return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
2098     return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
2099   }
2100 
2101   // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2102   const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2103   if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
2104     return ZExt;
2105 
2106   // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
2107   const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
2108   if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
2109     return SExt;
2110 
2111   // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
2112   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
2113     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
2114     for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
2115       Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(Op, Ty));
2116     return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
2117   }
2118 
2119   // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
2120   if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
2121     return SExt;
2122 
2123   // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
2124   return ZExt;
2125 }
2126 
2127 /// Process the given Ops list, which is a list of operands to be added under
2128 /// the given scale, update the given map. This is a helper function for
2129 /// getAddRecExpr. As an example of what it does, given a sequence of operands
2130 /// that would form an add expression like this:
2131 ///
2132 ///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * (q + m + 29)))) + r + (-1 * r)
2133 ///
2134 /// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
2135 ///
2136 ///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
2137 ///
2138 /// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
2139 /// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
2140 ///
2141 ///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
2142 ///
2143 /// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
2144 /// the original operand list.
2145 ///
2146 /// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
2147 /// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
2148 /// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
2149 /// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
2150 static bool
2151 CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
2152                              SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &NewOps,
2153                              APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
2154                              const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
2155                              const APInt &Scale,
2156                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
2157   bool Interesting = false;
2158 
2159   // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
2160   unsigned i = 0;
2161   while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2162     ++i;
2163     // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
2164     if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
2165       Interesting = true;
2166     AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getAPInt();
2167   }
2168 
2169   // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
2170   // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
2171   for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
2172     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
2173     if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
2174       APInt NewScale =
2175           Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
2176       if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
2177         // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
2178         const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
2179         Interesting |=
2180           CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2181                                        Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
2182                                        NewScale, SE);
2183       } else {
2184         // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
2185         // the map.
2186         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
2187         const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
2188         auto Pair = M.insert({Key, NewScale});
2189         if (Pair.second) {
2190           NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2191         } else {
2192           Pair.first->second += NewScale;
2193           // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2194           // a folding opportunity.
2195           Interesting = true;
2196         }
2197       }
2198     } else {
2199       // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
2200       std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
2201           M.insert({Ops[i], Scale});
2202       if (Pair.second) {
2203         NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
2204       } else {
2205         Pair.first->second += Scale;
2206         // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
2207         // a folding opportunity.
2208         Interesting = true;
2209       }
2210     }
2211   }
2212 
2213   return Interesting;
2214 }
2215 
2216 // We're trying to construct a SCEV of type `Type' with `Ops' as operands and
2217 // `OldFlags' as can't-wrap behavior.  Infer a more aggressive set of
2218 // can't-overflow flags for the operation if possible.
2219 static SCEV::NoWrapFlags
2220 StrengthenNoWrapFlags(ScalarEvolution *SE, SCEVTypes Type,
2221                       const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2222                       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2223   using namespace std::placeholders;
2224 
2225   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
2226 
2227   bool CanAnalyze =
2228       Type == scAddExpr || Type == scAddRecExpr || Type == scMulExpr;
2229   (void)CanAnalyze;
2230   assert(CanAnalyze && "don't call from other places!");
2231 
2232   int SignOrUnsignMask = SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW;
2233   SCEV::NoWrapFlags SignOrUnsignWrap =
2234       ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2235 
2236   // If FlagNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer FlagNUW.
2237   auto IsKnownNonNegative = [&](const SCEV *S) {
2238     return SE->isKnownNonNegative(S);
2239   };
2240 
2241   if (SignOrUnsignWrap == SCEV::FlagNSW && all_of(Ops, IsKnownNonNegative))
2242     Flags =
2243         ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, (SCEV::NoWrapFlags)SignOrUnsignMask);
2244 
2245   SignOrUnsignWrap = ScalarEvolution::maskFlags(Flags, SignOrUnsignMask);
2246 
2247   if (SignOrUnsignWrap != SignOrUnsignMask &&
2248       (Type == scAddExpr || Type == scMulExpr) && Ops.size() == 2 &&
2249       isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2250 
2251     auto Opcode = [&] {
2252       switch (Type) {
2253       case scAddExpr:
2254         return Instruction::Add;
2255       case scMulExpr:
2256         return Instruction::Mul;
2257       default:
2258         llvm_unreachable("Unexpected SCEV op.");
2259       }
2260     }();
2261 
2262     const APInt &C = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getAPInt();
2263 
2264     // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nsw> if the op doesn't sign overflow.
2265     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNSW)) {
2266       auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2267           Opcode, C, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
2268       if (NSWRegion.contains(SE->getSignedRange(Ops[1])))
2269         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
2270     }
2271 
2272     // (A <opcode> C) --> (A <opcode> C)<nuw> if the op doesn't unsign overflow.
2273     if (!(SignOrUnsignWrap & SCEV::FlagNUW)) {
2274       auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
2275           Opcode, C, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
2276       if (NUWRegion.contains(SE->getUnsignedRange(Ops[1])))
2277         Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
2278     }
2279   }
2280 
2281   return Flags;
2282 }
2283 
2284 bool ScalarEvolution::isAvailableAtLoopEntry(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
2285   return isLoopInvariant(S, L) && properlyDominates(S, L->getHeader());
2286 }
2287 
2288 /// Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if possible.
2289 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2290                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2291                                         unsigned Depth) {
2292   assert(!(Flags & ~(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW)) &&
2293          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2294   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
2295   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2296 #ifndef NDEBUG
2297   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2298   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2299     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2300            "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
2301 #endif
2302 
2303   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2304   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2305 
2306   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddExpr, Ops, Flags);
2307 
2308   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2309   unsigned Idx = 0;
2310   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2311     ++Idx;
2312     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
2313     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2314       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2315       Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getAPInt() + RHSC->getAPInt());
2316       if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
2317       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2318       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2319     }
2320 
2321     // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
2322     if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
2323       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2324       --Idx;
2325     }
2326 
2327     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2328   }
2329 
2330   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2331   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2332     return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2333 
2334   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list more than
2335   // once.  If so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we
2336   // sorted the list, these values are required to be adjacent.
2337   Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
2338   bool FoundMatch = false;
2339   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-1; ++i)
2340     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
2341       // Scan ahead to count how many equal operands there are.
2342       unsigned Count = 2;
2343       while (i+Count != e && Ops[i+Count] == Ops[i])
2344         ++Count;
2345       // Merge the values into a multiply.
2346       const SCEV *Scale = getConstant(Ty, Count);
2347       const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Scale, Ops[i], SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2348       if (Ops.size() == Count)
2349         return Mul;
2350       Ops[i] = Mul;
2351       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+Count);
2352       --i; e -= Count - 1;
2353       FoundMatch = true;
2354     }
2355   if (FoundMatch)
2356     return getAddExpr(Ops, Flags, Depth + 1);
2357 
2358   // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
2359   // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
2360   // folded. eg., n*trunc(x) + m*trunc(y) --> trunc(trunc(m)*x + trunc(n)*y)
2361   // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
2362   auto FindTruncSrcType = [&]() -> Type * {
2363     // We're ultimately looking to fold an addrec of truncs and muls of only
2364     // constants and truncs, so if we find any other types of SCEV
2365     // as operands of the addrec then we bail and return nullptr here.
2366     // Otherwise, we return the type of the operand of a trunc that we find.
2367     if (auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]))
2368       return T->getOperand()->getType();
2369     if (const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2370       const auto *LastOp = Mul->getOperand(Mul->getNumOperands() - 1);
2371       if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(LastOp))
2372         return T->getOperand()->getType();
2373     }
2374     return nullptr;
2375   };
2376   if (auto *SrcType = FindTruncSrcType()) {
2377     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
2378     bool Ok = true;
2379     // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
2380     // source type of the truncate.
2381     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
2382       if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2383         if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2384           Ok = false;
2385           break;
2386         }
2387         LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2388       } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
2389         LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2390       } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
2391         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
2392         for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
2393           if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
2394                 dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2395             if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
2396               Ok = false;
2397               break;
2398             }
2399             LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
2400           } else if (const auto *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
2401             LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
2402           } else {
2403             Ok = false;
2404             break;
2405           }
2406         }
2407         if (Ok)
2408           LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2409       } else {
2410         Ok = false;
2411         break;
2412       }
2413     }
2414     if (Ok) {
2415       // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
2416       const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2417       // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
2418       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
2419         return getTruncateExpr(Fold, Ty);
2420     }
2421   }
2422 
2423   // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
2424   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
2425     ++Idx;
2426 
2427   // If there are add operands they would be next.
2428   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2429     bool DeletedAdd = false;
2430     while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2431       if (Ops.size() > AddOpsInlineThreshold ||
2432           Add->getNumOperands() > AddOpsInlineThreshold)
2433         break;
2434       // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
2435       // list.
2436       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2437       Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
2438       DeletedAdd = true;
2439     }
2440 
2441     // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
2442     // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
2443     // any operands we just acquired.
2444     if (DeletedAdd)
2445       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2446   }
2447 
2448   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2449   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2450     ++Idx;
2451 
2452   // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
2453   // operands multiplied by constant values.
2454   if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2455     uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
2456     DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
2457     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
2458     APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
2459     if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
2460                                      Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
2461                                      APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
2462       struct APIntCompare {
2463         bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
2464           return LHS.ult(RHS);
2465         }
2466       };
2467 
2468       // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
2469       // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
2470       // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
2471       std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
2472       for (const SCEV *NewOp : NewOps)
2473         MulOpLists[M.find(NewOp)->second].push_back(NewOp);
2474       // Re-generate the operands list.
2475       Ops.clear();
2476       if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
2477         Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
2478       for (auto &MulOp : MulOpLists)
2479         if (MulOp.first != 0)
2480           Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(
2481               getConstant(MulOp.first),
2482               getAddExpr(MulOp.second, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2483               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2484       if (Ops.empty())
2485         return getZero(Ty);
2486       if (Ops.size() == 1)
2487         return Ops[0];
2488       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2489     }
2490   }
2491 
2492   // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
2493   // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
2494   // the multiply.
2495   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2496     const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2497     for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
2498       const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
2499       if (isa<SCEVConstant>(MulOpSCEV))
2500         continue;
2501       for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
2502         if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp]) {
2503           // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
2504           const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2505           if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2506             // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
2507             // Y*Z term.
2508             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2509                                                 Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2510             MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2511             InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2512           }
2513           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {getOne(Ty), InnerMul};
2514           const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2515           const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, MulOpSCEV,
2516                                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2517           if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2518           if (AddOp < Idx) {
2519             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
2520             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
2521           } else {
2522             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2523             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
2524           }
2525           Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2526           return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2527         }
2528 
2529       // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
2530       for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
2531            OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2532            ++OtherMulIdx) {
2533         const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
2534         // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
2535         // together.
2536         for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
2537              OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
2538           if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
2539             // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
2540             const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
2541             if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2542               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
2543                                                   Mul->op_begin()+MulOp);
2544               MulOps.append(Mul->op_begin()+MulOp+1, Mul->op_end());
2545               InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2546             }
2547             const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
2548             if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
2549               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
2550                                                   OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp);
2551               MulOps.append(OtherMul->op_begin()+OMulOp+1, OtherMul->op_end());
2552               InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2553             }
2554             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {InnerMul1, InnerMul2};
2555             const SCEV *InnerMulSum =
2556                 getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2557             const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum,
2558                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2559             if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
2560             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2561             Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
2562             Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
2563             return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2564           }
2565       }
2566     }
2567   }
2568 
2569   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2570   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2571   // recurrence.
2572   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2573     ++Idx;
2574 
2575   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2576   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2577     // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
2578     // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2579     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2580     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2581     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2582     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2583       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2584         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2585         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2586         --i; --e;
2587       }
2588 
2589     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2590     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2591       //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
2592       LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
2593 
2594       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2595                                              AddRec->op_end());
2596       // This follows from the fact that the no-wrap flags on the outer add
2597       // expression are applicable on the 0th iteration, when the add recurrence
2598       // will be equal to its start value.
2599       AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps, Flags, Depth + 1);
2600 
2601       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2602       // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2603       // Always propagate NW.
2604       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2605       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2606 
2607       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2608       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2609 
2610       // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2611       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2612         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2613           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2614           break;
2615         }
2616       return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2617     }
2618 
2619     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
2620     // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
2621     // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
2622     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2623          OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2624          ++OtherIdx) {
2625       // We expect the AddRecExpr's to be sorted in reverse dominance order,
2626       // so that the 1st found AddRecExpr is dominated by all others.
2627       assert(DT.dominates(
2628            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()->getHeader(),
2629            AddRec->getLoop()->getHeader()) &&
2630         "AddRecExprs are not sorted in reverse dominance order?");
2631       if (AddRecLoop == cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx])->getLoop()) {
2632         // Other + {A,+,B}<L> + {C,+,D}<L>  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}<L>
2633         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
2634                                                AddRec->op_end());
2635         for (; OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2636              ++OtherIdx) {
2637           const auto *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2638           if (OtherAddRec->getLoop() == AddRecLoop) {
2639             for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands();
2640                  i != e; ++i) {
2641               if (i >= AddRecOps.size()) {
2642                 AddRecOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
2643                                  OtherAddRec->op_end());
2644                 break;
2645               }
2646               SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> TwoOps = {
2647                   AddRecOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i)};
2648               AddRecOps[i] = getAddExpr(TwoOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2649             }
2650             Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2651           }
2652         }
2653         // Step size has changed, so we cannot guarantee no self-wraparound.
2654         Ops[Idx] = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2655         return getAddExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2656       }
2657     }
2658 
2659     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
2660     // next one.
2661   }
2662 
2663   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
2664   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
2665   return getOrCreateAddExpr(Ops, Flags);
2666 }
2667 
2668 const SCEV *
2669 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2670                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2671   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2672   ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
2673   for (const SCEV *Op : Ops)
2674     ID.AddPointer(Op);
2675   void *IP = nullptr;
2676   SCEVAddExpr *S =
2677       static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2678   if (!S) {
2679     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2680     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2681     S = new (SCEVAllocator)
2682         SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), O, Ops.size());
2683     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2684     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2685   }
2686   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2687   return S;
2688 }
2689 
2690 const SCEV *
2691 ScalarEvolution::getOrCreateMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2692                                     SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
2693   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2694   ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
2695   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2696     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
2697   void *IP = nullptr;
2698   SCEVMulExpr *S =
2699     static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
2700   if (!S) {
2701     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
2702     std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
2703     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
2704                                         O, Ops.size());
2705     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
2706     addToLoopUseLists(S);
2707   }
2708   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
2709   return S;
2710 }
2711 
2712 static uint64_t umul_ov(uint64_t i, uint64_t j, bool &Overflow) {
2713   uint64_t k = i*j;
2714   if (j > 1 && k / j != i) Overflow = true;
2715   return k;
2716 }
2717 
2718 /// Compute the result of "n choose k", the binomial coefficient.  If an
2719 /// intermediate computation overflows, Overflow will be set and the return will
2720 /// be garbage. Overflow is not cleared on absence of overflow.
2721 static uint64_t Choose(uint64_t n, uint64_t k, bool &Overflow) {
2722   // We use the multiplicative formula:
2723   //     n(n-1)(n-2)...(n-(k-1)) / k(k-1)(k-2)...1 .
2724   // At each iteration, we take the n-th term of the numeral and divide by the
2725   // (k-n)th term of the denominator.  This division will always produce an
2726   // integral result, and helps reduce the chance of overflow in the
2727   // intermediate computations. However, we can still overflow even when the
2728   // final result would fit.
2729 
2730   if (n == 0 || n == k) return 1;
2731   if (k > n) return 0;
2732 
2733   if (k > n/2)
2734     k = n-k;
2735 
2736   uint64_t r = 1;
2737   for (uint64_t i = 1; i <= k; ++i) {
2738     r = umul_ov(r, n-(i-1), Overflow);
2739     r /= i;
2740   }
2741   return r;
2742 }
2743 
2744 /// Determine if any of the operands in this SCEV are a constant or if
2745 /// any of the add or multiply expressions in this SCEV contain a constant.
2746 static bool containsConstantInAddMulChain(const SCEV *StartExpr) {
2747   struct FindConstantInAddMulChain {
2748     bool FoundConstant = false;
2749 
2750     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
2751       FoundConstant |= isa<SCEVConstant>(S);
2752       return isa<SCEVAddExpr>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S);
2753     }
2754 
2755     bool isDone() const {
2756       return FoundConstant;
2757     }
2758   };
2759 
2760   FindConstantInAddMulChain F;
2761   SCEVTraversal<FindConstantInAddMulChain> ST(F);
2762   ST.visitAll(StartExpr);
2763   return F.FoundConstant;
2764 }
2765 
2766 /// Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if possible.
2767 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
2768                                         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
2769                                         unsigned Depth) {
2770   assert(Flags == maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
2771          "only nuw or nsw allowed");
2772   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
2773   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2774 #ifndef NDEBUG
2775   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
2776   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2777     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
2778            "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
2779 #endif
2780 
2781   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
2782   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
2783 
2784   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scMulExpr, Ops, Flags);
2785 
2786   // Limit recursion calls depth.
2787   if (Depth > MaxArithDepth)
2788     return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
2789 
2790   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
2791   unsigned Idx = 0;
2792   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
2793 
2794     if (Ops.size() == 2)
2795       // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
2796       if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
2797         // If any of Add's ops are Adds or Muls with a constant, apply this
2798         // transformation as well.
2799         //
2800         // TODO: There are some cases where this transformation is not
2801         // profitable; for example, Add = (C0 + X) * Y + Z.  Maybe the scope of
2802         // this transformation should be narrowed down.
2803         if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2 && containsConstantInAddMulChain(Add))
2804           return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0),
2805                                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2806                             getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1),
2807                                        SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2808                             SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2809 
2810     ++Idx;
2811     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
2812       // We found two constants, fold them together!
2813       ConstantInt *Fold =
2814           ConstantInt::get(getContext(), LHSC->getAPInt() * RHSC->getAPInt());
2815       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
2816       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
2817       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
2818       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
2819     }
2820 
2821     // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
2822     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isOne()) {
2823       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
2824       --Idx;
2825     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
2826       // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
2827       return Ops[0];
2828     } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
2829       // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
2830       // add operands.
2831       if (Ops.size() == 2) {
2832         if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2833           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2834           bool AnyFolded = false;
2835           for (const SCEV *AddOp : Add->operands()) {
2836             const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2837                                          Depth + 1);
2838             if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
2839             NewOps.push_back(Mul);
2840           }
2841           if (AnyFolded)
2842             return getAddExpr(NewOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2843         } else if (const auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[1])) {
2844           // Negation preserves a recurrence's no self-wrap property.
2845           SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
2846           for (const SCEV *AddRecOp : AddRec->operands())
2847             Operands.push_back(getMulExpr(Ops[0], AddRecOp, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap,
2848                                           Depth + 1));
2849 
2850           return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop(),
2851                                AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
2852         }
2853       }
2854     }
2855 
2856     if (Ops.size() == 1)
2857       return Ops[0];
2858   }
2859 
2860   // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
2861   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
2862     ++Idx;
2863 
2864   // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
2865   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
2866     bool DeletedMul = false;
2867     while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
2868       if (Ops.size() > MulOpsInlineThreshold)
2869         break;
2870       // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the
2871       // operands list.
2872       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
2873       Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
2874       DeletedMul = true;
2875     }
2876 
2877     // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the
2878     // list, and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and
2879     // resimplify any operands we just acquired.
2880     if (DeletedMul)
2881       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2882   }
2883 
2884   // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
2885   // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
2886   // recurrence.
2887   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
2888     ++Idx;
2889 
2890   // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
2891   for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
2892     // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector
2893     // if they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
2894     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
2895     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
2896     const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
2897     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
2898       if (isAvailableAtLoopEntry(Ops[i], AddRecLoop)) {
2899         LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
2900         Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
2901         --i; --e;
2902       }
2903 
2904     // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
2905     if (!LIOps.empty()) {
2906       //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
2907       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
2908       NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
2909       const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2910       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
2911         NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i),
2912                                     SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1));
2913 
2914       // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
2915       // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
2916       //
2917       // No self-wrap cannot be guaranteed after changing the step size, but
2918       // will be inferred if either NUW or NSW is true.
2919       Flags = AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(clearFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
2920       const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop, Flags);
2921 
2922       // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
2923       if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
2924 
2925       // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-invariant parts.
2926       for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
2927         if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
2928           Ops[i] = NewRec;
2929           break;
2930         }
2931       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2932     }
2933 
2934     // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see
2935     // if there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable
2936     // being multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
2937 
2938     // {A1,+,A2,+,...,+,An}<L> * {B1,+,B2,+,...,+,Bn}<L>
2939     // = {x=1 in [ sum y=x..2x [ sum z=max(y-x, y-n)..min(x,n) [
2940     //       choose(x, 2x)*choose(2x-y, x-z)*A_{y-z}*B_z
2941     //   ]]],+,...up to x=2n}.
2942     // Note that the arguments to choose() are always integers with values
2943     // known at compile time, never SCEV objects.
2944     //
2945     // The implementation avoids pointless extra computations when the two
2946     // addrec's are of different length (mathematically, it's equivalent to
2947     // an infinite stream of zeros on the right).
2948     bool OpsModified = false;
2949     for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
2950          OtherIdx != Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2951          ++OtherIdx) {
2952       const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec =
2953         dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
2954       if (!OtherAddRec || OtherAddRec->getLoop() != AddRecLoop)
2955         continue;
2956 
2957       // Limit max number of arguments to avoid creation of unreasonably big
2958       // SCEVAddRecs with very complex operands.
2959       if (AddRec->getNumOperands() + OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1 >
2960           MaxAddRecSize)
2961         continue;
2962 
2963       bool Overflow = false;
2964       Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
2965       bool LargerThan64Bits = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) > 64;
2966       SmallVector<const SCEV*, 7> AddRecOps;
2967       for (int x = 0, xe = AddRec->getNumOperands() +
2968              OtherAddRec->getNumOperands() - 1; x != xe && !Overflow; ++x) {
2969         const SCEV *Term = getZero(Ty);
2970         for (int y = x, ye = 2*x+1; y != ye && !Overflow; ++y) {
2971           uint64_t Coeff1 = Choose(x, 2*x - y, Overflow);
2972           for (int z = std::max(y-x, y-(int)AddRec->getNumOperands()+1),
2973                  ze = std::min(x+1, (int)OtherAddRec->getNumOperands());
2974                z < ze && !Overflow; ++z) {
2975             uint64_t Coeff2 = Choose(2*x - y, x-z, Overflow);
2976             uint64_t Coeff;
2977             if (LargerThan64Bits)
2978               Coeff = umul_ov(Coeff1, Coeff2, Overflow);
2979             else
2980               Coeff = Coeff1*Coeff2;
2981             const SCEV *CoeffTerm = getConstant(Ty, Coeff);
2982             const SCEV *Term1 = AddRec->getOperand(y-z);
2983             const SCEV *Term2 = OtherAddRec->getOperand(z);
2984             Term = getAddExpr(Term, getMulExpr(CoeffTerm, Term1, Term2,
2985                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1),
2986                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
2987           }
2988         }
2989         AddRecOps.push_back(Term);
2990       }
2991       if (!Overflow) {
2992         const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
2993                                               SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
2994         if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
2995         Ops[Idx] = NewAddRec;
2996         Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + OtherIdx); --OtherIdx;
2997         OpsModified = true;
2998         AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec);
2999         if (!AddRec)
3000           break;
3001       }
3002     }
3003     if (OpsModified)
3004       return getMulExpr(Ops, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap, Depth + 1);
3005 
3006     // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
3007     // next one.
3008   }
3009 
3010   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
3011   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3012   return getOrCreateMulExpr(Ops, Flags);
3013 }
3014 
3015 /// Represents an unsigned remainder expression based on unsigned division.
3016 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getURemExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3017                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3018   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3019          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3020          "SCEVURemExpr operand types don't match!");
3021 
3022   // Short-circuit easy cases
3023   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3024     // If constant is one, the result is trivial
3025     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3026       return getZero(LHS->getType()); // X urem 1 --> 0
3027 
3028     // If constant is a power of two, fold into a zext(trunc(LHS)).
3029     if (RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2()) {
3030       Type *FullTy = LHS->getType();
3031       Type *TruncTy =
3032           IntegerType::get(getContext(), RHSC->getAPInt().logBase2());
3033       return getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(LHS, TruncTy), FullTy);
3034     }
3035   }
3036 
3037   // Fallback to %a == %x urem %y == %x -<nuw> ((%x udiv %y) *<nuw> %y)
3038   const SCEV *UDiv = getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3039   const SCEV *Mult = getMulExpr(UDiv, RHS, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3040   return getMinusSCEV(LHS, Mult, SCEV::FlagNUW);
3041 }
3042 
3043 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3044 /// possible.
3045 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3046                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3047   assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
3048          getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
3049          "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
3050 
3051   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3052     if (RHSC->getValue()->isOne())
3053       return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
3054     // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
3055     // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
3056     // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
3057     if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
3058       // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
3059       // its operands.
3060       // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
3061       Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
3062       unsigned LZ = RHSC->getAPInt().countLeadingZeros();
3063       unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ - 1;
3064       // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
3065       // nearest power of two.
3066       if (!RHSC->getAPInt().isPowerOf2())
3067         ++MaxShiftAmt;
3068       IntegerType *ExtTy =
3069         IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
3070       if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
3071         if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
3072             dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this))) {
3073           // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
3074           const APInt &StepInt = Step->getAPInt();
3075           const APInt &DivInt = RHSC->getAPInt();
3076           if (!StepInt.urem(DivInt) &&
3077               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3078               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3079                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3080                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3081             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3082             for (const SCEV *Op : AR->operands())
3083               Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(Op, RHS));
3084             return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3085           }
3086           /// Get a canonical UDivExpr for a recurrence.
3087           /// {X,+,N}/C => {Y,+,N}/C where Y=X-(X%N). Safe when C%N=0.
3088           // We can currently only fold X%N if X is constant.
3089           const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStart());
3090           if (StartC && !DivInt.urem(StepInt) &&
3091               getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
3092               getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
3093                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
3094                             AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)) {
3095             const APInt &StartInt = StartC->getAPInt();
3096             const APInt &StartRem = StartInt.urem(StepInt);
3097             if (StartRem != 0)
3098               LHS = getAddRecExpr(getConstant(StartInt - StartRem), Step,
3099                                   AR->getLoop(), SCEV::FlagNW);
3100           }
3101         }
3102       // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
3103       if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
3104         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3105         for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
3106           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3107         if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
3108           // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
3109           for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3110             const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
3111             const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
3112             if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
3113               Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
3114                                                       M->op_end());
3115               Operands[i] = Div;
3116               return getMulExpr(Operands);
3117             }
3118           }
3119       }
3120 
3121       // (A/B)/C --> A/(B*C) if safe and B*C can be folded.
3122       if (const SCEVUDivExpr *OtherDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS)) {
3123         if (auto *DivisorConstant =
3124                 dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(OtherDiv->getRHS())) {
3125           bool Overflow = false;
3126           APInt NewRHS =
3127               DivisorConstant->getAPInt().umul_ov(RHSC->getAPInt(), Overflow);
3128           if (Overflow) {
3129             return getConstant(RHSC->getType(), 0, false);
3130           }
3131           return getUDivExpr(OtherDiv->getLHS(), getConstant(NewRHS));
3132         }
3133       }
3134 
3135       // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
3136       if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
3137         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3138         for (const SCEV *Op : A->operands())
3139           Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(Op, ExtTy));
3140         if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
3141           Operands.clear();
3142           for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3143             const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
3144             if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
3145                 getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
3146               break;
3147             Operands.push_back(Op);
3148           }
3149           if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
3150             return getAddExpr(Operands);
3151         }
3152       }
3153 
3154       // Fold if both operands are constant.
3155       if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
3156         Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
3157         Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
3158         return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
3159                                                                    RHSCV)));
3160       }
3161     }
3162   }
3163 
3164   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3165   ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
3166   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
3167   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
3168   void *IP = nullptr;
3169   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3170   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3171                                              LHS, RHS);
3172   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3173   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3174   return S;
3175 }
3176 
3177 static const APInt gcd(const SCEVConstant *C1, const SCEVConstant *C2) {
3178   APInt A = C1->getAPInt().abs();
3179   APInt B = C2->getAPInt().abs();
3180   uint32_t ABW = A.getBitWidth();
3181   uint32_t BBW = B.getBitWidth();
3182 
3183   if (ABW > BBW)
3184     B = B.zext(ABW);
3185   else if (ABW < BBW)
3186     A = A.zext(BBW);
3187 
3188   return APIntOps::GreatestCommonDivisor(std::move(A), std::move(B));
3189 }
3190 
3191 /// Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something simpler if
3192 /// possible. There is no representation for an exact udiv in SCEV IR, but we
3193 /// can attempt to remove factors from the LHS and RHS.  We can't do this when
3194 /// it's not exact because the udiv may be clearing bits.
3195 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExactExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3196                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
3197   // TODO: we could try to find factors in all sorts of things, but for now we
3198   // just deal with u/exact (multiply, constant). See SCEVDivision towards the
3199   // end of this file for inspiration.
3200 
3201   const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3202   if (!Mul || !Mul->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3203     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3204 
3205   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
3206     // If the mulexpr multiplies by a constant, then that constant must be the
3207     // first element of the mulexpr.
3208     if (const auto *LHSCst = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
3209       if (LHSCst == RHSCst) {
3210         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3211         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3212         return getMulExpr(Operands);
3213       }
3214 
3215       // We can't just assume that LHSCst divides RHSCst cleanly, it could be
3216       // that there's a factor provided by one of the other terms. We need to
3217       // check.
3218       APInt Factor = gcd(LHSCst, RHSCst);
3219       if (!Factor.isIntN(1)) {
3220         LHSCst =
3221             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(LHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3222         RHSCst =
3223             cast<SCEVConstant>(getConstant(RHSCst->getAPInt().udiv(Factor)));
3224         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3225         Operands.push_back(LHSCst);
3226         Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + 1, Mul->op_end());
3227         LHS = getMulExpr(Operands);
3228         RHS = RHSCst;
3229         Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS);
3230         if (!Mul)
3231           return getUDivExactExpr(LHS, RHS);
3232       }
3233     }
3234   }
3235 
3236   for (int i = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
3237     if (Mul->getOperand(i) == RHS) {
3238       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Operands;
3239       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_begin() + i);
3240       Operands.append(Mul->op_begin() + i + 1, Mul->op_end());
3241       return getMulExpr(Operands);
3242     }
3243   }
3244 
3245   return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
3246 }
3247 
3248 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3249 /// expression as much as possible.
3250 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start, const SCEV *Step,
3251                                            const Loop *L,
3252                                            SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3253   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
3254   Operands.push_back(Start);
3255   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
3256     if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
3257       Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
3258       return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW));
3259     }
3260 
3261   Operands.push_back(Step);
3262   return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, Flags);
3263 }
3264 
3265 /// Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.  Simplify the
3266 /// expression as much as possible.
3267 const SCEV *
3268 ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
3269                                const Loop *L, SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3270   if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
3271 #ifndef NDEBUG
3272   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType());
3273   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3274     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3275            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
3276   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3277     assert(isLoopInvariant(Operands[i], L) &&
3278            "SCEVAddRecExpr operand is not loop-invariant!");
3279 #endif
3280 
3281   if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
3282     Operands.pop_back();
3283     return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
3284   }
3285 
3286   // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
3287   // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
3288   // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
3289   // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
3290   // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
3291 
3292   Flags = StrengthenNoWrapFlags(this, scAddRecExpr, Operands, Flags);
3293 
3294   // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
3295   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
3296     const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
3297     if (L->contains(NestedLoop)
3298             ? (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth())
3299             : (!NestedLoop->contains(L) &&
3300                DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
3301       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
3302                                                   NestedAR->op_end());
3303       Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
3304       // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
3305       // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
3306       // requirement.
3307       bool AllInvariant = all_of(
3308           Operands, [&](const SCEV *Op) { return isLoopInvariant(Op, L); });
3309 
3310       if (AllInvariant) {
3311         // Create a recurrence for the outer loop with the same step size.
3312         //
3313         // The outer recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if the
3314         // inner recurrence has the same property.
3315         SCEV::NoWrapFlags OuterFlags =
3316           maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW | NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags());
3317 
3318         NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, OuterFlags);
3319         AllInvariant = all_of(NestedOperands, [&](const SCEV *Op) {
3320           return isLoopInvariant(Op, NestedLoop);
3321         });
3322 
3323         if (AllInvariant) {
3324           // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
3325           //
3326           // The inner recurrence keeps its NW flag but only keeps NUW/NSW if
3327           // the outer recurrence has the same property.
3328           SCEV::NoWrapFlags InnerFlags =
3329             maskFlags(NestedAR->getNoWrapFlags(), SCEV::FlagNW | Flags);
3330           return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, InnerFlags);
3331         }
3332       }
3333       // Reset Operands to its original state.
3334       Operands[0] = NestedAR;
3335     }
3336   }
3337 
3338   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
3339   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3340   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3341   ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
3342   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
3343     ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
3344   ID.AddPointer(L);
3345   void *IP = nullptr;
3346   SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
3347     static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
3348   if (!S) {
3349     const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
3350     std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
3351     S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3352                                            O, Operands.size(), L);
3353     UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3354     addToLoopUseLists(S);
3355   }
3356   S->setNoWrapFlags(Flags);
3357   return S;
3358 }
3359 
3360 const SCEV *
3361 ScalarEvolution::getGEPExpr(GEPOperator *GEP,
3362                             const SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &IndexExprs) {
3363   const SCEV *BaseExpr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
3364   // getSCEV(Base)->getType() has the same address space as Base->getType()
3365   // because SCEV::getType() preserves the address space.
3366   Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(BaseExpr->getType());
3367   // FIXME(PR23527): Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP
3368   // instruction to its SCEV, because the Instruction may be guarded by control
3369   // flow and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
3370   // context. This can be fixed similarly to how these flags are handled for
3371   // adds.
3372   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Wrap = GEP->isInBounds() ? SCEV::FlagNSW
3373                                              : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3374 
3375   const SCEV *TotalOffset = getZero(IntPtrTy);
3376   // The array size is unimportant. The first thing we do on CurTy is getting
3377   // its element type.
3378   Type *CurTy = ArrayType::get(GEP->getSourceElementType(), 0);
3379   for (const SCEV *IndexExpr : IndexExprs) {
3380     // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
3381     if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(CurTy)) {
3382       // For a struct, add the member offset.
3383       ConstantInt *Index = cast<SCEVConstant>(IndexExpr)->getValue();
3384       unsigned FieldNo = Index->getZExtValue();
3385       const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(IntPtrTy, STy, FieldNo);
3386 
3387       // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
3388       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
3389 
3390       // Update CurTy to the type of the field at Index.
3391       CurTy = STy->getTypeAtIndex(Index);
3392     } else {
3393       // Update CurTy to its element type.
3394       CurTy = cast<SequentialType>(CurTy)->getElementType();
3395       // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
3396       const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(IntPtrTy, CurTy);
3397       // Getelementptr indices are signed.
3398       IndexExpr = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexExpr, IntPtrTy);
3399 
3400       // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
3401       const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexExpr, ElementSize, Wrap);
3402 
3403       // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
3404       TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
3405     }
3406   }
3407 
3408   // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
3409   return getAddExpr(BaseExpr, TotalOffset, Wrap);
3410 }
3411 
3412 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3413                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3414   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3415   return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3416 }
3417 
3418 const SCEV *
3419 ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3420   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
3421   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3422 #ifndef NDEBUG
3423   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3424   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3425     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3426            "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3427 #endif
3428 
3429   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3430   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3431 
3432   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3433   unsigned Idx = 0;
3434   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3435     ++Idx;
3436     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3437     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3438       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3439       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3440           getContext(), APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3441       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3442       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3443       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3444       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3445     }
3446 
3447     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3448     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
3449       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3450       --Idx;
3451     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
3452       // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3453       // maximum-int.
3454       return Ops[0];
3455     }
3456 
3457     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3458   }
3459 
3460   // Find the first SMax
3461   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
3462     ++Idx;
3463 
3464   // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
3465   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3466   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3467     bool DeletedSMax = false;
3468     while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3469       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3470       Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
3471       DeletedSMax = true;
3472     }
3473 
3474     if (DeletedSMax)
3475       return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
3476   }
3477 
3478   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3479   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3480   // be adjacent.
3481   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3482     //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
3483     //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3484     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
3485         isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3486       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
3487       --i; --e;
3488     } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
3489       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
3490       --i; --e;
3491     }
3492 
3493   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3494 
3495   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
3496 
3497   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
3498   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3499   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3500   ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
3501   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3502     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3503   void *IP = nullptr;
3504   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3505   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3506   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3507   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3508                                              O, Ops.size());
3509   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3510   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3511   return S;
3512 }
3513 
3514 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3515                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3516   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = {LHS, RHS};
3517   return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3518 }
3519 
3520 const SCEV *
3521 ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3522   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
3523   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3524 #ifndef NDEBUG
3525   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
3526   for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3527     assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
3528            "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
3529 #endif
3530 
3531   // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
3532   GroupByComplexity(Ops, &LI, DT);
3533 
3534   // If there are any constants, fold them together.
3535   unsigned Idx = 0;
3536   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
3537     ++Idx;
3538     assert(Idx < Ops.size());
3539     while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
3540       // We found two constants, fold them together!
3541       ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(
3542           getContext(), APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getAPInt(), RHSC->getAPInt()));
3543       Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
3544       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
3545       if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3546       LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
3547     }
3548 
3549     // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
3550     if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
3551       Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
3552       --Idx;
3553     } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
3554       // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
3555       // maximum-int.
3556       return Ops[0];
3557     }
3558 
3559     if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3560   }
3561 
3562   // Find the first UMax
3563   while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
3564     ++Idx;
3565 
3566   // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
3567   // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
3568   if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
3569     bool DeletedUMax = false;
3570     while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
3571       Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
3572       Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
3573       DeletedUMax = true;
3574     }
3575 
3576     if (DeletedUMax)
3577       return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
3578   }
3579 
3580   // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
3581   // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
3582   // be adjacent.
3583   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
3584     //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
3585     //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
3586     if (Ops[i] == Ops[i + 1] || isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(
3587                                     ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i + 1])) {
3588       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i + 1, Ops.begin() + i + 2);
3589       --i; --e;
3590     } else if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i],
3591                                                Ops[i + 1])) {
3592       Ops.erase(Ops.begin() + i, Ops.begin() + i + 1);
3593       --i; --e;
3594     }
3595 
3596   if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
3597 
3598   assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
3599 
3600   // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
3601   // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
3602   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3603   ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
3604   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
3605     ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
3606   void *IP = nullptr;
3607   if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
3608   const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
3609   std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
3610   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
3611                                              O, Ops.size());
3612   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3613   addToLoopUseLists(S);
3614   return S;
3615 }
3616 
3617 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3618                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3619   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
3620   return getSMinExpr(Ops);
3621 }
3622 
3623 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3624   // ~smax(~x, ~y, ~z) == smin(x, y, z).
3625   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> NotOps;
3626   for (auto *S : Ops)
3627     NotOps.push_back(getNotSCEV(S));
3628   return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(NotOps));
3629 }
3630 
3631 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
3632                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
3633   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
3634   return getUMinExpr(Ops);
3635 }
3636 
3637 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
3638   assert(!Ops.empty() && "At least one operand must be!");
3639   // Trivial case.
3640   if (Ops.size() == 1)
3641     return Ops[0];
3642 
3643   // ~umax(~x, ~y, ~z) == umin(x, y, z).
3644   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> NotOps;
3645   for (auto *S : Ops)
3646     NotOps.push_back(getNotSCEV(S));
3647   return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(NotOps));
3648 }
3649 
3650 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(Type *IntTy, Type *AllocTy) {
3651   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3652   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3653   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3654   return getConstant(IntTy, getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
3655 }
3656 
3657 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(Type *IntTy,
3658                                              StructType *STy,
3659                                              unsigned FieldNo) {
3660   // We can bypass creating a target-independent
3661   // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
3662   // This is just a compile-time optimization.
3663   return getConstant(
3664       IntTy, getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
3665 }
3666 
3667 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
3668   // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
3669   // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
3670   // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
3671   // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
3672 
3673   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
3674   ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
3675   ID.AddPointer(V);
3676   void *IP = nullptr;
3677   if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
3678     assert(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue() == V &&
3679            "Stale SCEVUnknown in uniquing map!");
3680     return S;
3681   }
3682   SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V, this,
3683                                             FirstUnknown);
3684   FirstUnknown = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3685   UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
3686   return S;
3687 }
3688 
3689 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3690 //            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
3691 //
3692 
3693 /// Test if values of the given type are analyzable within the SCEV
3694 /// framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it can optionally
3695 /// include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class has access to
3696 /// target-specific information.
3697 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(Type *Ty) const {
3698   // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
3699   return Ty->isIntOrPtrTy();
3700 }
3701 
3702 /// Return the size in bits of the specified type, for which isSCEVable must
3703 /// return true.
3704 uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(Type *Ty) const {
3705   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3706   if (Ty->isPointerTy())
3707     return getDataLayout().getIndexTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3708   return getDataLayout().getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3709 }
3710 
3711 /// Return a type with the same bitwidth as the given type and which represents
3712 /// how SCEV will treat the given type, for which isSCEVable must return
3713 /// true. For pointer types, this is the pointer-sized integer type.
3714 Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(Type *Ty) const {
3715   assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
3716 
3717   if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
3718     return Ty;
3719 
3720   // The only other support type is pointer.
3721   assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
3722   return getDataLayout().getIntPtrType(Ty);
3723 }
3724 
3725 Type *ScalarEvolution::getWiderType(Type *T1, Type *T2) const {
3726   return  getTypeSizeInBits(T1) >= getTypeSizeInBits(T2) ? T1 : T2;
3727 }
3728 
3729 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
3730   return CouldNotCompute.get();
3731 }
3732 
3733 bool ScalarEvolution::checkValidity(const SCEV *S) const {
3734   bool ContainsNulls = SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
3735     auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
3736     return SU && SU->getValue() == nullptr;
3737   });
3738 
3739   return !ContainsNulls;
3740 }
3741 
3742 bool ScalarEvolution::containsAddRecurrence(const SCEV *S) {
3743   HasRecMapType::iterator I = HasRecMap.find(S);
3744   if (I != HasRecMap.end())
3745     return I->second;
3746 
3747   bool FoundAddRec = SCEVExprContains(S, isa<SCEVAddRecExpr, const SCEV *>);
3748   HasRecMap.insert({S, FoundAddRec});
3749   return FoundAddRec;
3750 }
3751 
3752 /// Try to split a SCEVAddExpr into a pair of {SCEV, ConstantInt}.
3753 /// If \p S is a SCEVAddExpr and is composed of a sub SCEV S' and an
3754 /// offset I, then return {S', I}, else return {\p S, nullptr}.
3755 static std::pair<const SCEV *, ConstantInt *> splitAddExpr(const SCEV *S) {
3756   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S);
3757   if (!Add)
3758     return {S, nullptr};
3759 
3760   if (Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
3761     return {S, nullptr};
3762 
3763   auto *ConstOp = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0));
3764   if (!ConstOp)
3765     return {S, nullptr};
3766 
3767   return {Add->getOperand(1), ConstOp->getValue()};
3768 }
3769 
3770 /// Return the ValueOffsetPair set for \p S. \p S can be represented
3771 /// by the value and offset from any ValueOffsetPair in the set.
3772 SetVector<ScalarEvolution::ValueOffsetPair> *
3773 ScalarEvolution::getSCEVValues(const SCEV *S) {
3774   ExprValueMapType::iterator SI = ExprValueMap.find_as(S);
3775   if (SI == ExprValueMap.end())
3776     return nullptr;
3777 #ifndef NDEBUG
3778   if (VerifySCEVMap) {
3779     // Check there is no dangling Value in the set returned.
3780     for (const auto &VE : SI->second)
3781       assert(ValueExprMap.count(VE.first));
3782   }
3783 #endif
3784   return &SI->second;
3785 }
3786 
3787 /// Erase Value from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap. ValueExprMap.erase(V)
3788 /// cannot be used separately. eraseValueFromMap should be used to remove
3789 /// V from ValueExprMap and ExprValueMap at the same time.
3790 void ScalarEvolution::eraseValueFromMap(Value *V) {
3791   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3792   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3793     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3794     // Remove {V, 0} from the set of ExprValueMap[S]
3795     if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(S))
3796       SV->remove({V, nullptr});
3797 
3798     // Remove {V, Offset} from the set of ExprValueMap[Stripped]
3799     const SCEV *Stripped;
3800     ConstantInt *Offset;
3801     std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3802     if (Offset != nullptr) {
3803       if (SetVector<ValueOffsetPair> *SV = getSCEVValues(Stripped))
3804         SV->remove({V, Offset});
3805     }
3806     ValueExprMap.erase(V);
3807   }
3808 }
3809 
3810 /// Check whether value has nuw/nsw/exact set but SCEV does not.
3811 /// TODO: In reality it is better to check the poison recursevely
3812 /// but this is better than nothing.
3813 static bool SCEVLostPoisonFlags(const SCEV *S, const Value *V) {
3814   if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
3815     if (isa<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(I)) {
3816       if (auto *NS = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)) {
3817         if (I->hasNoSignedWrap() && !NS->hasNoSignedWrap())
3818           return true;
3819         if (I->hasNoUnsignedWrap() && !NS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
3820           return true;
3821       }
3822     } else if (isa<PossiblyExactOperator>(I) && I->isExact())
3823       return true;
3824   }
3825   return false;
3826 }
3827 
3828 /// Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the expression and
3829 /// create a new one.
3830 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
3831   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3832 
3833   const SCEV *S = getExistingSCEV(V);
3834   if (S == nullptr) {
3835     S = createSCEV(V);
3836     // During PHI resolution, it is possible to create two SCEVs for the same
3837     // V, so it is needed to double check whether V->S is inserted into
3838     // ValueExprMap before insert S->{V, 0} into ExprValueMap.
3839     std::pair<ValueExprMapType::iterator, bool> Pair =
3840         ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S});
3841     if (Pair.second && !SCEVLostPoisonFlags(S, V)) {
3842       ExprValueMap[S].insert({V, nullptr});
3843 
3844       // If S == Stripped + Offset, add Stripped -> {V, Offset} into
3845       // ExprValueMap.
3846       const SCEV *Stripped = S;
3847       ConstantInt *Offset = nullptr;
3848       std::tie(Stripped, Offset) = splitAddExpr(S);
3849       // If stripped is SCEVUnknown, don't bother to save
3850       // Stripped -> {V, offset}. It doesn't simplify and sometimes even
3851       // increase the complexity of the expansion code.
3852       // If V is GetElementPtrInst, don't save Stripped -> {V, offset}
3853       // because it may generate add/sub instead of GEP in SCEV expansion.
3854       if (Offset != nullptr && !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Stripped) &&
3855           !isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V))
3856         ExprValueMap[Stripped].insert({V, Offset});
3857     }
3858   }
3859   return S;
3860 }
3861 
3862 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExistingSCEV(Value *V) {
3863   assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
3864 
3865   ValueExprMapType::iterator I = ValueExprMap.find_as(V);
3866   if (I != ValueExprMap.end()) {
3867     const SCEV *S = I->second;
3868     if (checkValidity(S))
3869       return S;
3870     eraseValueFromMap(V);
3871     forgetMemoizedResults(S);
3872   }
3873   return nullptr;
3874 }
3875 
3876 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
3877 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V,
3878                                              SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags) {
3879   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3880     return getConstant(
3881                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
3882 
3883   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3884   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3885   return getMulExpr(
3886       V, getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))), Flags);
3887 }
3888 
3889 /// Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
3890 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
3891   if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
3892     return getConstant(
3893                 cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
3894 
3895   Type *Ty = V->getType();
3896   Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
3897   const SCEV *AllOnes =
3898                    getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
3899   return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
3900 }
3901 
3902 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
3903                                           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags,
3904                                           unsigned Depth) {
3905   // Fast path: X - X --> 0.
3906   if (LHS == RHS)
3907     return getZero(LHS->getType());
3908 
3909   // We represent LHS - RHS as LHS + (-1)*RHS. This transformation
3910   // makes it so that we cannot make much use of NUW.
3911   auto AddFlags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3912   const bool RHSIsNotMinSigned =
3913       !getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue();
3914   if (maskFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == SCEV::FlagNSW) {
3915     // Let M be the minimum representable signed value. Then (-1)*RHS
3916     // signed-wraps if and only if RHS is M. That can happen even for
3917     // a NSW subtraction because e.g. (-1)*M signed-wraps even though
3918     // -1 - M does not. So to transfer NSW from LHS - RHS to LHS +
3919     // (-1)*RHS, we need to prove that RHS != M.
3920     //
3921     // If LHS is non-negative and we know that LHS - RHS does not
3922     // signed-wrap, then RHS cannot be M. So we can rule out signed-wrap
3923     // either by proving that RHS > M or that LHS >= 0.
3924     if (RHSIsNotMinSigned || isKnownNonNegative(LHS)) {
3925       AddFlags = SCEV::FlagNSW;
3926     }
3927   }
3928 
3929   // FIXME: Find a correct way to transfer NSW to (-1)*M when LHS -
3930   // RHS is NSW and LHS >= 0.
3931   //
3932   // The difficulty here is that the NSW flag may have been proven
3933   // relative to a loop that is to be found in a recurrence in LHS and
3934   // not in RHS. Applying NSW to (-1)*M may then let the NSW have a
3935   // larger scope than intended.
3936   auto NegFlags = RHSIsNotMinSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
3937 
3938   return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS, NegFlags), AddFlags, Depth);
3939 }
3940 
3941 const SCEV *
3942 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3943   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3944   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
3945          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3946   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3947     return V;  // No conversion
3948   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3949     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3950   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3951 }
3952 
3953 const SCEV *
3954 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
3955                                          Type *Ty) {
3956   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3957   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
3958          "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3959   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3960     return V;  // No conversion
3961   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3962     return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
3963   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3964 }
3965 
3966 const SCEV *
3967 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3968   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3969   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
3970          "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
3971   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3972          "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
3973   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3974     return V;  // No conversion
3975   return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3976 }
3977 
3978 const SCEV *
3979 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3980   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3981   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
3982          "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
3983   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3984          "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
3985   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3986     return V;  // No conversion
3987   return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
3988 }
3989 
3990 const SCEV *
3991 ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
3992   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
3993   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
3994          "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
3995   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
3996          "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
3997   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
3998     return V;  // No conversion
3999   return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
4000 }
4001 
4002 const SCEV *
4003 ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, Type *Ty) {
4004   Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
4005   assert(SrcTy->isIntOrPtrTy() && Ty->isIntOrPtrTy() &&
4006          "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
4007   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
4008          "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
4009   if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
4010     return V;  // No conversion
4011   return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
4012 }
4013 
4014 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
4015                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
4016   const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
4017   const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
4018 
4019   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
4020     PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
4021   else
4022     PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
4023 
4024   return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
4025 }
4026 
4027 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
4028                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
4029   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops = { LHS, RHS };
4030   return getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops);
4031 }
4032 
4033 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(
4034     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
4035   assert(!Ops.empty() && "At least one operand must be!");
4036   // Trivial case.
4037   if (Ops.size() == 1)
4038     return Ops[0];
4039 
4040   // Find the max type first.
4041   Type *MaxType = nullptr;
4042   for (auto *S : Ops)
4043     if (MaxType)
4044       MaxType = getWiderType(MaxType, S->getType());
4045     else
4046       MaxType = S->getType();
4047 
4048   // Extend all ops to max type.
4049   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> PromotedOps;
4050   for (auto *S : Ops)
4051     PromotedOps.push_back(getNoopOrZeroExtend(S, MaxType));
4052 
4053   // Generate umin.
4054   return getUMinExpr(PromotedOps);
4055 }
4056 
4057 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getPointerBase(const SCEV *V) {
4058   // A pointer operand may evaluate to a nonpointer expression, such as null.
4059   if (!V->getType()->isPointerTy())
4060     return V;
4061 
4062   if (const SCEVCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(V)) {
4063     return getPointerBase(Cast->getOperand());
4064   } else if (const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(V)) {
4065     const SCEV *PtrOp = nullptr;
4066     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
4067       if (NAryOp->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
4068         // Cannot find the base of an expression with multiple pointer operands.
4069         if (PtrOp)
4070           return V;
4071         PtrOp = NAryOp;
4072       }
4073     }
4074     if (!PtrOp)
4075       return V;
4076     return getPointerBase(PtrOp);
4077   }
4078   return V;
4079 }
4080 
4081 /// Push users of the given Instruction onto the given Worklist.
4082 static void
4083 PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
4084                    SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
4085   // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
4086   for (User *U : I->users())
4087     Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(U));
4088 }
4089 
4090 void ScalarEvolution::forgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
4091   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
4092   PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
4093 
4094   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
4095   Visited.insert(PN);
4096   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4097     Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
4098     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
4099       continue;
4100 
4101     auto It = ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
4102     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
4103       const SCEV *Old = It->second;
4104 
4105       // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
4106       // ceases to appear in expressions.
4107       if (Old != SymName && !hasOperand(Old, SymName))
4108         continue;
4109 
4110       // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
4111       // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
4112       // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
4113       // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
4114       // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
4115       // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
4116       // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
4117       if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
4118           !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old) ||
4119           (I != PN && Old == SymName)) {
4120         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
4121         forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
4122       }
4123     }
4124 
4125     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
4126   }
4127 }
4128 
4129 namespace {
4130 
4131 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its start
4132 /// expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4133 /// if IgnoreOtherLoops is true then use AddRec itself
4134 /// otherwise rewrite cannot be done.
4135 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4136 class SCEVInitRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVInitRewriter> {
4137 public:
4138   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
4139                              bool IgnoreOtherLoops = true) {
4140     SCEVInitRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4141     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4142     if (Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown())
4143       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4144     return Rewriter.hasSeenOtherLoops() && !IgnoreOtherLoops
4145                ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4146                : Result;
4147   }
4148 
4149   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4150     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4151       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4152     return Expr;
4153   }
4154 
4155   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4156     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4157     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4158       return Expr->getStart();
4159     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4160     return Expr;
4161   }
4162 
4163   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4164 
4165   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4166 
4167 private:
4168   explicit SCEVInitRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4169       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4170 
4171   const Loop *L;
4172   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4173   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4174 };
4175 
4176 /// Takes SCEV S and Loop L. For each AddRec sub-expression, use its post
4177 /// increment expression in case its Loop is L. If it is not L then
4178 /// use AddRec itself.
4179 /// If SCEV contains non-invariant unknown SCEV rewrite cannot be done.
4180 class SCEVPostIncRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPostIncRewriter> {
4181 public:
4182   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4183     SCEVPostIncRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4184     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4185     return Rewriter.hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown()
4186         ? SE.getCouldNotCompute()
4187         : Result;
4188   }
4189 
4190   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4191     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4192       SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = true;
4193     return Expr;
4194   }
4195 
4196   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4197     // Only re-write AddRecExprs for this loop.
4198     if (Expr->getLoop() == L)
4199       return Expr->getPostIncExpr(SE);
4200     SeenOtherLoops = true;
4201     return Expr;
4202   }
4203 
4204   bool hasSeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown() { return SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown; }
4205 
4206   bool hasSeenOtherLoops() { return SeenOtherLoops; }
4207 
4208 private:
4209   explicit SCEVPostIncRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4210       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4211 
4212   const Loop *L;
4213   bool SeenLoopVariantSCEVUnknown = false;
4214   bool SeenOtherLoops = false;
4215 };
4216 
4217 /// This class evaluates the compare condition by matching it against the
4218 /// condition of loop latch. If there is a match we assume a true value
4219 /// for the condition while building SCEV nodes.
4220 class SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder
4221     : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder> {
4222 public:
4223   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4224                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4225     bool IsPosBECond = false;
4226     Value *BECond = nullptr;
4227     if (BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch()) {
4228       BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
4229       if (BI && BI->isConditional()) {
4230         assert(BI->getSuccessor(0) != BI->getSuccessor(1) &&
4231                "Both outgoing branches should not target same header!");
4232         BECond = BI->getCondition();
4233         IsPosBECond = BI->getSuccessor(0) == L->getHeader();
4234       } else {
4235         return S;
4236       }
4237     }
4238     SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder Rewriter(L, BECond, IsPosBECond, SE);
4239     return Rewriter.visit(S);
4240   }
4241 
4242   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4243     const SCEV *Result = Expr;
4244     bool InvariantF = SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L);
4245 
4246     if (!InvariantF) {
4247       Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(Expr->getValue());
4248       switch (I->getOpcode()) {
4249       case Instruction::Select: {
4250         SelectInst *SI = cast<SelectInst>(I);
4251         Optional<const SCEV *> Res =
4252             compareWithBackedgeCondition(SI->getCondition());
4253         if (Res.hasValue()) {
4254           bool IsOne = cast<SCEVConstant>(Res.getValue())->getValue()->isOne();
4255           Result = SE.getSCEV(IsOne ? SI->getTrueValue() : SI->getFalseValue());
4256         }
4257         break;
4258       }
4259       default: {
4260         Optional<const SCEV *> Res = compareWithBackedgeCondition(I);
4261         if (Res.hasValue())
4262           Result = Res.getValue();
4263         break;
4264       }
4265       }
4266     }
4267     return Result;
4268   }
4269 
4270 private:
4271   explicit SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder(const Loop *L, Value *BECond,
4272                                        bool IsPosBECond, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4273       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L), BackedgeCond(BECond),
4274         IsPositiveBECond(IsPosBECond) {}
4275 
4276   Optional<const SCEV *> compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC);
4277 
4278   const Loop *L;
4279   /// Loop back condition.
4280   Value *BackedgeCond = nullptr;
4281   /// Set to true if loop back is on positive branch condition.
4282   bool IsPositiveBECond;
4283 };
4284 
4285 Optional<const SCEV *>
4286 SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::compareWithBackedgeCondition(Value *IC) {
4287 
4288   // If value matches the backedge condition for loop latch,
4289   // then return a constant evolution node based on loopback
4290   // branch taken.
4291   if (BackedgeCond == IC)
4292     return IsPositiveBECond ? SE.getOne(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()))
4293                             : SE.getZero(Type::getInt1Ty(SE.getContext()));
4294   return None;
4295 }
4296 
4297 class SCEVShiftRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVShiftRewriter> {
4298 public:
4299   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
4300                              ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4301     SCEVShiftRewriter Rewriter(L, SE);
4302     const SCEV *Result = Rewriter.visit(S);
4303     return Rewriter.isValid() ? Result : SE.getCouldNotCompute();
4304   }
4305 
4306   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
4307     // Only allow AddRecExprs for this loop.
4308     if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(Expr, L))
4309       Valid = false;
4310     return Expr;
4311   }
4312 
4313   const SCEV *visitAddRecExpr(const SCEVAddRecExpr *Expr) {
4314     if (Expr->getLoop() == L && Expr->isAffine())
4315       return SE.getMinusSCEV(Expr, Expr->getStepRecurrence(SE));
4316     Valid = false;
4317     return Expr;
4318   }
4319 
4320   bool isValid() { return Valid; }
4321 
4322 private:
4323   explicit SCEVShiftRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE)
4324       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), L(L) {}
4325 
4326   const Loop *L;
4327   bool Valid = true;
4328 };
4329 
4330 } // end anonymous namespace
4331 
4332 SCEV::NoWrapFlags
4333 ScalarEvolution::proveNoWrapViaConstantRanges(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR) {
4334   if (!AR->isAffine())
4335     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4336 
4337   using OBO = OverflowingBinaryOperator;
4338 
4339   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Result = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4340 
4341   if (!AR->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
4342     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getSignedRange(AR);
4343     ConstantRange IncRange = getSignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4344 
4345     auto NSWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4346         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoSignedWrap);
4347     if (NSWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4348       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4349   }
4350 
4351   if (!AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap()) {
4352     ConstantRange AddRecRange = getUnsignedRange(AR);
4353     ConstantRange IncRange = getUnsignedRange(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this));
4354 
4355     auto NUWRegion = ConstantRange::makeGuaranteedNoWrapRegion(
4356         Instruction::Add, IncRange, OBO::NoUnsignedWrap);
4357     if (NUWRegion.contains(AddRecRange))
4358       Result = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Result, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4359   }
4360 
4361   return Result;
4362 }
4363 
4364 namespace {
4365 
4366 /// Represents an abstract binary operation.  This may exist as a
4367 /// normal instruction or constant expression, or may have been
4368 /// derived from an expression tree.
4369 struct BinaryOp {
4370   unsigned Opcode;
4371   Value *LHS;
4372   Value *RHS;
4373   bool IsNSW = false;
4374   bool IsNUW = false;
4375 
4376   /// Op is set if this BinaryOp corresponds to a concrete LLVM instruction or
4377   /// constant expression.
4378   Operator *Op = nullptr;
4379 
4380   explicit BinaryOp(Operator *Op)
4381       : Opcode(Op->getOpcode()), LHS(Op->getOperand(0)), RHS(Op->getOperand(1)),
4382         Op(Op) {
4383     if (auto *OBO = dyn_cast<OverflowingBinaryOperator>(Op)) {
4384       IsNSW = OBO->hasNoSignedWrap();
4385       IsNUW = OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
4386     }
4387   }
4388 
4389   explicit BinaryOp(unsigned Opcode, Value *LHS, Value *RHS, bool IsNSW = false,
4390                     bool IsNUW = false)
4391       : Opcode(Opcode), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS), IsNSW(IsNSW), IsNUW(IsNUW) {}
4392 };
4393 
4394 } // end anonymous namespace
4395 
4396 /// Try to map \p V into a BinaryOp, and return \c None on failure.
4397 static Optional<BinaryOp> MatchBinaryOp(Value *V, DominatorTree &DT) {
4398   auto *Op = dyn_cast<Operator>(V);
4399   if (!Op)
4400     return None;
4401 
4402   // Implementation detail: all the cleverness here should happen without
4403   // creating new SCEV expressions -- our caller knowns tricks to avoid creating
4404   // SCEV expressions when possible, and we should not break that.
4405 
4406   switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
4407   case Instruction::Add:
4408   case Instruction::Sub:
4409   case Instruction::Mul:
4410   case Instruction::UDiv:
4411   case Instruction::URem:
4412   case Instruction::And:
4413   case Instruction::Or:
4414   case Instruction::AShr:
4415   case Instruction::Shl:
4416     return BinaryOp(Op);
4417 
4418   case Instruction::Xor:
4419     if (auto *RHSC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1)))
4420       // If the RHS of the xor is a signmask, then this is just an add.
4421       // Instcombine turns add of signmask into xor as a strength reduction step.
4422       if (RHSC->getValue().isSignMask())
4423         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, Op->getOperand(0), Op->getOperand(1));
4424     return BinaryOp(Op);
4425 
4426   case Instruction::LShr:
4427     // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
4428     if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
4429       uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(Op->getType())->getBitWidth();
4430 
4431       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
4432       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
4433       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
4434       // other parts of the compiler.
4435       if (SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
4436         Constant *X =
4437             ConstantInt::get(SA->getContext(),
4438                              APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
4439         return BinaryOp(Instruction::UDiv, Op->getOperand(0), X);
4440       }
4441     }
4442     return BinaryOp(Op);
4443 
4444   case Instruction::ExtractValue: {
4445     auto *EVI = cast<ExtractValueInst>(Op);
4446     if (EVI->getNumIndices() != 1 || EVI->getIndices()[0] != 0)
4447       break;
4448 
4449     auto *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(EVI->getAggregateOperand());
4450     if (!CI)
4451       break;
4452 
4453     if (auto *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
4454       switch (F->getIntrinsicID()) {
4455       case Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow:
4456       case Intrinsic::uadd_with_overflow:
4457         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4458           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4459                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4460 
4461         // Now that we know that all uses of the arithmetic-result component of
4462         // CI are guarded by the overflow check, we can go ahead and pretend
4463         // that the arithmetic is non-overflowing.
4464         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::sadd_with_overflow)
4465           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4466                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4467                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4468         else
4469           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Add, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4470                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4471                           /* IsNUW*/ true);
4472       case Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow:
4473       case Intrinsic::usub_with_overflow:
4474         if (!isOverflowIntrinsicNoWrap(cast<IntrinsicInst>(CI), DT))
4475           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4476                           CI->getArgOperand(1));
4477 
4478         // The same reasoning as sadd/uadd above.
4479         if (F->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::ssub_with_overflow)
4480           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4481                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ true,
4482                           /* IsNUW = */ false);
4483         else
4484           return BinaryOp(Instruction::Sub, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4485                           CI->getArgOperand(1), /* IsNSW = */ false,
4486                           /* IsNUW = */ true);
4487       case Intrinsic::smul_with_overflow:
4488       case Intrinsic::umul_with_overflow:
4489         return BinaryOp(Instruction::Mul, CI->getArgOperand(0),
4490                         CI->getArgOperand(1));
4491       default:
4492         break;
4493       }
4494     break;
4495   }
4496 
4497   default:
4498     break;
4499   }
4500 
4501   return None;
4502 }
4503 
4504 /// Helper function to createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts. We have a phi
4505 /// node whose symbolic (unknown) SCEV is \p SymbolicPHI, which is updated via
4506 /// the loop backedge by a SCEVAddExpr, possibly also with a few casts on the
4507 /// way. This function checks if \p Op, an operand of this SCEVAddExpr,
4508 /// follows one of the following patterns:
4509 /// Op == (SExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4510 /// Op == (ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy)
4511 /// If the SCEV expression of \p Op conforms with one of the expected patterns
4512 /// we return the type of the truncation operation, and indicate whether the
4513 /// truncated type should be treated as signed/unsigned by setting
4514 /// \p Signed to true/false, respectively.
4515 static Type *isSimpleCastedPHI(const SCEV *Op, const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI,
4516                                bool &Signed, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
4517   // The case where Op == SymbolicPHI (that is, with no type conversions on
4518   // the way) is handled by the regular add recurrence creating logic and
4519   // would have already been triggered in createAddRecForPHI. Reaching it here
4520   // means that createAddRecFromPHI had failed for this PHI before (e.g.,
4521   // because one of the other operands of the SCEVAddExpr updating this PHI is
4522   // not invariant).
4523   //
4524   // Here we look for the case where Op = (ext(trunc(SymbolicPHI))), and in
4525   // this case predicates that allow us to prove that Op == SymbolicPHI will
4526   // be added.
4527   if (Op == SymbolicPHI)
4528     return nullptr;
4529 
4530   unsigned SourceBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(SymbolicPHI->getType());
4531   unsigned NewBits = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType());
4532   if (SourceBits != NewBits)
4533     return nullptr;
4534 
4535   const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op);
4536   const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op);
4537   if (!SExt && !ZExt)
4538     return nullptr;
4539   const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc =
4540       SExt ? dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(SExt->getOperand())
4541            : dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(ZExt->getOperand());
4542   if (!Trunc)
4543     return nullptr;
4544   const SCEV *X = Trunc->getOperand();
4545   if (X != SymbolicPHI)
4546     return nullptr;
4547   Signed = SExt != nullptr;
4548   return Trunc->getType();
4549 }
4550 
4551 static const Loop *isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(const PHINode *PN, LoopInfo &LI) {
4552   if (!PN->getType()->isIntegerTy())
4553     return nullptr;
4554   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4555   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4556     return nullptr;
4557   return L;
4558 }
4559 
4560 // Analyze \p SymbolicPHI, a SCEV expression of a phi node, and check if the
4561 // computation that updates the phi follows the following pattern:
4562 //   (SExt/ZExt ix (Trunc iy (%SymbolicPHI) to ix) to iy) + InvariantAccum
4563 // which correspond to a phi->trunc->sext/zext->add->phi update chain.
4564 // If so, try to see if it can be rewritten as an AddRecExpr under some
4565 // Predicates. If successful, return them as a pair. Also cache the results
4566 // of the analysis.
4567 //
4568 // Example usage scenario:
4569 //    Say the Rewriter is called for the following SCEV:
4570 //         8 * ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4571 //    where:
4572 //         %X = phi i64 (%Start, %BEValue)
4573 //    It will visitMul->visitAdd->visitSExt->visitTrunc->visitUnknown(%X),
4574 //    and call this function with %SymbolicPHI = %X.
4575 //
4576 //    The analysis will find that the value coming around the backedge has
4577 //    the following SCEV:
4578 //         BEValue = ((sext i32 (trunc i64 %X to i32) to i64) + %Step)
4579 //    Upon concluding that this matches the desired pattern, the function
4580 //    will return the pair {NewAddRec, SmallPredsVec} where:
4581 //         NewAddRec = {%Start,+,%Step}
4582 //         SmallPredsVec = {P1, P2, P3} as follows:
4583 //           P1(WrapPred): AR: {trunc(%Start),+,(trunc %Step)}<nsw> Flags: <nssw>
4584 //           P2(EqualPred): %Start == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Start to i32) to i64)
4585 //           P3(EqualPred): %Step == (sext i32 (trunc i64 %Step to i32) to i64)
4586 //    The returned pair means that SymbolicPHI can be rewritten into NewAddRec
4587 //    under the predicates {P1,P2,P3}.
4588 //    This predicated rewrite will be cached in PredicatedSCEVRewrites:
4589 //         PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{%X,L}] = {NewAddRec, {P1,P2,P3)}
4590 //
4591 // TODO's:
4592 //
4593 // 1) Extend the Induction descriptor to also support inductions that involve
4594 //    casts: When needed (namely, when we are called in the context of the
4595 //    vectorizer induction analysis), a Set of cast instructions will be
4596 //    populated by this method, and provided back to isInductionPHI. This is
4597 //    needed to allow the vectorizer to properly record them to be ignored by
4598 //    the cost model and to avoid vectorizing them (otherwise these casts,
4599 //    which are redundant under the runtime overflow checks, will be
4600 //    vectorized, which can be costly).
4601 //
4602 // 2) Support additional induction/PHISCEV patterns: We also want to support
4603 //    inductions where the sext-trunc / zext-trunc operations (partly) occur
4604 //    after the induction update operation (the induction increment):
4605 //
4606 //      (Trunc iy (SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPHI + InvariantAccum) to iy) to ix)
4607 //    which correspond to a phi->add->trunc->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4608 //
4609 //      (Trunc iy ((SExt/ZExt ix (%SymbolicPhi) to iy) + InvariantAccum) to ix)
4610 //    which correspond to a phi->trunc->add->sext/zext->phi update chain.
4611 //
4612 // 3) Outline common code with createAddRecFromPHI to avoid duplication.
4613 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4614 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4615   SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4616 
4617   // *** Part1: Analyze if we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we can
4618   // return an AddRec expression under some predicate.
4619 
4620   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4621   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4622   assert(L && "Expecting an integer loop header phi");
4623 
4624   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4625   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4626   // backedge value.
4627   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4628   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4629     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4630     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4631       if (!BEValueV) {
4632         BEValueV = V;
4633       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4634         BEValueV = nullptr;
4635         break;
4636       }
4637     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4638       StartValueV = V;
4639     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4640       StartValueV = nullptr;
4641       break;
4642     }
4643   }
4644   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4645     return None;
4646 
4647   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4648 
4649   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4650   // value we just inserted, possibly with casts that we can ignore under
4651   // an appropriate runtime guard, then we found a simple induction variable!
4652   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue);
4653   if (!Add)
4654     return None;
4655 
4656   // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, possibly
4657   // casted, replace it with a recurrence.
4658   unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4659   Type *TruncTy = nullptr;
4660   bool Signed;
4661   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4662     if ((TruncTy =
4663              isSimpleCastedPHI(Add->getOperand(i), SymbolicPHI, Signed, *this)))
4664       if (FoundIndex == e) {
4665         FoundIndex = i;
4666         break;
4667       }
4668 
4669   if (FoundIndex == Add->getNumOperands())
4670     return None;
4671 
4672   // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4673   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4674   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4675     if (i != FoundIndex)
4676       Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
4677   const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
4678 
4679   // The runtime checks will not be valid if the step amount is
4680   // varying inside the loop.
4681   if (!isLoopInvariant(Accum, L))
4682     return None;
4683 
4684   // *** Part2: Create the predicates
4685 
4686   // Analysis was successful: we have a phi-with-cast pattern for which we
4687   // can return an AddRec expression under the following predicates:
4688   //
4689   // P1: A Wrap predicate that guarantees that Trunc(Start) + i*Trunc(Accum)
4690   //     fits within the truncated type (does not overflow) for i = 0 to n-1.
4691   // P2: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4692   //     Start = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy)
4693   // P3: An Equal predicate that guarantees that
4694   //     Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4695   //
4696   // As we next prove, the above predicates guarantee that:
4697   //     Start + i*Accum = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ( Start + i*Accum ) to ix) to iy)
4698   //
4699   //
4700   // More formally, we want to prove that:
4701   //     Expr(i+1) = Start + (i+1) * Accum
4702   //               = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4703   //
4704   // Given that:
4705   // 1) Expr(0) = Start
4706   // 2) Expr(1) = Start + Accum
4707   //            = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start) to ix) to iy) + Accum :: from P2
4708   // 3) Induction hypothesis (step i):
4709   //    Expr(i) = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4710   //
4711   // Proof:
4712   //  Expr(i+1) =
4713   //   = Start + (i+1)*Accum
4714   //   = (Start + i*Accum) + Accum
4715   //   = Expr(i) + Accum
4716   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i-1)) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4717   //                                                             :: from step i
4718   //
4719   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum + Accum
4720   //
4721   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + (i-1)*Accum) to ix) to iy)
4722   //     + (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Accum) to ix) to iy)
4723   //     + Accum                                                     :: from P3
4724   //
4725   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy ((Start + (i-1)*Accum) + Accum) to ix) to iy)
4726   //     + Accum                            :: from P1: Ext(x)+Ext(y)=>Ext(x+y)
4727   //
4728   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Start + i*Accum) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4729   //   = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr(i)) to ix) to iy) + Accum
4730   //
4731   // By induction, the same applies to all iterations 1<=i<n:
4732   //
4733 
4734   // Create a truncated addrec for which we will add a no overflow check (P1).
4735   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4736   const SCEV *PHISCEV =
4737       getAddRecExpr(getTruncateExpr(StartVal, TruncTy),
4738                     getTruncateExpr(Accum, TruncTy), L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4739 
4740   // PHISCEV can be either a SCEVConstant or a SCEVAddRecExpr.
4741   // ex: If truncated Accum is 0 and StartVal is a constant, then PHISCEV
4742   // will be constant.
4743   //
4744   //  If PHISCEV is a constant, then P1 degenerates into P2 or P3, so we don't
4745   // add P1.
4746   if (const auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(PHISCEV)) {
4747     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags =
4748         Signed ? SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW
4749                : SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW;
4750     const SCEVPredicate *AddRecPred = getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
4751     Predicates.push_back(AddRecPred);
4752   }
4753 
4754   // Create the Equal Predicates P2,P3:
4755 
4756   // It is possible that the predicates P2 and/or P3 are computable at
4757   // compile time due to StartVal and/or Accum being constants.
4758   // If either one is, then we can check that now and escape if either P2
4759   // or P3 is false.
4760 
4761   // Construct the extended SCEV: (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy)
4762   // for each of StartVal and Accum
4763   auto getExtendedExpr = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4764                              bool CreateSignExtend) -> const SCEV * {
4765     assert(isLoopInvariant(Expr, L) && "Expr is expected to be invariant");
4766     const SCEV *TruncatedExpr = getTruncateExpr(Expr, TruncTy);
4767     const SCEV *ExtendedExpr =
4768         CreateSignExtend ? getSignExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType())
4769                          : getZeroExtendExpr(TruncatedExpr, Expr->getType());
4770     return ExtendedExpr;
4771   };
4772 
4773   // Given:
4774   //  ExtendedExpr = (Ext ix (Trunc iy (Expr) to ix) to iy
4775   //               = getExtendedExpr(Expr)
4776   // Determine whether the predicate P: Expr == ExtendedExpr
4777   // is known to be false at compile time
4778   auto PredIsKnownFalse = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4779                               const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> bool {
4780     return Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4781            isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4782   };
4783 
4784   const SCEV *StartExtended = getExtendedExpr(StartVal, Signed);
4785   if (PredIsKnownFalse(StartVal, StartExtended)) {
4786     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P2 is compile-time false\n";);
4787     return None;
4788   }
4789 
4790   // The Step is always Signed (because the overflow checks are either
4791   // NSSW or NUSW)
4792   const SCEV *AccumExtended = getExtendedExpr(Accum, /*CreateSignExtend=*/true);
4793   if (PredIsKnownFalse(Accum, AccumExtended)) {
4794     LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "P3 is compile-time false\n";);
4795     return None;
4796   }
4797 
4798   auto AppendPredicate = [&](const SCEV *Expr,
4799                              const SCEV *ExtendedExpr) -> void {
4800     if (Expr != ExtendedExpr &&
4801         !isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Expr, ExtendedExpr)) {
4802       const SCEVPredicate *Pred = getEqualPredicate(Expr, ExtendedExpr);
4803       LLVM_DEBUG(dbgs() << "Added Predicate: " << *Pred);
4804       Predicates.push_back(Pred);
4805     }
4806   };
4807 
4808   AppendPredicate(StartVal, StartExtended);
4809   AppendPredicate(Accum, AccumExtended);
4810 
4811   // *** Part3: Predicates are ready. Now go ahead and create the new addrec in
4812   // which the casts had been folded away. The caller can rewrite SymbolicPHI
4813   // into NewAR if it will also add the runtime overflow checks specified in
4814   // Predicates.
4815   auto *NewAR = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, SCEV::FlagAnyWrap);
4816 
4817   std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> PredRewrite =
4818       std::make_pair(NewAR, Predicates);
4819   // Remember the result of the analysis for this SCEV at this locayyytion.
4820   PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = PredRewrite;
4821   return PredRewrite;
4822 }
4823 
4824 Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4825 ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(const SCEVUnknown *SymbolicPHI) {
4826   auto *PN = cast<PHINode>(SymbolicPHI->getValue());
4827   const Loop *L = isIntegerLoopHeaderPHI(PN, LI);
4828   if (!L)
4829     return None;
4830 
4831   // Check to see if we already analyzed this PHI.
4832   auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.find({SymbolicPHI, L});
4833   if (I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end()) {
4834     std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>> Rewrite =
4835         I->second;
4836     // Analysis was done before and failed to create an AddRec:
4837     if (Rewrite.first == SymbolicPHI)
4838       return None;
4839     // Analysis was done before and succeeded to create an AddRec under
4840     // a predicate:
4841     assert(isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Rewrite.first) && "Expected an AddRec");
4842     assert(!(Rewrite.second).empty() && "Expected to find Predicates");
4843     return Rewrite;
4844   }
4845 
4846   Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
4847     Rewrite = createAddRecFromPHIWithCastsImpl(SymbolicPHI);
4848 
4849   // Record in the cache that the analysis failed
4850   if (!Rewrite) {
4851     SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3> Predicates;
4852     PredicatedSCEVRewrites[{SymbolicPHI, L}] = {SymbolicPHI, Predicates};
4853     return None;
4854   }
4855 
4856   return Rewrite;
4857 }
4858 
4859 // FIXME: This utility is currently required because the Rewriter currently
4860 // does not rewrite this expression:
4861 // {0, +, (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)}
4862 // into {0, +, %step},
4863 // even when the following Equal predicate exists:
4864 // "%step == (sext ix (trunc iy to ix) to iy)".
4865 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::areAddRecsEqualWithPreds(
4866     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR1, const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR2) const {
4867   if (AR1 == AR2)
4868     return true;
4869 
4870   auto areExprsEqual = [&](const SCEV *Expr1, const SCEV *Expr2) -> bool {
4871     if (Expr1 != Expr2 && !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr1, Expr2)) &&
4872         !Preds.implies(SE.getEqualPredicate(Expr2, Expr1)))
4873       return false;
4874     return true;
4875   };
4876 
4877   if (!areExprsEqual(AR1->getStart(), AR2->getStart()) ||
4878       !areExprsEqual(AR1->getStepRecurrence(SE), AR2->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
4879     return false;
4880   return true;
4881 }
4882 
4883 /// A helper function for createAddRecFromPHI to handle simple cases.
4884 ///
4885 /// This function tries to find an AddRec expression for the simplest (yet most
4886 /// common) cases: PN = PHI(Start, OP(Self, LoopInvariant)).
4887 /// If it fails, createAddRecFromPHI will use a more general, but slow,
4888 /// technique for finding the AddRec expression.
4889 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSimpleAffineAddRec(PHINode *PN,
4890                                                       Value *BEValueV,
4891                                                       Value *StartValueV) {
4892   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4893   assert(L && L->getHeader() == PN->getParent());
4894   assert(BEValueV && StartValueV);
4895 
4896   auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT);
4897   if (!BO)
4898     return nullptr;
4899 
4900   if (BO->Opcode != Instruction::Add)
4901     return nullptr;
4902 
4903   const SCEV *Accum = nullptr;
4904   if (BO->LHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->RHS))
4905     Accum = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
4906   else if (BO->RHS == PN && L->isLoopInvariant(BO->LHS))
4907     Accum = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
4908 
4909   if (!Accum)
4910     return nullptr;
4911 
4912   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
4913   if (BO->IsNUW)
4914     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
4915   if (BO->IsNSW)
4916     Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
4917 
4918   const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
4919   const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
4920 
4921   ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
4922 
4923   // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
4924   // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
4925   // overflow.
4926   if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
4927     if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
4928       (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
4929 
4930   return PHISCEV;
4931 }
4932 
4933 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createAddRecFromPHI(PHINode *PN) {
4934   const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
4935   if (!L || L->getHeader() != PN->getParent())
4936     return nullptr;
4937 
4938   // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
4939   // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
4940   // backedge value.
4941   Value *BEValueV = nullptr, *StartValueV = nullptr;
4942   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
4943     Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
4944     if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
4945       if (!BEValueV) {
4946         BEValueV = V;
4947       } else if (BEValueV != V) {
4948         BEValueV = nullptr;
4949         break;
4950       }
4951     } else if (!StartValueV) {
4952       StartValueV = V;
4953     } else if (StartValueV != V) {
4954       StartValueV = nullptr;
4955       break;
4956     }
4957   }
4958   if (!BEValueV || !StartValueV)
4959     return nullptr;
4960 
4961   assert(ValueExprMap.find_as(PN) == ValueExprMap.end() &&
4962          "PHI node already processed?");
4963 
4964   // First, try to find AddRec expression without creating a fictituos symbolic
4965   // value for PN.
4966   if (auto *S = createSimpleAffineAddRec(PN, BEValueV, StartValueV))
4967     return S;
4968 
4969   // Handle PHI node value symbolically.
4970   const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
4971   ValueExprMap.insert({SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName});
4972 
4973   // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
4974   // the back-edge.
4975   const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
4976 
4977   // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
4978   // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
4979 
4980   // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
4981   // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
4982   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
4983     // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
4984     // with a recurrence.
4985     unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
4986     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4987       if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
4988         if (FoundIndex == e) {
4989           FoundIndex = i;
4990           break;
4991         }
4992 
4993     if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
4994       // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
4995       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
4996       for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
4997         if (i != FoundIndex)
4998           Ops.push_back(SCEVBackedgeConditionFolder::rewrite(Add->getOperand(i),
4999                                                              L, *this));
5000       const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
5001 
5002       // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
5003       // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
5004       if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) ||
5005           (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
5006            cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
5007         SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5008 
5009         if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(BEValueV, DT)) {
5010           if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Add && BO->LHS == PN) {
5011             if (BO->IsNUW)
5012               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5013             if (BO->IsNSW)
5014               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5015           }
5016         } else if (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(BEValueV)) {
5017           // If the increment is an inbounds GEP, then we know the address
5018           // space cannot be wrapped around. We cannot make any guarantee
5019           // about signed or unsigned overflow because pointers are
5020           // unsigned but we may have a negative index from the base
5021           // pointer. We can guarantee that no unsigned wrap occurs if the
5022           // indices form a positive value.
5023           if (GEP->isInBounds() && GEP->getOperand(0) == PN) {
5024             Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNW);
5025 
5026             const SCEV *Ptr = getSCEV(GEP->getPointerOperand());
5027             if (isKnownPositive(getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(GEP), Ptr)))
5028               Flags = setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5029           }
5030 
5031           // We cannot transfer nuw and nsw flags from subtraction
5032           // operations -- sub nuw X, Y is not the same as add nuw X, -Y
5033           // for instance.
5034         }
5035 
5036         const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5037         const SCEV *PHISCEV = getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, Flags);
5038 
5039         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5040         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
5041         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5042         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
5043         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
5044 
5045         // We can add Flags to the post-inc expression only if we
5046         // know that it is *undefined behavior* for BEValueV to
5047         // overflow.
5048         if (auto *BEInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BEValueV))
5049           if (isLoopInvariant(Accum, L) && isAddRecNeverPoison(BEInst, L))
5050             (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum), Accum, L, Flags);
5051 
5052         return PHISCEV;
5053       }
5054     }
5055   } else {
5056     // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
5057     //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
5058     // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
5059     // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
5060     // i really is an addrec evolution.
5061     //
5062     // We can generalize this saying that i is the shifted value of BEValue
5063     // by one iteration:
5064     //   PHI(f(0), f({1,+,1})) --> f({0,+,1})
5065     const SCEV *Shifted = SCEVShiftRewriter::rewrite(BEValue, L, *this);
5066     const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(Shifted, L, *this, false);
5067     if (Shifted != getCouldNotCompute() &&
5068         Start != getCouldNotCompute()) {
5069       const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
5070       if (Start == StartVal) {
5071         // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
5072         // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
5073         // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
5074         forgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
5075         ValueExprMap[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = Shifted;
5076         return Shifted;
5077       }
5078     }
5079   }
5080 
5081   // Remove the temporary PHI node SCEV that has been inserted while intending
5082   // to create an AddRecExpr for this PHI node. We can not keep this temporary
5083   // as it will prevent later (possibly simpler) SCEV expressions to be added
5084   // to the ValueExprMap.
5085   eraseValueFromMap(PN);
5086 
5087   return nullptr;
5088 }
5089 
5090 // Checks if the SCEV S is available at BB.  S is considered available at BB
5091 // if S can be materialized at BB without introducing a fault.
5092 static bool IsAvailableOnEntry(const Loop *L, DominatorTree &DT, const SCEV *S,
5093                                BasicBlock *BB) {
5094   struct CheckAvailable {
5095     bool TraversalDone = false;
5096     bool Available = true;
5097 
5098     const Loop *L = nullptr;  // The loop BB is in (can be nullptr)
5099     BasicBlock *BB = nullptr;
5100     DominatorTree &DT;
5101 
5102     CheckAvailable(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree &DT)
5103       : L(L), BB(BB), DT(DT) {}
5104 
5105     bool setUnavailable() {
5106       TraversalDone = true;
5107       Available = false;
5108       return false;
5109     }
5110 
5111     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
5112       switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
5113       case scConstant: case scTruncate: case scZeroExtend: case scSignExtend:
5114       case scAddExpr: case scMulExpr: case scUMaxExpr: case scSMaxExpr:
5115         // These expressions are available if their operand(s) is/are.
5116         return true;
5117 
5118       case scAddRecExpr: {
5119         // We allow add recurrences that are on the loop BB is in, or some
5120         // outer loop.  This guarantees availability because the value of the
5121         // add recurrence at BB is simply the "current" value of the induction
5122         // variable.  We can relax this in the future; for instance an add
5123         // recurrence on a sibling dominating loop is also available at BB.
5124         const auto *ARLoop = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)->getLoop();
5125         if (L && (ARLoop == L || ARLoop->contains(L)))
5126           return true;
5127 
5128         return setUnavailable();
5129       }
5130 
5131       case scUnknown: {
5132         // For SCEVUnknown, we check for simple dominance.
5133         const auto *SU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5134         Value *V = SU->getValue();
5135 
5136         if (isa<Argument>(V))
5137           return false;
5138 
5139         if (isa<Instruction>(V) && DT.dominates(cast<Instruction>(V), BB))
5140           return false;
5141 
5142         return setUnavailable();
5143       }
5144 
5145       case scUDivExpr:
5146       case scCouldNotCompute:
5147         // We do not try to smart about these at all.
5148         return setUnavailable();
5149       }
5150       llvm_unreachable("switch should be fully covered!");
5151     }
5152 
5153     bool isDone() { return TraversalDone; }
5154   };
5155 
5156   CheckAvailable CA(L, BB, DT);
5157   SCEVTraversal<CheckAvailable> ST(CA);
5158 
5159   ST.visitAll(S);
5160   return CA.Available;
5161 }
5162 
5163 // Try to match a control flow sequence that branches out at BI and merges back
5164 // at Merge into a "C ? LHS : RHS" select pattern.  Return true on a successful
5165 // match.
5166 static bool BrPHIToSelect(DominatorTree &DT, BranchInst *BI, PHINode *Merge,
5167                           Value *&C, Value *&LHS, Value *&RHS) {
5168   C = BI->getCondition();
5169 
5170   BasicBlockEdge LeftEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(0));
5171   BasicBlockEdge RightEdge(BI->getParent(), BI->getSuccessor(1));
5172 
5173   if (!LeftEdge.isSingleEdge())
5174     return false;
5175 
5176   assert(RightEdge.isSingleEdge() && "Follows from LeftEdge.isSingleEdge()");
5177 
5178   Use &LeftUse = Merge->getOperandUse(0);
5179   Use &RightUse = Merge->getOperandUse(1);
5180 
5181   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, LeftUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, RightUse)) {
5182     LHS = LeftUse;
5183     RHS = RightUse;
5184     return true;
5185   }
5186 
5187   if (DT.dominates(LeftEdge, RightUse) && DT.dominates(RightEdge, LeftUse)) {
5188     LHS = RightUse;
5189     RHS = LeftUse;
5190     return true;
5191   }
5192 
5193   return false;
5194 }
5195 
5196 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PHINode *PN) {
5197   auto IsReachable =
5198       [&](BasicBlock *BB) { return DT.isReachableFromEntry(BB); };
5199   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() == 2 && all_of(PN->blocks(), IsReachable)) {
5200     const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
5201 
5202     // We don't want to break LCSSA, even in a SCEV expression tree.
5203     for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
5204       if (LI.getLoopFor(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) != L)
5205         return nullptr;
5206 
5207     // Try to match
5208     //
5209     //  br %cond, label %left, label %right
5210     // left:
5211     //  br label %merge
5212     // right:
5213     //  br label %merge
5214     // merge:
5215     //  V = phi [ %x, %left ], [ %y, %right ]
5216     //
5217     // as "select %cond, %x, %y"
5218 
5219     BasicBlock *IDom = DT[PN->getParent()]->getIDom()->getBlock();
5220     assert(IDom && "At least the entry block should dominate PN");
5221 
5222     auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(IDom->getTerminator());
5223     Value *Cond = nullptr, *LHS = nullptr, *RHS = nullptr;
5224 
5225     if (BI && BI->isConditional() &&
5226         BrPHIToSelect(DT, BI, PN, Cond, LHS, RHS) &&
5227         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(LHS), PN->getParent()) &&
5228         IsAvailableOnEntry(L, DT, getSCEV(RHS), PN->getParent()))
5229       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(PN, Cond, LHS, RHS);
5230   }
5231 
5232   return nullptr;
5233 }
5234 
5235 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
5236   if (const SCEV *S = createAddRecFromPHI(PN))
5237     return S;
5238 
5239   if (const SCEV *S = createNodeFromSelectLikePHI(PN))
5240     return S;
5241 
5242   // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
5243   // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
5244   // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
5245   // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
5246   if (Value *V = SimplifyInstruction(PN, {getDataLayout(), &TLI, &DT, &AC}))
5247     if (LI.replacementPreservesLCSSAForm(PN, V))
5248       return getSCEV(V);
5249 
5250   // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
5251   return getUnknown(PN);
5252 }
5253 
5254 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForSelectOrPHI(Instruction *I,
5255                                                       Value *Cond,
5256                                                       Value *TrueVal,
5257                                                       Value *FalseVal) {
5258   // Handle "constant" branch or select. This can occur for instance when a
5259   // loop pass transforms an inner loop and moves on to process the outer loop.
5260   if (auto *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Cond))
5261     return getSCEV(CI->isOne() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
5262 
5263   // Try to match some simple smax or umax patterns.
5264   auto *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Cond);
5265   if (!ICI)
5266     return getUnknown(I);
5267 
5268   Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
5269   Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
5270 
5271   switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
5272   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
5273   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
5274     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5275     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5276   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
5277   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
5278     // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
5279     // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
5280     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5281       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5282       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrSignExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5283       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5284       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5285       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5286       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5287       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5288         return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5289       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5290       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5291       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5292         return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5293     }
5294     break;
5295   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
5296   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
5297     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
5298     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
5299   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
5300   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
5301     // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
5302     // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
5303     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType())) {
5304       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5305       const SCEV *RS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(RHS), I->getType());
5306       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5307       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5308       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5309       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
5310       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5311         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5312       LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
5313       RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5314       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5315         return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
5316     }
5317     break;
5318   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
5319     // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5320     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5321         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5322       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5323       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5324       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5325       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5326       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
5327       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
5328       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5329         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5330     }
5331     break;
5332   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
5333     // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
5334     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <= getTypeSizeInBits(I->getType()) &&
5335         isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) && cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
5336       const SCEV *One = getOne(I->getType());
5337       const SCEV *LS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(LHS), I->getType());
5338       const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(TrueVal);
5339       const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(FalseVal);
5340       const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
5341       const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
5342       if (LDiff == RDiff)
5343         return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(One, LS), LDiff);
5344     }
5345     break;
5346   default:
5347     break;
5348   }
5349 
5350   return getUnknown(I);
5351 }
5352 
5353 /// Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply operations. This allows them
5354 /// to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
5355 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
5356   // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
5357   if (!GEP->getSourceElementType()->isSized())
5358     return getUnknown(GEP);
5359 
5360   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> IndexExprs;
5361   for (auto Index = GEP->idx_begin(); Index != GEP->idx_end(); ++Index)
5362     IndexExprs.push_back(getSCEV(*Index));
5363   return getGEPExpr(GEP, IndexExprs);
5364 }
5365 
5366 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(const SCEV *S) {
5367   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5368     return C->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
5369 
5370   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
5371     return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
5372                     (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
5373 
5374   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5375     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5376     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5377                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5378                : OpRes;
5379   }
5380 
5381   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5382     uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
5383     return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType())
5384                ? getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType())
5385                : OpRes;
5386   }
5387 
5388   if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5389     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5390     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5391     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5392       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5393     return MinOpRes;
5394   }
5395 
5396   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5397     // The result is the sum of all operands results.
5398     uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5399     uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
5400     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
5401          SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
5402       SumOpRes =
5403           std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)), BitWidth);
5404     return SumOpRes;
5405   }
5406 
5407   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5408     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5409     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
5410     for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5411       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
5412     return MinOpRes;
5413   }
5414 
5415   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5416     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5417     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5418     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5419       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5420     return MinOpRes;
5421   }
5422 
5423   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5424     // The result is the min of all operands results.
5425     uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
5426     for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
5427       MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
5428     return MinOpRes;
5429   }
5430 
5431   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5432     // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5433     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), getDataLayout(), 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5434     return Known.countMinTrailingZeros();
5435   }
5436 
5437   // SCEVUDivExpr
5438   return 0;
5439 }
5440 
5441 uint32_t ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
5442   auto I = MinTrailingZerosCache.find(S);
5443   if (I != MinTrailingZerosCache.end())
5444     return I->second;
5445 
5446   uint32_t Result = GetMinTrailingZerosImpl(S);
5447   auto InsertPair = MinTrailingZerosCache.insert({S, Result});
5448   assert(InsertPair.second && "Should insert a new key");
5449   return InsertPair.first->second;
5450 }
5451 
5452 /// Helper method to assign a range to V from metadata present in the IR.
5453 static Optional<ConstantRange> GetRangeFromMetadata(Value *V) {
5454   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
5455     if (MDNode *MD = I->getMetadata(LLVMContext::MD_range))
5456       return getConstantRangeFromMetadata(*MD);
5457 
5458   return None;
5459 }
5460 
5461 /// Determine the range for a particular SCEV.  If SignHint is
5462 /// HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED (resp. HINT_RANGE_SIGNED) then getRange prefers ranges
5463 /// with a "cleaner" unsigned (resp. signed) representation.
5464 const ConstantRange &
5465 ScalarEvolution::getRangeRef(const SCEV *S,
5466                              ScalarEvolution::RangeSignHint SignHint) {
5467   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange> &Cache =
5468       SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED ? UnsignedRanges
5469                                                        : SignedRanges;
5470 
5471   // See if we've computed this range already.
5472   DenseMap<const SCEV *, ConstantRange>::iterator I = Cache.find(S);
5473   if (I != Cache.end())
5474     return I->second;
5475 
5476   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
5477     return setRange(C, SignHint, ConstantRange(C->getAPInt()));
5478 
5479   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
5480   ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
5481 
5482   // If the value has known zeros, the maximum value will have those known zeros
5483   // as well.
5484   uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
5485   if (TZ != 0) {
5486     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED)
5487       ConservativeResult =
5488           ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
5489                         APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5490     else
5491       ConservativeResult = ConstantRange(
5492           APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5493           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
5494   }
5495 
5496   if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5497     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5498     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5499       X = X.add(getRangeRef(Add->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5500     return setRange(Add, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5501   }
5502 
5503   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
5504     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5505     for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5506       X = X.multiply(getRangeRef(Mul->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5507     return setRange(Mul, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5508   }
5509 
5510   if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
5511     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5512     for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5513       X = X.smax(getRangeRef(SMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5514     return setRange(SMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5515   }
5516 
5517   if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
5518     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(0), SignHint);
5519     for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
5520       X = X.umax(getRangeRef(UMax->getOperand(i), SignHint));
5521     return setRange(UMax, SignHint, ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X));
5522   }
5523 
5524   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
5525     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(UDiv->getLHS(), SignHint);
5526     ConstantRange Y = getRangeRef(UDiv->getRHS(), SignHint);
5527     return setRange(UDiv, SignHint,
5528                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y)));
5529   }
5530 
5531   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
5532     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(ZExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5533     return setRange(ZExt, SignHint,
5534                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth)));
5535   }
5536 
5537   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
5538     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(SExt->getOperand(), SignHint);
5539     return setRange(SExt, SignHint,
5540                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth)));
5541   }
5542 
5543   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
5544     ConstantRange X = getRangeRef(Trunc->getOperand(), SignHint);
5545     return setRange(Trunc, SignHint,
5546                     ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth)));
5547   }
5548 
5549   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
5550     // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
5551     // initial value.
5552     if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5553       if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
5554         if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
5555           ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5556               ConstantRange(C->getAPInt(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
5557 
5558     // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
5559     // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
5560     if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
5561       bool AllNonNeg = true;
5562       bool AllNonPos = true;
5563       for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
5564         if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
5565         if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
5566       }
5567       if (AllNonNeg)
5568         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5569           ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
5570                         APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
5571       else if (AllNonPos)
5572         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5573           ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
5574                         APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
5575     }
5576 
5577     // TODO: non-affine addrec
5578     if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
5579       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
5580       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5581           getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
5582         auto RangeFromAffine = getRangeForAffineAR(
5583             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5584             BitWidth);
5585         if (!RangeFromAffine.isFullSet())
5586           ConservativeResult =
5587               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromAffine);
5588 
5589         auto RangeFromFactoring = getRangeViaFactoring(
5590             AddRec->getStart(), AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this), MaxBECount,
5591             BitWidth);
5592         if (!RangeFromFactoring.isFullSet())
5593           ConservativeResult =
5594               ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromFactoring);
5595       }
5596     }
5597 
5598     return setRange(AddRec, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5599   }
5600 
5601   if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
5602     // Check if the IR explicitly contains !range metadata.
5603     Optional<ConstantRange> MDRange = GetRangeFromMetadata(U->getValue());
5604     if (MDRange.hasValue())
5605       ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(MDRange.getValue());
5606 
5607     // Split here to avoid paying the compile-time cost of calling both
5608     // computeKnownBits and ComputeNumSignBits.  This restriction can be lifted
5609     // if needed.
5610     const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
5611     if (SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_UNSIGNED) {
5612       // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
5613       KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5614       if (Known.One != ~Known.Zero + 1)
5615         ConservativeResult =
5616             ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Known.One,
5617                                                            ~Known.Zero + 1));
5618     } else {
5619       assert(SignHint == ScalarEvolution::HINT_RANGE_SIGNED &&
5620              "generalize as needed!");
5621       unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), DL, 0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
5622       if (NS > 1)
5623         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
5624             ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
5625                           APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1) + 1));
5626     }
5627 
5628     // A range of Phi is a subset of union of all ranges of its input.
5629     if (const PHINode *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U->getValue())) {
5630       // Make sure that we do not run over cycled Phis.
5631       if (PendingPhiRanges.insert(Phi).second) {
5632         ConstantRange RangeFromOps(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/false);
5633         for (auto &Op : Phi->operands()) {
5634           auto OpRange = getRangeRef(getSCEV(Op), SignHint);
5635           RangeFromOps = RangeFromOps.unionWith(OpRange);
5636           // No point to continue if we already have a full set.
5637           if (RangeFromOps.isFullSet())
5638             break;
5639         }
5640         ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(RangeFromOps);
5641         bool Erased = PendingPhiRanges.erase(Phi);
5642         assert(Erased && "Failed to erase Phi properly?");
5643         (void) Erased;
5644       }
5645     }
5646 
5647     return setRange(U, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5648   }
5649 
5650   return setRange(S, SignHint, std::move(ConservativeResult));
5651 }
5652 
5653 // Given a StartRange, Step and MaxBECount for an expression compute a range of
5654 // values that the expression can take. Initially, the expression has a value
5655 // from StartRange and then is changed by Step up to MaxBECount times. Signed
5656 // argument defines if we treat Step as signed or unsigned.
5657 static ConstantRange getRangeForAffineARHelper(APInt Step,
5658                                                const ConstantRange &StartRange,
5659                                                const APInt &MaxBECount,
5660                                                unsigned BitWidth, bool Signed) {
5661   // If either Step or MaxBECount is 0, then the expression won't change, and we
5662   // just need to return the initial range.
5663   if (Step == 0 || MaxBECount == 0)
5664     return StartRange;
5665 
5666   // If we don't know anything about the initial value (i.e. StartRange is
5667   // FullRange), then we don't know anything about the final range either.
5668   // Return FullRange.
5669   if (StartRange.isFullSet())
5670     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5671 
5672   // If Step is signed and negative, then we use its absolute value, but we also
5673   // note that we're moving in the opposite direction.
5674   bool Descending = Signed && Step.isNegative();
5675 
5676   if (Signed)
5677     // This is correct even for INT_SMIN. Let's look at i8 to illustrate this:
5678     // abs(INT_SMIN) = abs(-128) = abs(0x80) = -0x80 = 0x80 = 128.
5679     // This equations hold true due to the well-defined wrap-around behavior of
5680     // APInt.
5681     Step = Step.abs();
5682 
5683   // Check if Offset is more than full span of BitWidth. If it is, the
5684   // expression is guaranteed to overflow.
5685   if (APInt::getMaxValue(StartRange.getBitWidth()).udiv(Step).ult(MaxBECount))
5686     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5687 
5688   // Offset is by how much the expression can change. Checks above guarantee no
5689   // overflow here.
5690   APInt Offset = Step * MaxBECount;
5691 
5692   // Minimum value of the final range will match the minimal value of StartRange
5693   // if the expression is increasing and will be decreased by Offset otherwise.
5694   // Maximum value of the final range will match the maximal value of StartRange
5695   // if the expression is decreasing and will be increased by Offset otherwise.
5696   APInt StartLower = StartRange.getLower();
5697   APInt StartUpper = StartRange.getUpper() - 1;
5698   APInt MovedBoundary = Descending ? (StartLower - std::move(Offset))
5699                                    : (StartUpper + std::move(Offset));
5700 
5701   // It's possible that the new minimum/maximum value will fall into the initial
5702   // range (due to wrap around). This means that the expression can take any
5703   // value in this bitwidth, and we have to return full range.
5704   if (StartRange.contains(MovedBoundary))
5705     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5706 
5707   APInt NewLower =
5708       Descending ? std::move(MovedBoundary) : std::move(StartLower);
5709   APInt NewUpper =
5710       Descending ? std::move(StartUpper) : std::move(MovedBoundary);
5711   NewUpper += 1;
5712 
5713   // If we end up with full range, return a proper full range.
5714   if (NewLower == NewUpper)
5715     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5716 
5717   // No overflow detected, return [StartLower, StartUpper + Offset + 1) range.
5718   return ConstantRange(std::move(NewLower), std::move(NewUpper));
5719 }
5720 
5721 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeForAffineAR(const SCEV *Start,
5722                                                    const SCEV *Step,
5723                                                    const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5724                                                    unsigned BitWidth) {
5725   assert(!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
5726          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth &&
5727          "Precondition!");
5728 
5729   MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
5730   APInt MaxBECountValue = getUnsignedRangeMax(MaxBECount);
5731 
5732   // First, consider step signed.
5733   ConstantRange StartSRange = getSignedRange(Start);
5734   ConstantRange StepSRange = getSignedRange(Step);
5735 
5736   // If Step can be both positive and negative, we need to find ranges for the
5737   // maximum absolute step values in both directions and union them.
5738   ConstantRange SR =
5739       getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMin(), StartSRange,
5740                                 MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true);
5741   SR = SR.unionWith(getRangeForAffineARHelper(StepSRange.getSignedMax(),
5742                                               StartSRange, MaxBECountValue,
5743                                               BitWidth, /* Signed = */ true));
5744 
5745   // Next, consider step unsigned.
5746   ConstantRange UR = getRangeForAffineARHelper(
5747       getUnsignedRangeMax(Step), getUnsignedRange(Start),
5748       MaxBECountValue, BitWidth, /* Signed = */ false);
5749 
5750   // Finally, intersect signed and unsigned ranges.
5751   return SR.intersectWith(UR);
5752 }
5753 
5754 ConstantRange ScalarEvolution::getRangeViaFactoring(const SCEV *Start,
5755                                                     const SCEV *Step,
5756                                                     const SCEV *MaxBECount,
5757                                                     unsigned BitWidth) {
5758   //    RangeOf({C?A:B,+,C?P:Q}) == RangeOf(C?{A,+,P}:{B,+,Q})
5759   // == RangeOf({A,+,P}) union RangeOf({B,+,Q})
5760 
5761   struct SelectPattern {
5762     Value *Condition = nullptr;
5763     APInt TrueValue;
5764     APInt FalseValue;
5765 
5766     explicit SelectPattern(ScalarEvolution &SE, unsigned BitWidth,
5767                            const SCEV *S) {
5768       Optional<unsigned> CastOp;
5769       APInt Offset(BitWidth, 0);
5770 
5771       assert(SE.getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType()) == BitWidth &&
5772              "Should be!");
5773 
5774       // Peel off a constant offset:
5775       if (auto *SA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
5776         // In the future we could consider being smarter here and handle
5777         // {Start+Step,+,Step} too.
5778         if (SA->getNumOperands() != 2 || !isa<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0)))
5779           return;
5780 
5781         Offset = cast<SCEVConstant>(SA->getOperand(0))->getAPInt();
5782         S = SA->getOperand(1);
5783       }
5784 
5785       // Peel off a cast operation
5786       if (auto *SCast = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)) {
5787         CastOp = SCast->getSCEVType();
5788         S = SCast->getOperand();
5789       }
5790 
5791       using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
5792 
5793       auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S);
5794       const APInt *TrueVal, *FalseVal;
5795       if (!SU ||
5796           !match(SU->getValue(), m_Select(m_Value(Condition), m_APInt(TrueVal),
5797                                           m_APInt(FalseVal)))) {
5798         Condition = nullptr;
5799         return;
5800       }
5801 
5802       TrueValue = *TrueVal;
5803       FalseValue = *FalseVal;
5804 
5805       // Re-apply the cast we peeled off earlier
5806       if (CastOp.hasValue())
5807         switch (*CastOp) {
5808         default:
5809           llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV cast type!");
5810 
5811         case scTruncate:
5812           TrueValue = TrueValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5813           FalseValue = FalseValue.trunc(BitWidth);
5814           break;
5815         case scZeroExtend:
5816           TrueValue = TrueValue.zext(BitWidth);
5817           FalseValue = FalseValue.zext(BitWidth);
5818           break;
5819         case scSignExtend:
5820           TrueValue = TrueValue.sext(BitWidth);
5821           FalseValue = FalseValue.sext(BitWidth);
5822           break;
5823         }
5824 
5825       // Re-apply the constant offset we peeled off earlier
5826       TrueValue += Offset;
5827       FalseValue += Offset;
5828     }
5829 
5830     bool isRecognized() { return Condition != nullptr; }
5831   };
5832 
5833   SelectPattern StartPattern(*this, BitWidth, Start);
5834   if (!StartPattern.isRecognized())
5835     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5836 
5837   SelectPattern StepPattern(*this, BitWidth, Step);
5838   if (!StepPattern.isRecognized())
5839     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5840 
5841   if (StartPattern.Condition != StepPattern.Condition) {
5842     // We don't handle this case today; but we could, by considering four
5843     // possibilities below instead of two. I'm not sure if there are cases where
5844     // that will help over what getRange already does, though.
5845     return ConstantRange(BitWidth, /* isFullSet = */ true);
5846   }
5847 
5848   // NB! Calling ScalarEvolution::getConstant is fine, but we should not try to
5849   // construct arbitrary general SCEV expressions here.  This function is called
5850   // from deep in the call stack, and calling getSCEV (on a sext instruction,
5851   // say) can end up caching a suboptimal value.
5852 
5853   // FIXME: without the explicit `this` receiver below, MSVC errors out with
5854   // C2352 and C2512 (otherwise it isn't needed).
5855 
5856   const SCEV *TrueStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.TrueValue);
5857   const SCEV *TrueStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.TrueValue);
5858   const SCEV *FalseStart = this->getConstant(StartPattern.FalseValue);
5859   const SCEV *FalseStep = this->getConstant(StepPattern.FalseValue);
5860 
5861   ConstantRange TrueRange =
5862       this->getRangeForAffineAR(TrueStart, TrueStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5863   ConstantRange FalseRange =
5864       this->getRangeForAffineAR(FalseStart, FalseStep, MaxBECount, BitWidth);
5865 
5866   return TrueRange.unionWith(FalseRange);
5867 }
5868 
5869 SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScalarEvolution::getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(const Value *V) {
5870   if (isa<ConstantExpr>(V)) return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5871   const BinaryOperator *BinOp = cast<BinaryOperator>(V);
5872 
5873   // Return early if there are no flags to propagate to the SCEV.
5874   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5875   if (BinOp->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
5876     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNUW);
5877   if (BinOp->hasNoSignedWrap())
5878     Flags = ScalarEvolution::setFlags(Flags, SCEV::FlagNSW);
5879   if (Flags == SCEV::FlagAnyWrap)
5880     return SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5881 
5882   return isSCEVExprNeverPoison(BinOp) ? Flags : SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
5883 }
5884 
5885 bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVExprNeverPoison(const Instruction *I) {
5886   // Here we check that I is in the header of the innermost loop containing I,
5887   // since we only deal with instructions in the loop header. The actual loop we
5888   // need to check later will come from an add recurrence, but getting that
5889   // requires computing the SCEV of the operands, which can be expensive. This
5890   // check we can do cheaply to rule out some cases early.
5891   Loop *InnermostContainingLoop = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
5892   if (InnermostContainingLoop == nullptr ||
5893       InnermostContainingLoop->getHeader() != I->getParent())
5894     return false;
5895 
5896   // Only proceed if we can prove that I does not yield poison.
5897   if (!programUndefinedIfFullPoison(I))
5898     return false;
5899 
5900   // At this point we know that if I is executed, then it does not wrap
5901   // according to at least one of NSW or NUW. If I is not executed, then we do
5902   // not know if the calculation that I represents would wrap. Multiple
5903   // instructions can map to the same SCEV. If we apply NSW or NUW from I to
5904   // the SCEV, we must guarantee no wrapping for that SCEV also when it is
5905   // derived from other instructions that map to the same SCEV. We cannot make
5906   // that guarantee for cases where I is not executed. So we need to find the
5907   // loop that I is considered in relation to and prove that I is executed for
5908   // every iteration of that loop. That implies that the value that I
5909   // calculates does not wrap anywhere in the loop, so then we can apply the
5910   // flags to the SCEV.
5911   //
5912   // We check isLoopInvariant to disambiguate in case we are adding recurrences
5913   // from different loops, so that we know which loop to prove that I is
5914   // executed in.
5915   for (unsigned OpIndex = 0; OpIndex < I->getNumOperands(); ++OpIndex) {
5916     // I could be an extractvalue from a call to an overflow intrinsic.
5917     // TODO: We can do better here in some cases.
5918     if (!isSCEVable(I->getOperand(OpIndex)->getType()))
5919       return false;
5920     const SCEV *Op = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OpIndex));
5921     if (auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
5922       bool AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = true;
5923       for (unsigned OtherOpIndex = 0; OtherOpIndex < I->getNumOperands();
5924            ++OtherOpIndex) {
5925         if (OtherOpIndex != OpIndex) {
5926           const SCEV *OtherOp = getSCEV(I->getOperand(OtherOpIndex));
5927           if (!isLoopInvariant(OtherOp, AddRec->getLoop())) {
5928             AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant = false;
5929             break;
5930           }
5931         }
5932       }
5933       if (AllOtherOpsLoopInvariant &&
5934           isGuaranteedToExecuteForEveryIteration(I, AddRec->getLoop()))
5935         return true;
5936     }
5937   }
5938   return false;
5939 }
5940 
5941 bool ScalarEvolution::isAddRecNeverPoison(const Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
5942   // If we know that \c I can never be poison period, then that's enough.
5943   if (isSCEVExprNeverPoison(I))
5944     return true;
5945 
5946   // For an add recurrence specifically, we assume that infinite loops without
5947   // side effects are undefined behavior, and then reason as follows:
5948   //
5949   // If the add recurrence is poison in any iteration, it is poison on all
5950   // future iterations (since incrementing poison yields poison). If the result
5951   // of the add recurrence is fed into the loop latch condition and the loop
5952   // does not contain any throws or exiting blocks other than the latch, we now
5953   // have the ability to "choose" whether the backedge is taken or not (by
5954   // choosing a sufficiently evil value for the poison feeding into the branch)
5955   // for every iteration including and after the one in which \p I first became
5956   // poison.  There are two possibilities (let's call the iteration in which \p
5957   // I first became poison as K):
5958   //
5959   //  1. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5960   //     no side effects.  In this case executing the backege an infinte number
5961   //     of times will yield undefined behavior.
5962   //
5963   //  2. In the set of iterations including and after K, the loop body executes
5964   //     at least one side effect.  In this case, that specific instance of side
5965   //     effect is control dependent on poison, which also yields undefined
5966   //     behavior.
5967 
5968   auto *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock();
5969   auto *LatchBB = L->getLoopLatch();
5970   if (!ExitingBB || !LatchBB || ExitingBB != LatchBB)
5971     return false;
5972 
5973   SmallPtrSet<const Instruction *, 16> Pushed;
5974   SmallVector<const Instruction *, 8> PoisonStack;
5975 
5976   // We start by assuming \c I, the post-inc add recurrence, is poison.  Only
5977   // things that are known to be fully poison under that assumption go on the
5978   // PoisonStack.
5979   Pushed.insert(I);
5980   PoisonStack.push_back(I);
5981 
5982   bool LatchControlDependentOnPoison = false;
5983   while (!PoisonStack.empty() && !LatchControlDependentOnPoison) {
5984     const Instruction *Poison = PoisonStack.pop_back_val();
5985 
5986     for (auto *PoisonUser : Poison->users()) {
5987       if (propagatesFullPoison(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser))) {
5988         if (Pushed.insert(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser)).second)
5989           PoisonStack.push_back(cast<Instruction>(PoisonUser));
5990       } else if (auto *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PoisonUser)) {
5991         assert(BI->isConditional() && "Only possibility!");
5992         if (BI->getParent() == LatchBB) {
5993           LatchControlDependentOnPoison = true;
5994           break;
5995         }
5996       }
5997     }
5998   }
5999 
6000   return LatchControlDependentOnPoison && loopHasNoAbnormalExits(L);
6001 }
6002 
6003 ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties
6004 ScalarEvolution::getLoopProperties(const Loop *L) {
6005   using LoopProperties = ScalarEvolution::LoopProperties;
6006 
6007   auto Itr = LoopPropertiesCache.find(L);
6008   if (Itr == LoopPropertiesCache.end()) {
6009     auto HasSideEffects = [](Instruction *I) {
6010       if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
6011         return !SI->isSimple();
6012 
6013       return I->mayHaveSideEffects();
6014     };
6015 
6016     LoopProperties LP = {/* HasNoAbnormalExits */ true,
6017                          /*HasNoSideEffects*/ true};
6018 
6019     for (auto *BB : L->getBlocks())
6020       for (auto &I : *BB) {
6021         if (!isGuaranteedToTransferExecutionToSuccessor(&I))
6022           LP.HasNoAbnormalExits = false;
6023         if (HasSideEffects(&I))
6024           LP.HasNoSideEffects = false;
6025         if (!LP.HasNoAbnormalExits && !LP.HasNoSideEffects)
6026           break; // We're already as pessimistic as we can get.
6027       }
6028 
6029     auto InsertPair = LoopPropertiesCache.insert({L, LP});
6030     assert(InsertPair.second && "We just checked!");
6031     Itr = InsertPair.first;
6032   }
6033 
6034   return Itr->second;
6035 }
6036 
6037 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
6038   if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
6039     return getUnknown(V);
6040 
6041   if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
6042     // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
6043     // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
6044     // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
6045     // analysis depends on.
6046     if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
6047       return getUnknown(V);
6048   } else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
6049     return getConstant(CI);
6050   else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
6051     return getZero(V->getType());
6052   else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
6053     return GA->isInterposable() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
6054   else if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(V))
6055     return getUnknown(V);
6056 
6057   Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
6058   if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U, DT)) {
6059     switch (BO->Opcode) {
6060     case Instruction::Add: {
6061       // The simple thing to do would be to just call getSCEV on both operands
6062       // and call getAddExpr with the result. However if we're looking at a
6063       // bunch of things all added together, this can be quite inefficient,
6064       // because it leads to N-1 getAddExpr calls for N ultimate operands.
6065       // Instead, gather up all the operands and make a single getAddExpr call.
6066       // LLVM IR canonical form means we need only traverse the left operands.
6067       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddOps;
6068       do {
6069         if (BO->Op) {
6070           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
6071             AddOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
6072             break;
6073           }
6074 
6075           // If a NUW or NSW flag can be applied to the SCEV for this
6076           // addition, then compute the SCEV for this addition by itself
6077           // with a separate call to getAddExpr. We need to do that
6078           // instead of pushing the operands of the addition onto AddOps,
6079           // since the flags are only known to apply to this particular
6080           // addition - they may not apply to other additions that can be
6081           // formed with operands from AddOps.
6082           const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(BO->RHS);
6083           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6084           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
6085             const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6086             if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
6087               AddOps.push_back(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS, Flags));
6088             else
6089               AddOps.push_back(getAddExpr(LHS, RHS, Flags));
6090             break;
6091           }
6092         }
6093 
6094         if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub)
6095           AddOps.push_back(getNegativeSCEV(getSCEV(BO->RHS)));
6096         else
6097           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6098 
6099         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
6100         if (!NewBO || (NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Add &&
6101                        NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Sub)) {
6102           AddOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6103           break;
6104         }
6105         BO = NewBO;
6106       } while (true);
6107 
6108       return getAddExpr(AddOps);
6109     }
6110 
6111     case Instruction::Mul: {
6112       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps;
6113       do {
6114         if (BO->Op) {
6115           if (auto *OpSCEV = getExistingSCEV(BO->Op)) {
6116             MulOps.push_back(OpSCEV);
6117             break;
6118           }
6119 
6120           SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6121           if (Flags != SCEV::FlagAnyWrap) {
6122             MulOps.push_back(
6123                 getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags));
6124             break;
6125           }
6126         }
6127 
6128         MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6129         auto NewBO = MatchBinaryOp(BO->LHS, DT);
6130         if (!NewBO || NewBO->Opcode != Instruction::Mul) {
6131           MulOps.push_back(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6132           break;
6133         }
6134         BO = NewBO;
6135       } while (true);
6136 
6137       return getMulExpr(MulOps);
6138     }
6139     case Instruction::UDiv:
6140       return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6141     case Instruction::URem:
6142       return getURemExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS));
6143     case Instruction::Sub: {
6144       SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6145       if (BO->Op)
6146         Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6147       return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(BO->RHS), Flags);
6148     }
6149     case Instruction::And:
6150       // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
6151       // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6152       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6153         if (CI->isZero())
6154           return getSCEV(BO->RHS);
6155         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6156           return getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6157         const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
6158 
6159         // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
6160         // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
6161         // Use computeKnownBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
6162         // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
6163         unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
6164         unsigned TZ = A.countTrailingZeros();
6165         unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
6166         KnownBits Known(BitWidth);
6167         computeKnownBits(BO->LHS, Known, getDataLayout(),
6168                          0, &AC, nullptr, &DT);
6169 
6170         APInt EffectiveMask =
6171             APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ - TZ).shl(TZ);
6172         if ((LZ != 0 || TZ != 0) && !((~A & ~Known.Zero) & EffectiveMask)) {
6173           const SCEV *MulCount = getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ));
6174           const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6175           const SCEV *ShiftedLHS = nullptr;
6176           if (auto *LHSMul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
6177             if (auto *OpC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHSMul->getOperand(0))) {
6178               // For an expression like (x * 8) & 8, simplify the multiply.
6179               unsigned MulZeros = OpC->getAPInt().countTrailingZeros();
6180               unsigned GCD = std::min(MulZeros, TZ);
6181               APInt DivAmt = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, TZ - GCD);
6182               SmallVector<const SCEV*, 4> MulOps;
6183               MulOps.push_back(getConstant(OpC->getAPInt().lshr(GCD)));
6184               MulOps.append(LHSMul->op_begin() + 1, LHSMul->op_end());
6185               auto *NewMul = getMulExpr(MulOps, LHSMul->getNoWrapFlags());
6186               ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(NewMul, getConstant(DivAmt));
6187             }
6188           }
6189           if (!ShiftedLHS)
6190             ShiftedLHS = getUDivExpr(LHS, MulCount);
6191           return getMulExpr(
6192               getZeroExtendExpr(
6193                   getTruncateExpr(ShiftedLHS,
6194                       IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ - TZ)),
6195                   BO->LHS->getType()),
6196               MulCount);
6197         }
6198       }
6199       break;
6200 
6201     case Instruction::Or:
6202       // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
6203       // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
6204       // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
6205       //
6206       // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
6207       // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
6208       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6209         const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(BO->LHS);
6210         const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
6211         if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
6212             (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
6213           // Build a plain add SCEV.
6214           const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
6215           // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
6216           // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
6217           if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
6218             const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
6219             const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setNoWrapFlags(
6220                 OldAR->getNoWrapFlags());
6221           }
6222           return S;
6223         }
6224       }
6225       break;
6226 
6227     case Instruction::Xor:
6228       if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6229         // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
6230         if (CI->isMinusOne())
6231           return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(BO->LHS));
6232 
6233         // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
6234         // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
6235         // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
6236         // of an xor with -1.
6237         if (auto *LBO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(BO->LHS))
6238           if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LBO->getOperand(1)))
6239             if (LBO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
6240                 LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
6241               if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
6242                       dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(BO->LHS))) {
6243                 Type *UTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6244                 const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
6245                 Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
6246                 unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
6247 
6248                 // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
6249                 // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
6250                 // re-apply the zext.
6251                 if (CI->getValue().isMask(Z0TySize))
6252                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
6253 
6254                 // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
6255                 // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
6256                 // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
6257                 APInt Trunc = CI->getValue().trunc(Z0TySize);
6258                 if (Trunc.zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
6259                     Trunc.isSignMask())
6260                   return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
6261                                            UTy);
6262               }
6263       }
6264       break;
6265 
6266     case Instruction::Shl:
6267       // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
6268       if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS)) {
6269         uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(SA->getType())->getBitWidth();
6270 
6271         // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6272         // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6273         // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6274         // other parts of the compiler.
6275         if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6276           break;
6277 
6278         // It is currently not resolved how to interpret NSW for left
6279         // shift by BitWidth - 1, so we avoid applying flags in that
6280         // case. Remove this check (or this comment) once the situation
6281         // is resolved. See
6282         // http://lists.llvm.org/pipermail/llvm-dev/2015-April/084195.html
6283         // and http://reviews.llvm.org/D8890 .
6284         auto Flags = SCEV::FlagAnyWrap;
6285         if (BO->Op && SA->getValue().ult(BitWidth - 1))
6286           Flags = getNoWrapFlagsFromUB(BO->Op);
6287 
6288         Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(
6289             getContext(), APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth, SA->getZExtValue()));
6290         return getMulExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), getSCEV(X), Flags);
6291       }
6292       break;
6293 
6294     case Instruction::AShr: {
6295       // AShr X, C, where C is a constant.
6296       ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->RHS);
6297       if (!CI)
6298         break;
6299 
6300       Type *OuterTy = BO->LHS->getType();
6301       uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(OuterTy);
6302       // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
6303       // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
6304       // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
6305       // other parts of the compiler.
6306       if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
6307         break;
6308 
6309       if (CI->isZero())
6310         return getSCEV(BO->LHS); // shift by zero --> noop
6311 
6312       uint64_t AShrAmt = CI->getZExtValue();
6313       Type *TruncTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - AShrAmt);
6314 
6315       Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(BO->LHS);
6316       if (L && L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
6317         // X = Shl A, n
6318         // Y = AShr X, m
6319         // Both n and m are constant.
6320 
6321         const SCEV *ShlOp0SCEV = getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));
6322         if (L->getOperand(1) == BO->RHS)
6323           // For a two-shift sext-inreg, i.e. n = m,
6324           // use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
6325           return getSignExtendExpr(
6326               getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy), OuterTy);
6327 
6328         ConstantInt *ShlAmtCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(L->getOperand(1));
6329         if (ShlAmtCI && ShlAmtCI->getValue().ult(BitWidth)) {
6330           uint64_t ShlAmt = ShlAmtCI->getZExtValue();
6331           if (ShlAmt > AShrAmt) {
6332             // When n > m, use sext(mul(trunc(x), 2^(n-m)))) as the SCEV
6333             // expression. We already checked that ShlAmt < BitWidth, so
6334             // the multiplier, 1 << (ShlAmt - AShrAmt), fits into TruncTy as
6335             // ShlAmt - AShrAmt < Amt.
6336             APInt Mul = APInt::getOneBitSet(BitWidth - AShrAmt,
6337                                             ShlAmt - AShrAmt);
6338             return getSignExtendExpr(
6339                 getMulExpr(getTruncateExpr(ShlOp0SCEV, TruncTy),
6340                 getConstant(Mul)), OuterTy);
6341           }
6342         }
6343       }
6344       break;
6345     }
6346     }
6347   }
6348 
6349   switch (U->getOpcode()) {
6350   case Instruction::Trunc:
6351     return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6352 
6353   case Instruction::ZExt:
6354     return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6355 
6356   case Instruction::SExt:
6357     if (auto BO = MatchBinaryOp(U->getOperand(0), DT)) {
6358       // The NSW flag of a subtract does not always survive the conversion to
6359       // A + (-1)*B.  By pushing sign extension onto its operands we are much
6360       // more likely to preserve NSW and allow later AddRec optimisations.
6361       //
6362       // NOTE: This is effectively duplicating this logic from getSignExtend:
6363       //   sext((A + B + ...)<nsw>) --> (sext(A) + sext(B) + ...)<nsw>
6364       // but by that point the NSW information has potentially been lost.
6365       if (BO->Opcode == Instruction::Sub && BO->IsNSW) {
6366         Type *Ty = U->getType();
6367         auto *V1 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->LHS), Ty);
6368         auto *V2 = getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(BO->RHS), Ty);
6369         return getMinusSCEV(V1, V2, SCEV::FlagNSW);
6370       }
6371     }
6372     return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
6373 
6374   case Instruction::BitCast:
6375     // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
6376     if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
6377       return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
6378     break;
6379 
6380   // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
6381   // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
6382   // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
6383   // simplifying integer expressions.
6384 
6385   case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
6386     return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
6387 
6388   case Instruction::PHI:
6389     return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
6390 
6391   case Instruction::Select:
6392     // U can also be a select constant expr, which let fall through.  Since
6393     // createNodeForSelect only works for a condition that is an `ICmpInst`, and
6394     // constant expressions cannot have instructions as operands, we'd have
6395     // returned getUnknown for a select constant expressions anyway.
6396     if (isa<Instruction>(U))
6397       return createNodeForSelectOrPHI(cast<Instruction>(U), U->getOperand(0),
6398                                       U->getOperand(1), U->getOperand(2));
6399     break;
6400 
6401   case Instruction::Call:
6402   case Instruction::Invoke:
6403     if (Value *RV = CallSite(U).getReturnedArgOperand())
6404       return getSCEV(RV);
6405     break;
6406   }
6407 
6408   return getUnknown(V);
6409 }
6410 
6411 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6412 //                   Iteration Count Computation Code
6413 //
6414 
6415 static unsigned getConstantTripCount(const SCEVConstant *ExitCount) {
6416   if (!ExitCount)
6417     return 0;
6418 
6419   ConstantInt *ExitConst = ExitCount->getValue();
6420 
6421   // Guard against huge trip counts.
6422   if (ExitConst->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32)
6423     return 0;
6424 
6425   // In case of integer overflow, this returns 0, which is correct.
6426   return ((unsigned)ExitConst->getZExtValue()) + 1;
6427 }
6428 
6429 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6430   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6431     return getSmallConstantTripCount(L, ExitingBB);
6432 
6433   // No trip count information for multiple exits.
6434   return 0;
6435 }
6436 
6437 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripCount(const Loop *L,
6438                                                     BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6439   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6440   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6441          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6442   const SCEVConstant *ExitCount =
6443       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock));
6444   return getConstantTripCount(ExitCount);
6445 }
6446 
6447 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantMaxTripCount(const Loop *L) {
6448   const auto *MaxExitCount =
6449       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L));
6450   return getConstantTripCount(MaxExitCount);
6451 }
6452 
6453 unsigned ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L) {
6454   if (BasicBlock *ExitingBB = L->getExitingBlock())
6455     return getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L, ExitingBB);
6456 
6457   // No trip multiple information for multiple exits.
6458   return 0;
6459 }
6460 
6461 /// Returns the largest constant divisor of the trip count of this loop as a
6462 /// normal unsigned value, if possible. This means that the actual trip count is
6463 /// always a multiple of the returned value (don't forget the trip count could
6464 /// very well be zero as well!).
6465 ///
6466 /// Returns 1 if the trip count is unknown or not guaranteed to be the
6467 /// multiple of a constant (which is also the case if the trip count is simply
6468 /// constant, use getSmallConstantTripCount for that case), Will also return 1
6469 /// if the trip count is very large (>= 2^32).
6470 ///
6471 /// As explained in the comments for getSmallConstantTripCount, this assumes
6472 /// that control exits the loop via ExitingBlock.
6473 unsigned
6474 ScalarEvolution::getSmallConstantTripMultiple(const Loop *L,
6475                                               BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6476   assert(ExitingBlock && "Must pass a non-null exiting block!");
6477   assert(L->isLoopExiting(ExitingBlock) &&
6478          "Exiting block must actually branch out of the loop!");
6479   const SCEV *ExitCount = getExitCount(L, ExitingBlock);
6480   if (ExitCount == getCouldNotCompute())
6481     return 1;
6482 
6483   // Get the trip count from the BE count by adding 1.
6484   const SCEV *TCExpr = getAddExpr(ExitCount, getOne(ExitCount->getType()));
6485 
6486   const SCEVConstant *TC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(TCExpr);
6487   if (!TC)
6488     // Attempt to factor more general cases. Returns the greatest power of
6489     // two divisor. If overflow happens, the trip count expression is still
6490     // divisible by the greatest power of 2 divisor returned.
6491     return 1U << std::min((uint32_t)31, GetMinTrailingZeros(TCExpr));
6492 
6493   ConstantInt *Result = TC->getValue();
6494 
6495   // Guard against huge trip counts (this requires checking
6496   // for zero to handle the case where the trip count == -1 and the
6497   // addition wraps).
6498   if (!Result || Result->getValue().getActiveBits() > 32 ||
6499       Result->getValue().getActiveBits() == 0)
6500     return 1;
6501 
6502   return (unsigned)Result->getZExtValue();
6503 }
6504 
6505 /// Get the expression for the number of loop iterations for which this loop is
6506 /// guaranteed not to exit via ExitingBlock. Otherwise return
6507 /// SCEVCouldNotCompute.
6508 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getExitCount(const Loop *L,
6509                                           BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
6510   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(ExitingBlock, this);
6511 }
6512 
6513 const SCEV *
6514 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6515                                                  SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
6516   return getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(L, this, &Preds);
6517 }
6518 
6519 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6520   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getExact(L, this);
6521 }
6522 
6523 /// Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except return the least SCEV value that is
6524 /// known never to be less than the actual backedge taken count.
6525 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
6526   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).getMax(this);
6527 }
6528 
6529 bool ScalarEvolution::isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(const Loop *L) {
6530   return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).isMaxOrZero(this);
6531 }
6532 
6533 /// Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop onto the given Worklist.
6534 static void
6535 PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
6536   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
6537 
6538   // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
6539   for (PHINode &PN : Header->phis())
6540     Worklist.push_back(&PN);
6541 }
6542 
6543 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6544 ScalarEvolution::getPredicatedBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6545   auto &BTI = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
6546   if (BTI.hasFullInfo())
6547     return BTI;
6548 
6549   auto Pair = PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6550 
6551   if (!Pair.second)
6552     return Pair.first->second;
6553 
6554   BackedgeTakenInfo Result =
6555       computeBackedgeTakenCount(L, /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
6556 
6557   return PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6558 }
6559 
6560 const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
6561 ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
6562   // Initially insert an invalid entry for this loop. If the insertion
6563   // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
6564   // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
6565   // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
6566   // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
6567   std::pair<DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
6568       BackedgeTakenCounts.insert({L, BackedgeTakenInfo()});
6569   if (!Pair.second)
6570     return Pair.first->second;
6571 
6572   // computeBackedgeTakenCount may allocate memory for its result. Inserting it
6573   // into the BackedgeTakenCounts map transfers ownership. Otherwise, the result
6574   // must be cleared in this scope.
6575   BackedgeTakenInfo Result = computeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
6576 
6577   // In product build, there are no usage of statistic.
6578   (void)NumTripCountsComputed;
6579   (void)NumTripCountsNotComputed;
6580 #if LLVM_ENABLE_STATS || !defined(NDEBUG)
6581   const SCEV *BEExact = Result.getExact(L, this);
6582   if (BEExact != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6583     assert(isLoopInvariant(BEExact, L) &&
6584            isLoopInvariant(Result.getMax(this), L) &&
6585            "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
6586     ++NumTripCountsComputed;
6587   }
6588   else if (Result.getMax(this) == getCouldNotCompute() &&
6589            isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin())) {
6590     // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
6591     ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
6592   }
6593 #endif // LLVM_ENABLE_STATS || !defined(NDEBUG)
6594 
6595   // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
6596   // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
6597   // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
6598   // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
6599   // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
6600   if (Result.hasAnyInfo()) {
6601     SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6602     PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
6603 
6604     SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Discovered;
6605     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6606       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6607 
6608       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6609         ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6610       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6611         const SCEV *Old = It->second;
6612 
6613         // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
6614         // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
6615         // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
6616         // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
6617         // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
6618         // own when it gets to that point.
6619         if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(Old)) {
6620           eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6621           forgetMemoizedResults(Old);
6622         }
6623         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6624           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6625       }
6626 
6627       // Since we don't need to invalidate anything for correctness and we're
6628       // only invalidating to make SCEV's results more precise, we get to stop
6629       // early to avoid invalidating too much.  This is especially important in
6630       // cases like:
6631       //
6632       //   %v = f(pn0, pn1) // pn0 and pn1 used through some other phi node
6633       // loop0:
6634       //   %pn0 = phi
6635       //   ...
6636       // loop1:
6637       //   %pn1 = phi
6638       //   ...
6639       //
6640       // where both loop0 and loop1's backedge taken count uses the SCEV
6641       // expression for %v.  If we don't have the early stop below then in cases
6642       // like the above, getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop1) will clear out the trip
6643       // count for loop0 and getBackedgeTakenInfo(loop0) will clear out the trip
6644       // count for loop1, effectively nullifying SCEV's trip count cache.
6645       for (auto *U : I->users())
6646         if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(U)) {
6647           auto *LoopForUser = LI.getLoopFor(I->getParent());
6648           if (LoopForUser && L->contains(LoopForUser) &&
6649               Discovered.insert(I).second)
6650             Worklist.push_back(I);
6651         }
6652     }
6653   }
6654 
6655   // Re-lookup the insert position, since the call to
6656   // computeBackedgeTakenCount above could result in a
6657   // recusive call to getBackedgeTakenInfo (on a different
6658   // loop), which would invalidate the iterator computed
6659   // earlier.
6660   return BackedgeTakenCounts.find(L)->second = std::move(Result);
6661 }
6662 
6663 void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
6664   // Drop any stored trip count value.
6665   auto RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap =
6666       [](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map, const Loop *L) {
6667         auto BTCPos = Map.find(L);
6668         if (BTCPos != Map.end()) {
6669           BTCPos->second.clear();
6670           Map.erase(BTCPos);
6671         }
6672       };
6673 
6674   SmallVector<const Loop *, 16> LoopWorklist(1, L);
6675   SmallVector<Instruction *, 32> Worklist;
6676   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 16> Visited;
6677 
6678   // Iterate over all the loops and sub-loops to drop SCEV information.
6679   while (!LoopWorklist.empty()) {
6680     auto *CurrL = LoopWorklist.pop_back_val();
6681 
6682     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6683     RemoveLoopFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts, CurrL);
6684 
6685     // Drop information about predicated SCEV rewrites for this loop.
6686     for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
6687          I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
6688       std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
6689       if (Entry.second == CurrL)
6690         PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
6691       else
6692         ++I;
6693     }
6694 
6695     auto LoopUsersItr = LoopUsers.find(CurrL);
6696     if (LoopUsersItr != LoopUsers.end()) {
6697       for (auto *S : LoopUsersItr->second)
6698         forgetMemoizedResults(S);
6699       LoopUsers.erase(LoopUsersItr);
6700     }
6701 
6702     // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6703     PushLoopPHIs(CurrL, Worklist);
6704 
6705     while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6706       Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6707       if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6708         continue;
6709 
6710       ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6711           ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6712       if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6713         eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6714         forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6715         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6716           ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6717       }
6718 
6719       PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6720     }
6721 
6722     LoopPropertiesCache.erase(CurrL);
6723     // Forget all contained loops too, to avoid dangling entries in the
6724     // ValuesAtScopes map.
6725     LoopWorklist.append(CurrL->begin(), CurrL->end());
6726   }
6727 }
6728 
6729 void ScalarEvolution::forgetTopmostLoop(const Loop *L) {
6730   while (Loop *Parent = L->getParentLoop())
6731     L = Parent;
6732   forgetLoop(L);
6733 }
6734 
6735 void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
6736   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
6737   if (!I) return;
6738 
6739   // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
6740   SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
6741   Worklist.push_back(I);
6742 
6743   SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
6744   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
6745     I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
6746     if (!Visited.insert(I).second)
6747       continue;
6748 
6749     ValueExprMapType::iterator It =
6750       ValueExprMap.find_as(static_cast<Value *>(I));
6751     if (It != ValueExprMap.end()) {
6752       eraseValueFromMap(It->first);
6753       forgetMemoizedResults(It->second);
6754       if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
6755         ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
6756     }
6757 
6758     PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
6759   }
6760 }
6761 
6762 /// Get the exact loop backedge taken count considering all loop exits. A
6763 /// computable result can only be returned for loops with all exiting blocks
6764 /// dominating the latch. howFarToZero assumes that the limit of each loop test
6765 /// is never skipped. This is a valid assumption as long as the loop exits via
6766 /// that test. For precise results, it is the caller's responsibility to specify
6767 /// the relevant loop exiting block using getExact(ExitingBlock, SE).
6768 const SCEV *
6769 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution *SE,
6770                                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Preds) const {
6771   // If any exits were not computable, the loop is not computable.
6772   if (!isComplete() || ExitNotTaken.empty())
6773     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6774 
6775   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
6776   // All exiting blocks we have collected must dominate the only backedge.
6777   if (!Latch)
6778     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6779 
6780   // All exiting blocks we have gathered dominate loop's latch, so exact trip
6781   // count is simply a minimum out of all these calculated exit counts.
6782   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
6783   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken) {
6784     const SCEV *BECount = ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6785     assert(BECount != SE->getCouldNotCompute() && "Bad exit SCEV!");
6786     assert(SE->DT.dominates(ENT.ExitingBlock, Latch) &&
6787            "We should only have known counts for exiting blocks that dominate "
6788            "latch!");
6789 
6790     Ops.push_back(BECount);
6791 
6792     if (Preds && !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6793       Preds->add(ENT.Predicate.get());
6794 
6795     assert((Preds || ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate()) &&
6796            "Predicate should be always true!");
6797   }
6798 
6799   return SE->getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(Ops);
6800 }
6801 
6802 /// Get the exact not taken count for this loop exit.
6803 const SCEV *
6804 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getExact(BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6805                                              ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6806   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6807     if (ENT.ExitingBlock == ExitingBlock && ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate())
6808       return ENT.ExactNotTaken;
6809 
6810   return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6811 }
6812 
6813 /// getMax - Get the max backedge taken count for the loop.
6814 const SCEV *
6815 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::getMax(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6816   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6817     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6818   };
6819 
6820   if (any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue) || !getMax())
6821     return SE->getCouldNotCompute();
6822 
6823   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getMax()) || isa<SCEVConstant>(getMax())) &&
6824          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6825   return getMax();
6826 }
6827 
6828 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::isMaxOrZero(ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6829   auto PredicateNotAlwaysTrue = [](const ExitNotTakenInfo &ENT) {
6830     return !ENT.hasAlwaysTruePredicate();
6831   };
6832   return MaxOrZero && !any_of(ExitNotTaken, PredicateNotAlwaysTrue);
6833 }
6834 
6835 bool ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::hasOperand(const SCEV *S,
6836                                                     ScalarEvolution *SE) const {
6837   if (getMax() && getMax() != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6838       SE->hasOperand(getMax(), S))
6839     return true;
6840 
6841   for (auto &ENT : ExitNotTaken)
6842     if (ENT.ExactNotTaken != SE->getCouldNotCompute() &&
6843         SE->hasOperand(ENT.ExactNotTaken, S))
6844       return true;
6845 
6846   return false;
6847 }
6848 
6849 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E)
6850     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(E) {
6851   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6852           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6853          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6854 }
6855 
6856 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6857     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6858     ArrayRef<const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *> PredSetList)
6859     : ExactNotTaken(E), MaxNotTaken(M), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6860   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExactNotTaken) ||
6861           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6862          "Exact is not allowed to be less precise than Max");
6863   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6864           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6865          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6866   for (auto *PredSet : PredSetList)
6867     for (auto *P : *PredSet)
6868       addPredicate(P);
6869 }
6870 
6871 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(
6872     const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M, bool MaxOrZero,
6873     const SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &PredSet)
6874     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, {&PredSet}) {
6875   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6876           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6877          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6878 }
6879 
6880 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::ExitLimit(const SCEV *E, const SCEV *M,
6881                                       bool MaxOrZero)
6882     : ExitLimit(E, M, MaxOrZero, None) {
6883   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxNotTaken) ||
6884           isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxNotTaken)) &&
6885          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6886 }
6887 
6888 /// Allocate memory for BackedgeTakenInfo and copy the not-taken count of each
6889 /// computable exit into a persistent ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6890 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::BackedgeTakenInfo(
6891     SmallVectorImpl<ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo>
6892         &&ExitCounts,
6893     bool Complete, const SCEV *MaxCount, bool MaxOrZero)
6894     : MaxAndComplete(MaxCount, Complete), MaxOrZero(MaxOrZero) {
6895   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6896 
6897   ExitNotTaken.reserve(ExitCounts.size());
6898   std::transform(
6899       ExitCounts.begin(), ExitCounts.end(), std::back_inserter(ExitNotTaken),
6900       [&](const EdgeExitInfo &EEI) {
6901         BasicBlock *ExitBB = EEI.first;
6902         const ExitLimit &EL = EEI.second;
6903         if (EL.Predicates.empty())
6904           return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, nullptr);
6905 
6906         std::unique_ptr<SCEVUnionPredicate> Predicate(new SCEVUnionPredicate);
6907         for (auto *Pred : EL.Predicates)
6908           Predicate->add(Pred);
6909 
6910         return ExitNotTakenInfo(ExitBB, EL.ExactNotTaken, std::move(Predicate));
6911       });
6912   assert((isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxCount) || isa<SCEVConstant>(MaxCount)) &&
6913          "No point in having a non-constant max backedge taken count!");
6914 }
6915 
6916 /// Invalidate this result and free the ExitNotTakenInfo array.
6917 void ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::clear() {
6918   ExitNotTaken.clear();
6919 }
6920 
6921 /// Compute the number of times the backedge of the specified loop will execute.
6922 ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
6923 ScalarEvolution::computeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L,
6924                                            bool AllowPredicates) {
6925   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
6926   L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
6927 
6928   using EdgeExitInfo = ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo::EdgeExitInfo;
6929 
6930   SmallVector<EdgeExitInfo, 4> ExitCounts;
6931   bool CouldComputeBECount = true;
6932   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch(); // may be NULL.
6933   const SCEV *MustExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6934   const SCEV *MayExitMaxBECount = nullptr;
6935   bool MustExitMaxOrZero = false;
6936 
6937   // Compute the ExitLimit for each loop exit. Use this to populate ExitCounts
6938   // and compute maxBECount.
6939   // Do a union of all the predicates here.
6940   for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
6941     BasicBlock *ExitBB = ExitingBlocks[i];
6942     ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimit(L, ExitBB, AllowPredicates);
6943 
6944     assert((AllowPredicates || EL.Predicates.empty()) &&
6945            "Predicated exit limit when predicates are not allowed!");
6946 
6947     // 1. For each exit that can be computed, add an entry to ExitCounts.
6948     // CouldComputeBECount is true only if all exits can be computed.
6949     if (EL.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6950       // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
6951       // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
6952       CouldComputeBECount = false;
6953     else
6954       ExitCounts.emplace_back(ExitBB, EL);
6955 
6956     // 2. Derive the loop's MaxBECount from each exit's max number of
6957     // non-exiting iterations. Partition the loop exits into two kinds:
6958     // LoopMustExits and LoopMayExits.
6959     //
6960     // If the exit dominates the loop latch, it is a LoopMustExit otherwise it
6961     // is a LoopMayExit.  If any computable LoopMustExit is found, then
6962     // MaxBECount is the minimum EL.MaxNotTaken of computable
6963     // LoopMustExits. Otherwise, MaxBECount is conservatively the maximum
6964     // EL.MaxNotTaken, where CouldNotCompute is considered greater than any
6965     // computable EL.MaxNotTaken.
6966     if (EL.MaxNotTaken != getCouldNotCompute() && Latch &&
6967         DT.dominates(ExitBB, Latch)) {
6968       if (!MustExitMaxBECount) {
6969         MustExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6970         MustExitMaxOrZero = EL.MaxOrZero;
6971       } else {
6972         MustExitMaxBECount =
6973             getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MustExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6974       }
6975     } else if (MayExitMaxBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
6976       if (!MayExitMaxBECount || EL.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
6977         MayExitMaxBECount = EL.MaxNotTaken;
6978       else {
6979         MayExitMaxBECount =
6980             getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(MayExitMaxBECount, EL.MaxNotTaken);
6981       }
6982     }
6983   }
6984   const SCEV *MaxBECount = MustExitMaxBECount ? MustExitMaxBECount :
6985     (MayExitMaxBECount ? MayExitMaxBECount : getCouldNotCompute());
6986   // The loop backedge will be taken the maximum or zero times if there's
6987   // a single exit that must be taken the maximum or zero times.
6988   bool MaxOrZero = (MustExitMaxOrZero && ExitingBlocks.size() == 1);
6989   return BackedgeTakenInfo(std::move(ExitCounts), CouldComputeBECount,
6990                            MaxBECount, MaxOrZero);
6991 }
6992 
6993 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
6994 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimit(const Loop *L, BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
6995                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
6996   assert(L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Exit count for non-loop block?");
6997   // If our exiting block does not dominate the latch, then its connection with
6998   // loop's exit limit may be far from trivial.
6999   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7000   if (!Latch || !DT.dominates(ExitingBlock, Latch))
7001     return getCouldNotCompute();
7002 
7003   bool IsOnlyExit = (L->getExitingBlock() != nullptr);
7004   TerminatorInst *Term = ExitingBlock->getTerminator();
7005   if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Term)) {
7006     assert(BI->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
7007     bool ExitIfTrue = !L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(0));
7008     assert(ExitIfTrue == L->contains(BI->getSuccessor(1)) &&
7009            "It should have one successor in loop and one exit block!");
7010     // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
7011     return computeExitLimitFromCond(
7012         L, BI->getCondition(), ExitIfTrue,
7013         /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit, AllowPredicates);
7014   }
7015 
7016   if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(Term)) {
7017     // For switch, make sure that there is a single exit from the loop.
7018     BasicBlock *Exit = nullptr;
7019     for (auto *SBB : successors(ExitingBlock))
7020       if (!L->contains(SBB)) {
7021         if (Exit) // Multiple exit successors.
7022           return getCouldNotCompute();
7023         Exit = SBB;
7024       }
7025     assert(Exit && "Exiting block must have at least one exit");
7026     return computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(L, SI, Exit,
7027                                                 /*ControlsExit=*/IsOnlyExit);
7028   }
7029 
7030   return getCouldNotCompute();
7031 }
7032 
7033 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCond(
7034     const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7035     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7036   ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCacheTy Cache(L, ExitIfTrue, AllowPredicates);
7037   return computeExitLimitFromCondCached(Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue,
7038                                         ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
7039 }
7040 
7041 Optional<ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit>
7042 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::find(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
7043                                       bool ExitIfTrue, bool ControlsExit,
7044                                       bool AllowPredicates) {
7045   (void)this->L;
7046   (void)this->ExitIfTrue;
7047   (void)this->AllowPredicates;
7048 
7049   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
7050          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
7051          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
7052   auto Itr = TripCountMap.find({ExitCond, ControlsExit});
7053   if (Itr == TripCountMap.end())
7054     return None;
7055   return Itr->second;
7056 }
7057 
7058 void ScalarEvolution::ExitLimitCache::insert(const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond,
7059                                              bool ExitIfTrue,
7060                                              bool ControlsExit,
7061                                              bool AllowPredicates,
7062                                              const ExitLimit &EL) {
7063   assert(this->L == L && this->ExitIfTrue == ExitIfTrue &&
7064          this->AllowPredicates == AllowPredicates &&
7065          "Variance in assumed invariant key components!");
7066 
7067   auto InsertResult = TripCountMap.insert({{ExitCond, ControlsExit}, EL});
7068   assert(InsertResult.second && "Expected successful insertion!");
7069   (void)InsertResult;
7070   (void)ExitIfTrue;
7071 }
7072 
7073 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7074     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7075     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7076 
7077   if (auto MaybeEL =
7078           Cache.find(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates))
7079     return *MaybeEL;
7080 
7081   ExitLimit EL = computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(Cache, L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue,
7082                                               ControlsExit, AllowPredicates);
7083   Cache.insert(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit, AllowPredicates, EL);
7084   return EL;
7085 }
7086 
7087 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromCondImpl(
7088     ExitLimitCacheTy &Cache, const Loop *L, Value *ExitCond, bool ExitIfTrue,
7089     bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
7090   // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
7091   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
7092     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
7093       // Recurse on the operands of the and.
7094       bool EitherMayExit = !ExitIfTrue;
7095       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7096           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), ExitIfTrue,
7097           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7098       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7099           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), ExitIfTrue,
7100           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7101       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7102       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7103       if (EitherMayExit) {
7104         // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
7105         // Choose the less conservative count.
7106         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
7107             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7108           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7109         else
7110           BECount =
7111               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
7112         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7113           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
7114         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7115           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7116         else
7117           MaxBECount =
7118               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
7119       } else {
7120         // Both conditions must be true at the same time for the loop to exit.
7121         // For now, be conservative.
7122         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7123           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7124         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7125           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7126       }
7127 
7128       // There are cases (e.g. PR26207) where computeExitLimitFromCond is able
7129       // to be more aggressive when computing BECount than when computing
7130       // MaxBECount.  In these cases it is possible for EL0.ExactNotTaken and
7131       // EL1.ExactNotTaken to match, but for EL0.MaxNotTaken and EL1.MaxNotTaken
7132       // to not.
7133       if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
7134           !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
7135         MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
7136 
7137       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7138                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7139     }
7140     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
7141       // Recurse on the operands of the or.
7142       bool EitherMayExit = ExitIfTrue;
7143       ExitLimit EL0 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7144           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(0), ExitIfTrue,
7145           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7146       ExitLimit EL1 = computeExitLimitFromCondCached(
7147           Cache, L, BO->getOperand(1), ExitIfTrue,
7148           ControlsExit && !EitherMayExit, AllowPredicates);
7149       const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7150       const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7151       if (EitherMayExit) {
7152         // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
7153         // Choose the less conservative count.
7154         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute() ||
7155             EL1.ExactNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7156           BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
7157         else
7158           BECount =
7159               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.ExactNotTaken, EL1.ExactNotTaken);
7160         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7161           MaxBECount = EL1.MaxNotTaken;
7162         else if (EL1.MaxNotTaken == getCouldNotCompute())
7163           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7164         else
7165           MaxBECount =
7166               getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(EL0.MaxNotTaken, EL1.MaxNotTaken);
7167       } else {
7168         // Both conditions must be false at the same time for the loop to exit.
7169         // For now, be conservative.
7170         if (EL0.MaxNotTaken == EL1.MaxNotTaken)
7171           MaxBECount = EL0.MaxNotTaken;
7172         if (EL0.ExactNotTaken == EL1.ExactNotTaken)
7173           BECount = EL0.ExactNotTaken;
7174       }
7175 
7176       return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false,
7177                        {&EL0.Predicates, &EL1.Predicates});
7178     }
7179   }
7180 
7181   // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
7182   // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
7183   if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond)) {
7184     ExitLimit EL =
7185         computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit);
7186     if (EL.hasFullInfo() || !AllowPredicates)
7187       return EL;
7188 
7189     // Try again, but use SCEV predicates this time.
7190     return computeExitLimitFromICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, ExitIfTrue, ControlsExit,
7191                                     /*AllowPredicates=*/true);
7192   }
7193 
7194   // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
7195   // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
7196   // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
7197   // in place.
7198   if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
7199     if (ExitIfTrue == !CI->getZExtValue())
7200       // The backedge is always taken.
7201       return getCouldNotCompute();
7202     else
7203       // The backedge is never taken.
7204       return getZero(CI->getType());
7205   }
7206 
7207   // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
7208   return computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
7209 }
7210 
7211 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7212 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromICmp(const Loop *L,
7213                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
7214                                           bool ExitIfTrue,
7215                                           bool ControlsExit,
7216                                           bool AllowPredicates) {
7217   // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
7218   ICmpInst::Predicate Pred;
7219   if (!ExitIfTrue)
7220     Pred = ExitCond->getPredicate();
7221   else
7222     Pred = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
7223   const ICmpInst::Predicate OriginalPred = Pred;
7224 
7225   // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
7226   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
7227     if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
7228       ExitLimit ItCnt =
7229         computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(LI, RHS, L, Pred);
7230       if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
7231         return ItCnt;
7232     }
7233 
7234   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
7235   const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
7236 
7237   // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
7238   LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
7239   RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
7240 
7241   // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
7242   // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
7243   if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && !isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
7244     // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
7245     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
7246     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
7247   }
7248 
7249   // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
7250   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
7251 
7252   // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
7253   // ranges to answer this query.
7254   if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
7255     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
7256       if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
7257         // Form the constant range.
7258         ConstantRange CompRange =
7259             ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RHSC->getAPInt());
7260 
7261         const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
7262         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
7263       }
7264 
7265   switch (Pred) {
7266   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
7267     // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
7268     ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit,
7269                                 AllowPredicates);
7270     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7271     break;
7272   }
7273   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
7274     // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
7275     ExitLimit EL = howFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
7276     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7277     break;
7278   }
7279   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
7280   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {                    // while (X < Y)
7281     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
7282     ExitLimit EL = howManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7283                                     AllowPredicates);
7284     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7285     break;
7286   }
7287   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
7288   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {                    // while (X > Y)
7289     bool IsSigned = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
7290     ExitLimit EL =
7291         howManyGreaterThans(LHS, RHS, L, IsSigned, ControlsExit,
7292                             AllowPredicates);
7293     if (EL.hasAnyInfo()) return EL;
7294     break;
7295   }
7296   default:
7297     break;
7298   }
7299 
7300   auto *ExhaustiveCount =
7301       computeExitCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, ExitIfTrue);
7302 
7303   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(ExhaustiveCount))
7304     return ExhaustiveCount;
7305 
7306   return computeShiftCompareExitLimit(ExitCond->getOperand(0),
7307                                       ExitCond->getOperand(1), L, OriginalPred);
7308 }
7309 
7310 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7311 ScalarEvolution::computeExitLimitFromSingleExitSwitch(const Loop *L,
7312                                                       SwitchInst *Switch,
7313                                                       BasicBlock *ExitingBlock,
7314                                                       bool ControlsExit) {
7315   assert(!L->contains(ExitingBlock) && "Not an exiting block!");
7316 
7317   // Give up if the exit is the default dest of a switch.
7318   if (Switch->getDefaultDest() == ExitingBlock)
7319     return getCouldNotCompute();
7320 
7321   assert(L->contains(Switch->getDefaultDest()) &&
7322          "Default case must not exit the loop!");
7323   const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Switch->getCondition(), L);
7324   const SCEV *RHS = getConstant(Switch->findCaseDest(ExitingBlock));
7325 
7326   // while (X != Y) --> while (X-Y != 0)
7327   ExitLimit EL = howFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L, ControlsExit);
7328   if (EL.hasAnyInfo())
7329     return EL;
7330 
7331   return getCouldNotCompute();
7332 }
7333 
7334 static ConstantInt *
7335 EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
7336                                 ScalarEvolution &SE) {
7337   const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
7338   const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
7339   assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
7340          "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
7341   return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
7342 }
7343 
7344 /// Given an exit condition of 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can
7345 /// compute the backedge execution count.
7346 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
7347 ScalarEvolution::computeLoadConstantCompareExitLimit(
7348   LoadInst *LI,
7349   Constant *RHS,
7350   const Loop *L,
7351   ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
7352   if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
7353 
7354   // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
7355   // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
7356   GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
7357   if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
7358 
7359   // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
7360   // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
7361   GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
7362   if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
7363       GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
7364       !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
7365     return getCouldNotCompute();
7366 
7367   // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
7368   Value *VarIdx = nullptr;
7369   std::vector<Constant*> Indexes;
7370   unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
7371   for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
7372     if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7373       Indexes.push_back(CI);
7374     } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
7375       if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
7376       VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
7377       VarIdxNum = i-2;
7378       Indexes.push_back(nullptr);
7379     }
7380 
7381   // Loop-invariant loads may be a byproduct of loop optimization. Skip them.
7382   if (!VarIdx)
7383     return getCouldNotCompute();
7384 
7385   // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
7386   // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
7387   const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
7388   Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
7389 
7390   // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
7391   // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
7392   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
7393   if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || isLoopInvariant(IdxExpr, L) ||
7394       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
7395       !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
7396     return getCouldNotCompute();
7397 
7398   unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
7399   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
7400     ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
7401                            cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
7402     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
7403 
7404     // Form the GEP offset.
7405     Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
7406 
7407     Constant *Result = ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPIndices(GV->getInitializer(),
7408                                                          Indexes);
7409     if (!Result) break;  // Cannot compute!
7410 
7411     // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
7412     Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
7413     if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
7414     if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
7415       ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
7416       return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
7417     }
7418   }
7419   return getCouldNotCompute();
7420 }
7421 
7422 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit ScalarEvolution::computeShiftCompareExitLimit(
7423     Value *LHS, Value *RHSV, const Loop *L, ICmpInst::Predicate Pred) {
7424   ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSV);
7425   if (!RHS)
7426     return getCouldNotCompute();
7427 
7428   const BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7429   if (!Latch)
7430     return getCouldNotCompute();
7431 
7432   const BasicBlock *Predecessor = L->getLoopPredecessor();
7433   if (!Predecessor)
7434     return getCouldNotCompute();
7435 
7436   // Return true if V is of the form "LHS `shift_op` <positive constant>".
7437   // Return LHS in OutLHS and shift_opt in OutOpCode.
7438   auto MatchPositiveShift =
7439       [](Value *V, Value *&OutLHS, Instruction::BinaryOps &OutOpCode) {
7440 
7441     using namespace PatternMatch;
7442 
7443     ConstantInt *ShiftAmt;
7444     if (match(V, m_LShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7445       OutOpCode = Instruction::LShr;
7446     else if (match(V, m_AShr(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7447       OutOpCode = Instruction::AShr;
7448     else if (match(V, m_Shl(m_Value(OutLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
7449       OutOpCode = Instruction::Shl;
7450     else
7451       return false;
7452 
7453     return ShiftAmt->getValue().isStrictlyPositive();
7454   };
7455 
7456   // Recognize a "shift recurrence" either of the form %iv or of %iv.shifted in
7457   //
7458   // loop:
7459   //   %iv = phi i32 [ %iv.shifted, %loop ], [ %val, %preheader ]
7460   //   %iv.shifted = lshr i32 %iv, <positive constant>
7461   //
7462   // Return true on a successful match.  Return the corresponding PHI node (%iv
7463   // above) in PNOut and the opcode of the shift operation in OpCodeOut.
7464   auto MatchShiftRecurrence =
7465       [&](Value *V, PHINode *&PNOut, Instruction::BinaryOps &OpCodeOut) {
7466     Optional<Instruction::BinaryOps> PostShiftOpCode;
7467 
7468     {
7469       Instruction::BinaryOps OpC;
7470       Value *V;
7471 
7472       // If we encounter a shift instruction, "peel off" the shift operation,
7473       // and remember that we did so.  Later when we inspect %iv's backedge
7474       // value, we will make sure that the backedge value uses the same
7475       // operation.
7476       //
7477       // Note: the peeled shift operation does not have to be the same
7478       // instruction as the one feeding into the PHI's backedge value.  We only
7479       // really care about it being the same *kind* of shift instruction --
7480       // that's all that is required for our later inferences to hold.
7481       if (MatchPositiveShift(LHS, V, OpC)) {
7482         PostShiftOpCode = OpC;
7483         LHS = V;
7484       }
7485     }
7486 
7487     PNOut = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LHS);
7488     if (!PNOut || PNOut->getParent() != L->getHeader())
7489       return false;
7490 
7491     Value *BEValue = PNOut->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7492     Value *OpLHS;
7493 
7494     return
7495         // The backedge value for the PHI node must be a shift by a positive
7496         // amount
7497         MatchPositiveShift(BEValue, OpLHS, OpCodeOut) &&
7498 
7499         // of the PHI node itself
7500         OpLHS == PNOut &&
7501 
7502         // and the kind of shift should be match the kind of shift we peeled
7503         // off, if any.
7504         (!PostShiftOpCode.hasValue() || *PostShiftOpCode == OpCodeOut);
7505   };
7506 
7507   PHINode *PN;
7508   Instruction::BinaryOps OpCode;
7509   if (!MatchShiftRecurrence(LHS, PN, OpCode))
7510     return getCouldNotCompute();
7511 
7512   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7513 
7514   // The key rationale for this optimization is that for some kinds of shift
7515   // recurrences, the value of the recurrence "stabilizes" to either 0 or -1
7516   // within a finite number of iterations.  If the condition guarding the
7517   // backedge (in the sense that the backedge is taken if the condition is true)
7518   // is false for the value the shift recurrence stabilizes to, then we know
7519   // that the backedge is taken only a finite number of times.
7520 
7521   ConstantInt *StableValue = nullptr;
7522   switch (OpCode) {
7523   default:
7524     llvm_unreachable("Impossible case!");
7525 
7526   case Instruction::AShr: {
7527     // {K,ashr,<positive-constant>} stabilizes to signum(K) in at most
7528     // bitwidth(K) iterations.
7529     Value *FirstValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor);
7530     KnownBits Known = computeKnownBits(FirstValue, DL, 0, nullptr,
7531                                        Predecessor->getTerminator(), &DT);
7532     auto *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType());
7533     if (Known.isNonNegative())
7534       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, 0);
7535     else if (Known.isNegative())
7536       StableValue = ConstantInt::get(Ty, -1, true);
7537     else
7538       return getCouldNotCompute();
7539 
7540     break;
7541   }
7542   case Instruction::LShr:
7543   case Instruction::Shl:
7544     // Both {K,lshr,<positive-constant>} and {K,shl,<positive-constant>}
7545     // stabilize to 0 in at most bitwidth(K) iterations.
7546     StableValue = ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType()), 0);
7547     break;
7548   }
7549 
7550   auto *Result =
7551       ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(Pred, StableValue, RHS, DL, &TLI);
7552   assert(Result->getType()->isIntegerTy(1) &&
7553          "Otherwise cannot be an operand to a branch instruction");
7554 
7555   if (Result->isZeroValue()) {
7556     unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
7557     const SCEV *UpperBound =
7558         getConstant(getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()), BitWidth);
7559     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute(), UpperBound, false);
7560   }
7561 
7562   return getCouldNotCompute();
7563 }
7564 
7565 /// Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the specified type,
7566 /// assuming that all operands were constants.
7567 static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
7568   if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
7569       isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I) ||
7570       isa<LoadInst>(I))
7571     return true;
7572 
7573   if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
7574     if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
7575       return canConstantFoldCallTo(CI, F);
7576   return false;
7577 }
7578 
7579 /// Determine whether this instruction can constant evolve within this loop
7580 /// assuming its operands can all constant evolve.
7581 static bool canConstantEvolve(Instruction *I, const Loop *L) {
7582   // An instruction outside of the loop can't be derived from a loop PHI.
7583   if (!L->contains(I)) return false;
7584 
7585   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) {
7586     // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
7587     // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
7588     return L->getHeader() == I->getParent();
7589   }
7590 
7591   // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
7592   // are constants, bail early.
7593   return CanConstantFold(I);
7594 }
7595 
7596 /// getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands - Implement getConstantEvolvingPHI by
7597 /// recursing through each instruction operand until reaching a loop header phi.
7598 static PHINode *
7599 getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(Instruction *UseInst, const Loop *L,
7600                                DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> &PHIMap,
7601                                unsigned Depth) {
7602   if (Depth > MaxConstantEvolvingDepth)
7603     return nullptr;
7604 
7605   // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
7606   // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
7607   PHINode *PHI = nullptr;
7608   for (Value *Op : UseInst->operands()) {
7609     if (isa<Constant>(Op)) continue;
7610 
7611     Instruction *OpInst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op);
7612     if (!OpInst || !canConstantEvolve(OpInst, L)) return nullptr;
7613 
7614     PHINode *P = dyn_cast<PHINode>(OpInst);
7615     if (!P)
7616       // If this operand is already visited, reuse the prior result.
7617       // We may have P != PHI if this is the deepest point at which the
7618       // inconsistent paths meet.
7619       P = PHIMap.lookup(OpInst);
7620     if (!P) {
7621       // Recurse and memoize the results, whether a phi is found or not.
7622       // This recursive call invalidates pointers into PHIMap.
7623       P = getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(OpInst, L, PHIMap, Depth + 1);
7624       PHIMap[OpInst] = P;
7625     }
7626     if (!P)
7627       return nullptr;  // Not evolving from PHI
7628     if (PHI && PHI != P)
7629       return nullptr;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
7630     PHI = P;
7631   }
7632   // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
7633   return PHI;
7634 }
7635 
7636 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
7637 /// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
7638 /// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
7639 /// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
7640 /// constraints, return null.
7641 static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
7642   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7643   if (!I || !canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7644 
7645   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
7646     return PN;
7647 
7648   // Record non-constant instructions contained by the loop.
7649   DenseMap<Instruction *, PHINode *> PHIMap;
7650   return getConstantEvolvingPHIOperands(I, L, PHIMap, 0);
7651 }
7652 
7653 /// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
7654 /// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
7655 /// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
7656 /// reason, return null.
7657 static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, const Loop *L,
7658                                     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> &Vals,
7659                                     const DataLayout &DL,
7660                                     const TargetLibraryInfo *TLI) {
7661   // Convenient constant check, but redundant for recursive calls.
7662   if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
7663   Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
7664   if (!I) return nullptr;
7665 
7666   if (Constant *C = Vals.lookup(I)) return C;
7667 
7668   // An instruction inside the loop depends on a value outside the loop that we
7669   // weren't given a mapping for, or a value such as a call inside the loop.
7670   if (!canConstantEvolve(I, L)) return nullptr;
7671 
7672   // An unmapped PHI can be due to a branch or another loop inside this loop,
7673   // or due to this not being the initial iteration through a loop where we
7674   // couldn't compute the evolution of this particular PHI last time.
7675   if (isa<PHINode>(I)) return nullptr;
7676 
7677   std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
7678 
7679   for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7680     Instruction *Operand = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i));
7681     if (!Operand) {
7682       Operands[i] = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(i));
7683       if (!Operands[i]) return nullptr;
7684       continue;
7685     }
7686     Constant *C = EvaluateExpression(Operand, L, Vals, DL, TLI);
7687     Vals[Operand] = C;
7688     if (!C) return nullptr;
7689     Operands[i] = C;
7690   }
7691 
7692   if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
7693     return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
7694                                            Operands[1], DL, TLI);
7695   if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
7696     if (!LI->isVolatile())
7697       return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
7698   }
7699   return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, TLI);
7700 }
7701 
7702 
7703 // If every incoming value to PN except the one for BB is a specific Constant,
7704 // return that, else return nullptr.
7705 static Constant *getOtherIncomingValue(PHINode *PN, BasicBlock *BB) {
7706   Constant *IncomingVal = nullptr;
7707 
7708   for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
7709     if (PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == BB)
7710       continue;
7711 
7712     auto *CurrentVal = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i));
7713     if (!CurrentVal)
7714       return nullptr;
7715 
7716     if (IncomingVal != CurrentVal) {
7717       if (IncomingVal)
7718         return nullptr;
7719       IncomingVal = CurrentVal;
7720     }
7721   }
7722 
7723   return IncomingVal;
7724 }
7725 
7726 /// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
7727 /// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
7728 /// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
7729 /// involving constants, fold it.
7730 Constant *
7731 ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
7732                                                    const APInt &BEs,
7733                                                    const Loop *L) {
7734   auto I = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
7735   if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
7736     return I->second;
7737 
7738   if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
7739     return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = nullptr;  // Not going to evaluate it.
7740 
7741   Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
7742 
7743   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7744   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7745   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7746 
7747   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7748   if (!Latch)
7749     return nullptr;
7750 
7751   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
7752     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
7753       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
7754   }
7755   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7756     return RetVal = nullptr;
7757 
7758   Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7759 
7760   // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
7761   assert(BEs.getActiveBits() < CHAR_BIT * sizeof(unsigned) &&
7762          "BEs is <= MaxBruteForceIterations which is an 'unsigned'!");
7763 
7764   unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
7765   unsigned IterationNum = 0;
7766   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7767   for (; ; ++IterationNum) {
7768     if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
7769       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];  // Got exit value!
7770 
7771     // Compute the value of the PHIs for the next iteration.
7772     // EvaluateExpression adds non-phi values to the CurrentIterVals map.
7773     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7774     Constant *NextPHI =
7775         EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7776     if (!NextPHI)
7777       return nullptr;        // Couldn't evaluate!
7778     NextIterVals[PN] = NextPHI;
7779 
7780     bool StoppedEvolving = NextPHI == CurrentIterVals[PN];
7781 
7782     // Also evaluate the other PHI nodes.  However, we don't get to stop if we
7783     // cease to be able to evaluate one of them or if they stop evolving,
7784     // because that doesn't necessarily prevent us from computing PN.
7785     SmallVector<std::pair<PHINode *, Constant *>, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7786     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7787       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7788       if (!PHI || PHI == PN || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7789       PHIsToCompute.emplace_back(PHI, I.second);
7790     }
7791     // We use two distinct loops because EvaluateExpression may invalidate any
7792     // iterators into CurrentIterVals.
7793     for (const auto &I : PHIsToCompute) {
7794       PHINode *PHI = I.first;
7795       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7796       if (!NextPHI) {   // Not already computed.
7797         Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7798         NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7799       }
7800       if (NextPHI != I.second)
7801         StoppedEvolving = false;
7802     }
7803 
7804     // If all entries in CurrentIterVals == NextIterVals then we can stop
7805     // iterating, the loop can't continue to change.
7806     if (StoppedEvolving)
7807       return RetVal = CurrentIterVals[PN];
7808 
7809     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7810   }
7811 }
7812 
7813 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeExitCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
7814                                                           Value *Cond,
7815                                                           bool ExitWhen) {
7816   PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
7817   if (!PN) return getCouldNotCompute();
7818 
7819   // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
7820   // That's the only form we support here.
7821   if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
7822 
7823   DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> CurrentIterVals;
7824   BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
7825   assert(PN->getParent() == Header && "Can't evaluate PHI not in loop header!");
7826 
7827   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
7828   assert(Latch && "Should follow from NumIncomingValues == 2!");
7829 
7830   for (PHINode &PHI : Header->phis()) {
7831     if (auto *StartCST = getOtherIncomingValue(&PHI, Latch))
7832       CurrentIterVals[&PHI] = StartCST;
7833   }
7834   if (!CurrentIterVals.count(PN))
7835     return getCouldNotCompute();
7836 
7837   // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
7838   // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
7839   // "ExitWhen".
7840   unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
7841   const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
7842   for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxIterations;++IterationNum){
7843     auto *CondVal = dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(
7844         EvaluateExpression(Cond, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI));
7845 
7846     // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
7847     if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
7848 
7849     if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
7850       ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
7851       return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
7852     }
7853 
7854     // Update all the PHI nodes for the next iteration.
7855     DenseMap<Instruction *, Constant *> NextIterVals;
7856 
7857     // Create a list of which PHIs we need to compute. We want to do this before
7858     // calling EvaluateExpression on them because that may invalidate iterators
7859     // into CurrentIterVals.
7860     SmallVector<PHINode *, 8> PHIsToCompute;
7861     for (const auto &I : CurrentIterVals) {
7862       PHINode *PHI = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I.first);
7863       if (!PHI || PHI->getParent() != Header) continue;
7864       PHIsToCompute.push_back(PHI);
7865     }
7866     for (PHINode *PHI : PHIsToCompute) {
7867       Constant *&NextPHI = NextIterVals[PHI];
7868       if (NextPHI) continue;    // Already computed!
7869 
7870       Value *BEValue = PHI->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch);
7871       NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, L, CurrentIterVals, DL, &TLI);
7872     }
7873     CurrentIterVals.swap(NextIterVals);
7874   }
7875 
7876   // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
7877   return getCouldNotCompute();
7878 }
7879 
7880 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
7881   SmallVector<std::pair<const Loop *, const SCEV *>, 2> &Values =
7882       ValuesAtScopes[V];
7883   // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
7884   for (auto &LS : Values)
7885     if (LS.first == L)
7886       return LS.second ? LS.second : V;
7887 
7888   Values.emplace_back(L, nullptr);
7889 
7890   // Otherwise compute it.
7891   const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
7892   for (auto &LS : reverse(ValuesAtScopes[V]))
7893     if (LS.first == L) {
7894       LS.second = C;
7895       break;
7896     }
7897   return C;
7898 }
7899 
7900 /// This builds up a Constant using the ConstantExpr interface.  That way, we
7901 /// will return Constants for objects which aren't represented by a
7902 /// SCEVConstant, because SCEVConstant is restricted to ConstantInt.
7903 /// Returns NULL if the SCEV isn't representable as a Constant.
7904 static Constant *BuildConstantFromSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
7905   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(V->getSCEVType())) {
7906     case scCouldNotCompute:
7907     case scAddRecExpr:
7908       break;
7909     case scConstant:
7910       return cast<SCEVConstant>(V)->getValue();
7911     case scUnknown:
7912       return dyn_cast<Constant>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)->getValue());
7913     case scSignExtend: {
7914       const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V);
7915       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SS->getOperand()))
7916         return ConstantExpr::getSExt(CastOp, SS->getType());
7917       break;
7918     }
7919     case scZeroExtend: {
7920       const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V);
7921       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SZ->getOperand()))
7922         return ConstantExpr::getZExt(CastOp, SZ->getType());
7923       break;
7924     }
7925     case scTruncate: {
7926       const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V);
7927       if (Constant *CastOp = BuildConstantFromSCEV(ST->getOperand()))
7928         return ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CastOp, ST->getType());
7929       break;
7930     }
7931     case scAddExpr: {
7932       const SCEVAddExpr *SA = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(V);
7933       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(0))) {
7934         if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7935           unsigned AS = PTy->getAddressSpace();
7936           Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7937           C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7938         }
7939         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SA->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7940           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SA->getOperand(i));
7941           if (!C2) return nullptr;
7942 
7943           // First pointer!
7944           if (!C->getType()->isPointerTy() && C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) {
7945             unsigned AS = C2->getType()->getPointerAddressSpace();
7946             std::swap(C, C2);
7947             Type *DestPtrTy = Type::getInt8PtrTy(C->getContext(), AS);
7948             // The offsets have been converted to bytes.  We can add bytes to an
7949             // i8* by GEP with the byte count in the first index.
7950             C = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(C, DestPtrTy);
7951           }
7952 
7953           // Don't bother trying to sum two pointers. We probably can't
7954           // statically compute a load that results from it anyway.
7955           if (C2->getType()->isPointerTy())
7956             return nullptr;
7957 
7958           if (PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(C->getType())) {
7959             if (PTy->getElementType()->isStructTy())
7960               C2 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(
7961                   C2, Type::getInt32Ty(C->getContext()), true);
7962             C = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(PTy->getElementType(), C, C2);
7963           } else
7964             C = ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, C2);
7965         }
7966         return C;
7967       }
7968       break;
7969     }
7970     case scMulExpr: {
7971       const SCEVMulExpr *SM = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(V);
7972       if (Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(0))) {
7973         // Don't bother with pointers at all.
7974         if (C->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7975         for (unsigned i = 1, e = SM->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
7976           Constant *C2 = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SM->getOperand(i));
7977           if (!C2 || C2->getType()->isPointerTy()) return nullptr;
7978           C = ConstantExpr::getMul(C, C2);
7979         }
7980         return C;
7981       }
7982       break;
7983     }
7984     case scUDivExpr: {
7985       const SCEVUDivExpr *SU = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V);
7986       if (Constant *LHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getLHS()))
7987         if (Constant *RHS = BuildConstantFromSCEV(SU->getRHS()))
7988           if (LHS->getType() == RHS->getType())
7989             return ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHS, RHS);
7990       break;
7991     }
7992     case scSMaxExpr:
7993     case scUMaxExpr:
7994       break; // TODO: smax, umax.
7995   }
7996   return nullptr;
7997 }
7998 
7999 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
8000   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
8001 
8002   // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
8003   // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
8004   if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
8005     if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
8006       const Loop *LI = this->LI[I->getParent()];
8007       if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
8008         if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
8009           if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
8010             // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
8011             // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
8012             // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
8013             // value.
8014             const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
8015             if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
8016                   dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
8017 
8018               // This trivial case can show up in some degenerate cases where
8019               // the incoming IR has not yet been fully simplified.
8020               if (BTCC->getValue()->isZero()) {
8021                 Value *InitValue = nullptr;
8022                 bool MultipleInitValues = false;
8023                 for (unsigned i = 0; i < PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i++) {
8024                   if (!LI->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
8025                     if (!InitValue)
8026                       InitValue = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
8027                     else if (InitValue != PN->getIncomingValue(i)) {
8028                       MultipleInitValues = true;
8029                       break;
8030                     }
8031                   }
8032                   if (!MultipleInitValues && InitValue)
8033                     return getSCEV(InitValue);
8034                 }
8035               }
8036               // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
8037               // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
8038               // the specified iteration number.
8039               Constant *RV =
8040                   getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN, BTCC->getAPInt(), LI);
8041               if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
8042             }
8043           }
8044 
8045       // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
8046       // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
8047       // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
8048       // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
8049       if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
8050         SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
8051         bool MadeImprovement = false;
8052         for (Value *Op : I->operands()) {
8053           if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
8054             Operands.push_back(C);
8055             continue;
8056           }
8057 
8058           // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
8059           // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
8060           // with scev techniques.
8061           if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
8062             return V;
8063 
8064           const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
8065           const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
8066           MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
8067 
8068           Constant *C = BuildConstantFromSCEV(OpV);
8069           if (!C) return V;
8070           if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
8071             C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
8072                                                               Op->getType(),
8073                                                               false),
8074                                       C, Op->getType());
8075           Operands.push_back(C);
8076         }
8077 
8078         // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
8079         if (MadeImprovement) {
8080           Constant *C = nullptr;
8081           const DataLayout &DL = getDataLayout();
8082           if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
8083             C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
8084                                                 Operands[1], DL, &TLI);
8085           else if (const LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
8086             if (!LI->isVolatile())
8087               C = ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Operands[0], LI->getType(), DL);
8088           } else
8089             C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I, Operands, DL, &TLI);
8090           if (!C) return V;
8091           return getSCEV(C);
8092         }
8093       }
8094     }
8095 
8096     // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
8097     return V;
8098   }
8099 
8100   if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
8101     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
8102     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
8103     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8104       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
8105       if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
8106         // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
8107         // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
8108         SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
8109                                             Comm->op_begin()+i);
8110         NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8111 
8112         for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
8113           OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
8114           NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8115         }
8116         if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
8117           return getAddExpr(NewOps);
8118         if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
8119           return getMulExpr(NewOps);
8120         if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
8121           return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
8122         if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
8123           return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
8124         llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
8125       }
8126     }
8127     // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
8128     return Comm;
8129   }
8130 
8131   if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
8132     const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
8133     const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
8134     if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
8135       return Div;   // must be loop invariant
8136     return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
8137   }
8138 
8139   // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
8140   // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
8141   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
8142     // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
8143     // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
8144     // expression has no loop-variant portions.
8145     for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
8146       const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
8147       if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
8148         continue;
8149 
8150       // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
8151       // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
8152       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
8153                                           AddRec->op_begin()+i);
8154       NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
8155       for (++i; i != e; ++i)
8156         NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
8157 
8158       const SCEV *FoldedRec =
8159         getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
8160                       AddRec->getNoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNW));
8161       AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoldedRec);
8162       // The addrec may be folded to a nonrecurrence, for example, if the
8163       // induction variable is multiplied by zero after constant folding. Go
8164       // ahead and return the folded value.
8165       if (!AddRec)
8166         return FoldedRec;
8167       break;
8168     }
8169 
8170     // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
8171     // loop exit value of the addrec.
8172     if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
8173       // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
8174       // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
8175       const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
8176       if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
8177 
8178       // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
8179       return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
8180     }
8181 
8182     return AddRec;
8183   }
8184 
8185   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
8186     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8187     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8188       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8189     return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8190   }
8191 
8192   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
8193     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8194     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8195       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8196     return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8197   }
8198 
8199   if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
8200     const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
8201     if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
8202       return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
8203     return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
8204   }
8205 
8206   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
8207 }
8208 
8209 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
8210   return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
8211 }
8212 
8213 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::stripInjectiveFunctions(const SCEV *S) const {
8214   if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S))
8215     return stripInjectiveFunctions(ZExt->getOperand());
8216   if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
8217     return stripInjectiveFunctions(SExt->getOperand());
8218   return S;
8219 }
8220 
8221 /// Finds the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8222 ///
8223 ///     A * X = B (mod N)
8224 ///
8225 /// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
8226 /// A and B isn't important.
8227 ///
8228 /// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
8229 static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const SCEV *B,
8230                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8231   uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
8232   assert(BW == SE.getTypeSizeInBits(B->getType()));
8233   assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
8234 
8235   // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
8236   //
8237   // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
8238   // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
8239   uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
8240   // D = 2^Mult2
8241 
8242   // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
8243   //
8244   // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
8245   // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
8246   if (SE.GetMinTrailingZeros(B) < Mult2)
8247     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
8248 
8249   // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
8250   // modulo (N / D).
8251   //
8252   // If D == 1, (N / D) == N == 2^BW, so we need one extra bit to represent
8253   // (N / D) in general. The inverse itself always fits into BW bits, though,
8254   // so we immediately truncate it.
8255   APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
8256   APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
8257   Mod.setBit(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
8258   APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod).trunc(BW);
8259 
8260   // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
8261   // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
8262   // To simplify the computation, we factor out the divide by D:
8263   // (I * B mod N) / D
8264   const SCEV *D = SE.getConstant(APInt::getOneBitSet(BW, Mult2));
8265   return SE.getUDivExactExpr(SE.getMulExpr(B, SE.getConstant(I)), D);
8266 }
8267 
8268 /// Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the given quadratic chrec
8269 /// {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which might be the same) or
8270 /// two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
8271 static Optional<std::pair<const SCEVConstant *,const SCEVConstant *>>
8272 SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
8273   assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
8274   const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
8275   const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
8276   const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
8277 
8278   // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
8279   if (!LC || !MC || !NC)
8280     return None;
8281 
8282   uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getAPInt().getBitWidth();
8283   const APInt &L = LC->getAPInt();
8284   const APInt &M = MC->getAPInt();
8285   const APInt &N = NC->getAPInt();
8286   APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
8287 
8288   // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
8289 
8290   // The A coefficient is N/2
8291   APInt A = N.sdiv(Two);
8292 
8293   // The B coefficient is M-N/2
8294   APInt B = M;
8295   B -= A; // A is the same as N/2.
8296 
8297   // The C coefficient is L.
8298   const APInt& C = L;
8299 
8300   // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
8301   APInt SqrtTerm = B;
8302   SqrtTerm *= B;
8303   SqrtTerm -= 4 * (A * C);
8304 
8305   if (SqrtTerm.isNegative()) {
8306     // The loop is provably infinite.
8307     return None;
8308   }
8309 
8310   // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
8311   // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
8312   APInt SqrtVal = SqrtTerm.sqrt();
8313 
8314   // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
8315   // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
8316   APInt NegB = -std::move(B);
8317   APInt TwoA = std::move(A);
8318   TwoA <<= 1;
8319   if (TwoA.isNullValue())
8320     return None;
8321 
8322   LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
8323 
8324   ConstantInt *Solution1 =
8325     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8326   ConstantInt *Solution2 =
8327     ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
8328 
8329   return std::make_pair(cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution1)),
8330                         cast<SCEVConstant>(SE.getConstant(Solution2)));
8331 }
8332 
8333 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8334 ScalarEvolution::howFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L, bool ControlsExit,
8335                               bool AllowPredicates) {
8336 
8337   // This is only used for loops with a "x != y" exit test. The exit condition
8338   // is now expressed as a single expression, V = x-y. So the exit test is
8339   // effectively V != 0.  We know and take advantage of the fact that this
8340   // expression only being used in a comparison by zero context.
8341 
8342   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
8343   // If the value is a constant
8344   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8345     // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
8346     if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
8347     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8348   }
8349 
8350   const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec =
8351       dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(stripInjectiveFunctions(V));
8352 
8353   if (!AddRec && AllowPredicates)
8354     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
8355     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
8356     // algorithm below.
8357     AddRec = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(V, L, Predicates);
8358 
8359   if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
8360     return getCouldNotCompute();
8361 
8362   // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
8363   // the quadratic equation to solve it.
8364   if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
8365     if (auto Roots = SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec, *this)) {
8366       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
8367       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
8368       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
8369       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
8370               CmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
8371         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
8372           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
8373 
8374         // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
8375         // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
8376         // should not accept a root of 2.
8377         const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
8378         if (Val->isZero())
8379           // We found a quadratic root!
8380           return ExitLimit(R1, R1, false, Predicates);
8381       }
8382     }
8383     return getCouldNotCompute();
8384   }
8385 
8386   // Otherwise we can only handle this if it is affine.
8387   if (!AddRec->isAffine())
8388     return getCouldNotCompute();
8389 
8390   // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
8391   // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
8392   //
8393   //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
8394   //
8395   // equivalent to:
8396   //
8397   //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
8398   //
8399   // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
8400 
8401   // Get the initial value for the loop.
8402   const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(), L->getParentLoop());
8403   const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1), L->getParentLoop());
8404 
8405   // For now we handle only constant steps.
8406   //
8407   // TODO: Handle a nonconstant Step given AddRec<NUW>. If the
8408   // AddRec is NUW, then (in an unsigned sense) it cannot be counting up to wrap
8409   // to 0, it must be counting down to equal 0. Consequently, N = Start / -Step.
8410   // We have not yet seen any such cases.
8411   const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step);
8412   if (!StepC || StepC->getValue()->isZero())
8413     return getCouldNotCompute();
8414 
8415   // For positive steps (counting up until unsigned overflow):
8416   //   N = -Start/Step (as unsigned)
8417   // For negative steps (counting down to zero):
8418   //   N = Start/-Step
8419   // First compute the unsigned distance from zero in the direction of Step.
8420   bool CountDown = StepC->getAPInt().isNegative();
8421   const SCEV *Distance = CountDown ? Start : getNegativeSCEV(Start);
8422 
8423   // Handle unitary steps, which cannot wraparound.
8424   // 1*N = -Start; -1*N = Start (mod 2^BW), so:
8425   //   N = Distance (as unsigned)
8426   if (StepC->getValue()->isOne() || StepC->getValue()->isMinusOne()) {
8427     APInt MaxBECount = getUnsignedRangeMax(Distance);
8428 
8429     // When a loop like "for (int i = 0; i != n; ++i) { /* body */ }" is rotated,
8430     // we end up with a loop whose backedge-taken count is n - 1.  Detect this
8431     // case, and see if we can improve the bound.
8432     //
8433     // Explicitly handling this here is necessary because getUnsignedRange
8434     // isn't context-sensitive; it doesn't know that we only care about the
8435     // range inside the loop.
8436     const SCEV *Zero = getZero(Distance->getType());
8437     const SCEV *One = getOne(Distance->getType());
8438     const SCEV *DistancePlusOne = getAddExpr(Distance, One);
8439     if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, DistancePlusOne, Zero)) {
8440       // If Distance + 1 doesn't overflow, we can compute the maximum distance
8441       // as "unsigned_max(Distance + 1) - 1".
8442       ConstantRange CR = getUnsignedRange(DistancePlusOne);
8443       MaxBECount = APIntOps::umin(MaxBECount, CR.getUnsignedMax() - 1);
8444     }
8445     return ExitLimit(Distance, getConstant(MaxBECount), false, Predicates);
8446   }
8447 
8448   // If the condition controls loop exit (the loop exits only if the expression
8449   // is true) and the addition is no-wrap we can use unsigned divide to
8450   // compute the backedge count.  In this case, the step may not divide the
8451   // distance, but we don't care because if the condition is "missed" the loop
8452   // will have undefined behavior due to wrapping.
8453   if (ControlsExit && AddRec->hasNoSelfWrap() &&
8454       loopHasNoAbnormalExits(AddRec->getLoop())) {
8455     const SCEV *Exact =
8456         getUDivExpr(Distance, CountDown ? getNegativeSCEV(Step) : Step);
8457     const SCEV *Max =
8458         Exact == getCouldNotCompute()
8459             ? Exact
8460             : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(Exact));
8461     return ExitLimit(Exact, Max, false, Predicates);
8462   }
8463 
8464   // Solve the general equation.
8465   const SCEV *E = SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getAPInt(),
8466                                                getNegativeSCEV(Start), *this);
8467   const SCEV *M = E == getCouldNotCompute()
8468                       ? E
8469                       : getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(E));
8470   return ExitLimit(E, M, false, Predicates);
8471 }
8472 
8473 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
8474 ScalarEvolution::howFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
8475   // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
8476   // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
8477   // future as needed.
8478 
8479   // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
8480   // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
8481   if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
8482     if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
8483       return getZero(C->getType());
8484     return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
8485   }
8486 
8487   // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
8488   // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
8489   return getCouldNotCompute();
8490 }
8491 
8492 std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
8493 ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
8494   // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
8495   // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
8496   // from the predecessor to the block.
8497   if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
8498     return {Pred, BB};
8499 
8500   // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
8501   // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
8502   // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
8503   if (Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(BB))
8504     return {L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader()};
8505 
8506   return {nullptr, nullptr};
8507 }
8508 
8509 /// SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for testing whether two
8510 /// expressions are equal, however for the purposes of looking for a condition
8511 /// guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little more general, since a
8512 /// front-end may have replicated the controlling expression.
8513 static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
8514   // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
8515   if (A == B) return true;
8516 
8517   auto ComputesEqualValues = [](const Instruction *A, const Instruction *B) {
8518     // Not all instructions that are "identical" compute the same value.  For
8519     // instance, two distinct alloca instructions allocating the same type are
8520     // identical and do not read memory; but compute distinct values.
8521     return A->isIdenticalTo(B) && (isa<BinaryOperator>(A) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(A));
8522   };
8523 
8524   // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
8525   // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
8526   if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
8527     if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
8528       if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
8529         if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
8530           if (ComputesEqualValues(AI, BI))
8531             return true;
8532 
8533   // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
8534   return false;
8535 }
8536 
8537 bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
8538                                            const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS,
8539                                            unsigned Depth) {
8540   bool Changed = false;
8541 
8542   // If we hit the max recursion limit bail out.
8543   if (Depth >= 3)
8544     return false;
8545 
8546   // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
8547   if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
8548     // Check for both operands constant.
8549     if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8550       if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
8551                                 LHSC->getValue(),
8552                                 RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
8553         goto trivially_false;
8554       else
8555         goto trivially_true;
8556     }
8557     // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
8558     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8559     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8560     Changed = true;
8561   }
8562 
8563   // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
8564   // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
8565   // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
8566   if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
8567     const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
8568     if (isLoopInvariant(LHS, L) && properlyDominates(LHS, L->getHeader())) {
8569       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8570       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8571       Changed = true;
8572     }
8573   }
8574 
8575   // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
8576   // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
8577   if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
8578     const APInt &RA = RC->getAPInt();
8579 
8580     bool SimplifiedByConstantRange = false;
8581 
8582     if (!ICmpInst::isEquality(Pred)) {
8583       ConstantRange ExactCR = ConstantRange::makeExactICmpRegion(Pred, RA);
8584       if (ExactCR.isFullSet())
8585         goto trivially_true;
8586       else if (ExactCR.isEmptySet())
8587         goto trivially_false;
8588 
8589       APInt NewRHS;
8590       CmpInst::Predicate NewPred;
8591       if (ExactCR.getEquivalentICmp(NewPred, NewRHS) &&
8592           ICmpInst::isEquality(NewPred)) {
8593         // We were able to convert an inequality to an equality.
8594         Pred = NewPred;
8595         RHS = getConstant(NewRHS);
8596         Changed = SimplifiedByConstantRange = true;
8597       }
8598     }
8599 
8600     if (!SimplifiedByConstantRange) {
8601       switch (Pred) {
8602       default:
8603         break;
8604       case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
8605       case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
8606         // Fold ((-1) * %a) + %b == 0 (equivalent to %b-%a == 0) into %a == %b.
8607         if (!RA)
8608           if (const SCEVAddExpr *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS))
8609             if (const SCEVMulExpr *ME =
8610                     dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(AE->getOperand(0)))
8611               if (AE->getNumOperands() == 2 && ME->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
8612                   ME->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue()) {
8613                 RHS = AE->getOperand(1);
8614                 LHS = ME->getOperand(1);
8615                 Changed = true;
8616               }
8617         break;
8618 
8619 
8620         // The "Should have been caught earlier!" messages refer to the fact
8621         // that the ExactCR.isFullSet() or ExactCR.isEmptySet() check above
8622         // should have fired on the corresponding cases, and canonicalized the
8623         // check to trivially_true or trivially_false.
8624 
8625       case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8626         assert(!RA.isMinValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8627         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8628         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8629         Changed = true;
8630         break;
8631       case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8632         assert(!RA.isMaxValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8633         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8634         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8635         Changed = true;
8636         break;
8637       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8638         assert(!RA.isMinSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8639         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8640         RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
8641         Changed = true;
8642         break;
8643       case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8644         assert(!RA.isMaxSignedValue() && "Should have been caught earlier!");
8645         Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8646         RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
8647         Changed = true;
8648         break;
8649       }
8650     }
8651   }
8652 
8653   // Check for obvious equality.
8654   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
8655     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
8656       goto trivially_true;
8657     if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
8658       goto trivially_false;
8659   }
8660 
8661   // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
8662   // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
8663   switch (Pred) {
8664   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
8665     if (!getSignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8666       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8667                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8668       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8669       Changed = true;
8670     } else if (!getSignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8671       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
8672                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8673       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
8674       Changed = true;
8675     }
8676     break;
8677   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8678     if (!getSignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinSignedValue()) {
8679       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
8680                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8681       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8682       Changed = true;
8683     } else if (!getSignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxSignedValue()) {
8684       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8685                        SCEV::FlagNSW);
8686       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
8687       Changed = true;
8688     }
8689     break;
8690   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8691     if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS).isMaxValue()) {
8692       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
8693                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8694       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8695       Changed = true;
8696     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(LHS).isMinValue()) {
8697       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS);
8698       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
8699       Changed = true;
8700     }
8701     break;
8702   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8703     if (!getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS).isMinValue()) {
8704       RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS);
8705       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8706       Changed = true;
8707     } else if (!getUnsignedRangeMax(LHS).isMaxValue()) {
8708       LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
8709                        SCEV::FlagNUW);
8710       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
8711       Changed = true;
8712     }
8713     break;
8714   default:
8715     break;
8716   }
8717 
8718   // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
8719 
8720   // Recursively simplify until we either hit a recursion limit or nothing
8721   // changes.
8722   if (Changed)
8723     return SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, Depth+1);
8724 
8725   return Changed;
8726 
8727 trivially_true:
8728   // Return 0 == 0.
8729   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8730   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
8731   return true;
8732 
8733 trivially_false:
8734   // Return 0 != 0.
8735   LHS = RHS = getConstant(ConstantInt::getFalse(getContext()));
8736   Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
8737   return true;
8738 }
8739 
8740 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8741   return getSignedRangeMax(S).isNegative();
8742 }
8743 
8744 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8745   return getSignedRangeMin(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8746 }
8747 
8748 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
8749   return !getSignedRangeMin(S).isNegative();
8750 }
8751 
8752 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
8753   return !getSignedRangeMax(S).isStrictlyPositive();
8754 }
8755 
8756 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
8757   return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
8758 }
8759 
8760 std::pair<const SCEV *, const SCEV *>
8761 ScalarEvolution::SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(const Loop *L, const SCEV *S) {
8762   // Compute SCEV on entry of loop L.
8763   const SCEV *Start = SCEVInitRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
8764   if (Start == getCouldNotCompute())
8765     return { Start, Start };
8766   // Compute post increment SCEV for loop L.
8767   const SCEV *PostInc = SCEVPostIncRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this);
8768   assert(PostInc != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected could not compute");
8769   return { Start, PostInc };
8770 }
8771 
8772 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaInduction(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8773                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8774   // First collect all loops.
8775   SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
8776   getUsedLoops(LHS, LoopsUsed);
8777   getUsedLoops(RHS, LoopsUsed);
8778 
8779   if (LoopsUsed.empty())
8780     return false;
8781 
8782   // Domination relationship must be a linear order on collected loops.
8783 #ifndef NDEBUG
8784   for (auto *L1 : LoopsUsed)
8785     for (auto *L2 : LoopsUsed)
8786       assert((DT.dominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader()) ||
8787               DT.dominates(L2->getHeader(), L1->getHeader())) &&
8788              "Domination relationship is not a linear order");
8789 #endif
8790 
8791   const Loop *MDL =
8792       *std::max_element(LoopsUsed.begin(), LoopsUsed.end(),
8793                         [&](const Loop *L1, const Loop *L2) {
8794          return DT.properlyDominates(L1->getHeader(), L2->getHeader());
8795        });
8796 
8797   // Get init and post increment value for LHS.
8798   auto SplitLHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, LHS);
8799   // if LHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
8800   if (SplitLHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
8801     return false;
8802   assert (SplitLHS.second != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
8803   // Get init and post increment value for RHS.
8804   auto SplitRHS = SplitIntoInitAndPostInc(MDL, RHS);
8805   // if RHS contains unknown non-invariant SCEV then bail out.
8806   if (SplitRHS.first == getCouldNotCompute())
8807     return false;
8808   assert (SplitRHS.second != getCouldNotCompute() && "Unexpected CNC");
8809   // It is possible that init SCEV contains an invariant load but it does
8810   // not dominate MDL and is not available at MDL loop entry, so we should
8811   // check it here.
8812   if (!isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitLHS.first, MDL) ||
8813       !isAvailableAtLoopEntry(SplitRHS.first, MDL))
8814     return false;
8815 
8816   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.first, SplitRHS.first) &&
8817          isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(MDL, Pred, SplitLHS.second,
8818                                      SplitRHS.second);
8819 }
8820 
8821 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8822                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8823   // Canonicalize the inputs first.
8824   (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8825 
8826   if (isKnownViaInduction(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8827     return true;
8828 
8829   if (isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(Pred, LHS, RHS))
8830     return true;
8831 
8832   // Otherwise see what can be done with some simple reasoning.
8833   return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS);
8834 }
8835 
8836 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownOnEveryIteration(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8837                                               const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8838                                               const SCEV *RHS) {
8839   const Loop *L = LHS->getLoop();
8840   return isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getStart(), RHS) &&
8841          isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, Pred, LHS->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS);
8842 }
8843 
8844 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicate(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8845                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8846                                            bool &Increasing) {
8847   bool Result = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(LHS, Pred, Increasing);
8848 
8849 #ifndef NDEBUG
8850   // Verify an invariant: inverting the predicate should turn a monotonically
8851   // increasing change to a monotonically decreasing one, and vice versa.
8852   bool IncreasingSwapped;
8853   bool ResultSwapped = isMonotonicPredicateImpl(
8854       LHS, ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred), IncreasingSwapped);
8855 
8856   assert(Result == ResultSwapped && "should be able to analyze both!");
8857   if (ResultSwapped)
8858     assert(Increasing == !IncreasingSwapped &&
8859            "monotonicity should flip as we flip the predicate");
8860 #endif
8861 
8862   return Result;
8863 }
8864 
8865 bool ScalarEvolution::isMonotonicPredicateImpl(const SCEVAddRecExpr *LHS,
8866                                                ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
8867                                                bool &Increasing) {
8868 
8869   // A zero step value for LHS means the induction variable is essentially a
8870   // loop invariant value. We don't really depend on the predicate actually
8871   // flipping from false to true (for increasing predicates, and the other way
8872   // around for decreasing predicates), all we care about is that *if* the
8873   // predicate changes then it only changes from false to true.
8874   //
8875   // A zero step value in itself is not very useful, but there may be places
8876   // where SCEV can prove X >= 0 but not prove X > 0, so it is helpful to be
8877   // as general as possible.
8878 
8879   switch (Pred) {
8880   default:
8881     return false; // Conservative answer
8882 
8883   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
8884   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
8885   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
8886   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
8887     if (!LHS->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
8888       return false;
8889 
8890     Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE;
8891     return true;
8892 
8893   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
8894   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
8895   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
8896   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
8897     if (!LHS->hasNoSignedWrap())
8898       return false;
8899 
8900     const SCEV *Step = LHS->getStepRecurrence(*this);
8901 
8902     if (isKnownNonNegative(Step)) {
8903       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
8904       return true;
8905     }
8906 
8907     if (isKnownNonPositive(Step)) {
8908       Increasing = Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT || Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
8909       return true;
8910     }
8911 
8912     return false;
8913   }
8914 
8915   }
8916 
8917   llvm_unreachable("switch has default clause!");
8918 }
8919 
8920 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariantPredicate(
8921     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS, const Loop *L,
8922     ICmpInst::Predicate &InvariantPred, const SCEV *&InvariantLHS,
8923     const SCEV *&InvariantRHS) {
8924 
8925   // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS, otherwise bail out.
8926   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
8927     if (!isLoopInvariant(LHS, L))
8928       return false;
8929 
8930     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
8931     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
8932   }
8933 
8934   const SCEVAddRecExpr *ArLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
8935   if (!ArLHS || ArLHS->getLoop() != L)
8936     return false;
8937 
8938   bool Increasing;
8939   if (!isMonotonicPredicate(ArLHS, Pred, Increasing))
8940     return false;
8941 
8942   // If the predicate "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" monotonically increases from false to
8943   // true as the loop iterates, and the backedge is control dependent on
8944   // "ArLHS `Pred` RHS" == true then we can reason as follows:
8945   //
8946   //   * if the predicate was false in the first iteration then the predicate
8947   //     is never evaluated again, since the loop exits without taking the
8948   //     backedge.
8949   //   * if the predicate was true in the first iteration then it will
8950   //     continue to be true for all future iterations since it is
8951   //     monotonically increasing.
8952   //
8953   // For both the above possibilities, we can replace the loop varying
8954   // predicate with its value on the first iteration of the loop (which is
8955   // loop invariant).
8956   //
8957   // A similar reasoning applies for a monotonically decreasing predicate, by
8958   // replacing true with false and false with true in the above two bullets.
8959 
8960   auto P = Increasing ? Pred : ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(Pred);
8961 
8962   if (!isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, P, LHS, RHS))
8963     return false;
8964 
8965   InvariantPred = Pred;
8966   InvariantLHS = ArLHS->getStart();
8967   InvariantRHS = RHS;
8968   return true;
8969 }
8970 
8971 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(
8972     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
8973   if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
8974     return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
8975 
8976   // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
8977   // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
8978 
8979   auto CheckRanges =
8980       [&](const ConstantRange &RangeLHS, const ConstantRange &RangeRHS) {
8981     return ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, RangeRHS)
8982         .contains(RangeLHS);
8983   };
8984 
8985   // The check at the top of the function catches the case where the values are
8986   // known to be equal.
8987   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
8988     return false;
8989 
8990   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_NE)
8991     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS)) ||
8992            CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS)) ||
8993            isKnownNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS));
8994 
8995   if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred))
8996     return CheckRanges(getSignedRange(LHS), getSignedRange(RHS));
8997 
8998   return CheckRanges(getUnsignedRange(LHS), getUnsignedRange(RHS));
8999 }
9000 
9001 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9002                                                     const SCEV *LHS,
9003                                                     const SCEV *RHS) {
9004   // Match Result to (X + Y)<ExpectedFlags> where Y is a constant integer.
9005   // Return Y via OutY.
9006   auto MatchBinaryAddToConst =
9007       [this](const SCEV *Result, const SCEV *X, APInt &OutY,
9008              SCEV::NoWrapFlags ExpectedFlags) {
9009     const SCEV *NonConstOp, *ConstOp;
9010     SCEV::NoWrapFlags FlagsPresent;
9011 
9012     if (!splitBinaryAdd(Result, ConstOp, NonConstOp, FlagsPresent) ||
9013         !isa<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp) || NonConstOp != X)
9014       return false;
9015 
9016     OutY = cast<SCEVConstant>(ConstOp)->getAPInt();
9017     return (FlagsPresent & ExpectedFlags) == ExpectedFlags;
9018   };
9019 
9020   APInt C;
9021 
9022   switch (Pred) {
9023   default:
9024     break;
9025 
9026   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9027     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9028     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9029   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9030     // X s<= (X + C)<nsw> if C >= 0
9031     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNonNegative())
9032       return true;
9033 
9034     // (X + C)<nsw> s<= X if C <= 0
9035     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
9036         !C.isStrictlyPositive())
9037       return true;
9038     break;
9039 
9040   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9041     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9042     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9043   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
9044     // X s< (X + C)<nsw> if C > 0
9045     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(RHS, LHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) &&
9046         C.isStrictlyPositive())
9047       return true;
9048 
9049     // (X + C)<nsw> s< X if C < 0
9050     if (MatchBinaryAddToConst(LHS, RHS, C, SCEV::FlagNSW) && C.isNegative())
9051       return true;
9052     break;
9053   }
9054 
9055   return false;
9056 }
9057 
9058 bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateViaSplitting(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9059                                                    const SCEV *LHS,
9060                                                    const SCEV *RHS) {
9061   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT || ProvingSplitPredicate)
9062     return false;
9063 
9064   // Allowing arbitrary number of activations of isKnownPredicateViaSplitting on
9065   // the stack can result in exponential time complexity.
9066   SaveAndRestore<bool> Restore(ProvingSplitPredicate, true);
9067 
9068   // If L >= 0 then I `ult` L <=> I >= 0 && I `slt` L
9069   //
9070   // To prove L >= 0 we use isKnownNonNegative whereas to prove I >= 0 we use
9071   // isKnownPredicate.  isKnownPredicate is more powerful, but also more
9072   // expensive; and using isKnownNonNegative(RHS) is sufficient for most of the
9073   // interesting cases seen in practice.  We can consider "upgrading" L >= 0 to
9074   // use isKnownPredicate later if needed.
9075   return isKnownNonNegative(RHS) &&
9076          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, getZero(LHS->getType())) &&
9077          isKnownPredicate(CmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
9078 }
9079 
9080 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaGuard(BasicBlock *BB,
9081                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9082                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9083   // No need to even try if we know the module has no guards.
9084   if (!HasGuards)
9085     return false;
9086 
9087   return any_of(*BB, [&](Instruction &I) {
9088     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
9089 
9090     Value *Condition;
9091     return match(&I, m_Intrinsic<Intrinsic::experimental_guard>(
9092                          m_Value(Condition))) &&
9093            isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, false);
9094   });
9095 }
9096 
9097 /// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
9098 /// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
9099 /// to eliminate casts.
9100 bool
9101 ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
9102                                              ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9103                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9104   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
9105   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
9106   if (!L) return true;
9107 
9108   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9109     return true;
9110 
9111   BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
9112   if (!Latch)
9113     return false;
9114 
9115   BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
9116     dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
9117   if (LoopContinuePredicate && LoopContinuePredicate->isConditional() &&
9118       isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9119                     LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(),
9120                     LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader()))
9121     return true;
9122 
9123   // We don't want more than one activation of the following loops on the stack
9124   // -- that can lead to O(n!) time complexity.
9125   if (WalkingBEDominatingConds)
9126     return false;
9127 
9128   SaveAndRestore<bool> ClearOnExit(WalkingBEDominatingConds, true);
9129 
9130   // See if we can exploit a trip count to prove the predicate.
9131   const auto &BETakenInfo = getBackedgeTakenInfo(L);
9132   const SCEV *LatchBECount = BETakenInfo.getExact(Latch, this);
9133   if (LatchBECount != getCouldNotCompute()) {
9134     // We know that Latch branches back to the loop header exactly
9135     // LatchBECount times.  This means the backdege condition at Latch is
9136     // equivalent to  "{0,+,1} u< LatchBECount".
9137     Type *Ty = LatchBECount->getType();
9138     auto NoWrapFlags = SCEV::NoWrapFlags(SCEV::FlagNUW | SCEV::FlagNW);
9139     const SCEV *LoopCounter =
9140       getAddRecExpr(getZero(Ty), getOne(Ty), L, NoWrapFlags);
9141     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LoopCounter,
9142                       LatchBECount))
9143       return true;
9144   }
9145 
9146   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
9147   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
9148     if (!AssumeVH)
9149       continue;
9150     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
9151     if (!DT.dominates(CI, Latch->getTerminator()))
9152       continue;
9153 
9154     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
9155       return true;
9156   }
9157 
9158   // If the loop is not reachable from the entry block, we risk running into an
9159   // infinite loop as we walk up into the dom tree.  These loops do not matter
9160   // anyway, so we just return a conservative answer when we see them.
9161   if (!DT.isReachableFromEntry(L->getHeader()))
9162     return false;
9163 
9164   if (isImpliedViaGuard(Latch, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9165     return true;
9166 
9167   for (DomTreeNode *DTN = DT[Latch], *HeaderDTN = DT[L->getHeader()];
9168        DTN != HeaderDTN; DTN = DTN->getIDom()) {
9169     assert(DTN && "should reach the loop header before reaching the root!");
9170 
9171     BasicBlock *BB = DTN->getBlock();
9172     if (isImpliedViaGuard(BB, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9173       return true;
9174 
9175     BasicBlock *PBB = BB->getSinglePredecessor();
9176     if (!PBB)
9177       continue;
9178 
9179     BranchInst *ContinuePredicate = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(PBB->getTerminator());
9180     if (!ContinuePredicate || !ContinuePredicate->isConditional())
9181       continue;
9182 
9183     Value *Condition = ContinuePredicate->getCondition();
9184 
9185     // If we have an edge `E` within the loop body that dominates the only
9186     // latch, the condition guarding `E` also guards the backedge.  This
9187     // reasoning works only for loops with a single latch.
9188 
9189     BasicBlockEdge DominatingEdge(PBB, BB);
9190     if (DominatingEdge.isSingleEdge()) {
9191       // We're constructively (and conservatively) enumerating edges within the
9192       // loop body that dominate the latch.  The dominator tree better agree
9193       // with us on this:
9194       assert(DT.dominates(DominatingEdge, Latch) && "should be!");
9195 
9196       if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition,
9197                         BB != ContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0)))
9198         return true;
9199     }
9200   }
9201 
9202   return false;
9203 }
9204 
9205 bool
9206 ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
9207                                           ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9208                                           const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9209   // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
9210   // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
9211   if (!L) return false;
9212 
9213   // Both LHS and RHS must be available at loop entry.
9214   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(LHS, L) &&
9215          "LHS is not available at Loop Entry");
9216   assert(isAvailableAtLoopEntry(RHS, L) &&
9217          "RHS is not available at Loop Entry");
9218 
9219   if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9220     return true;
9221 
9222   // If we cannot prove strict comparison (e.g. a > b), maybe we can prove
9223   // the facts (a >= b && a != b) separately. A typical situation is when the
9224   // non-strict comparison is known from ranges and non-equality is known from
9225   // dominating predicates. If we are proving strict comparison, we always try
9226   // to prove non-equality and non-strict comparison separately.
9227   auto NonStrictPredicate = ICmpInst::getNonStrictPredicate(Pred);
9228   const bool ProvingStrictComparison = (Pred != NonStrictPredicate);
9229   bool ProvedNonStrictComparison = false;
9230   bool ProvedNonEquality = false;
9231 
9232   if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
9233     ProvedNonStrictComparison =
9234         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS);
9235     ProvedNonEquality =
9236         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
9237     if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
9238       return true;
9239   }
9240 
9241   // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedViaGuard.
9242   auto ProveViaGuard = [&](BasicBlock *Block) {
9243     if (isImpliedViaGuard(Block, Pred, LHS, RHS))
9244       return true;
9245     if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
9246       if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison)
9247         ProvedNonStrictComparison =
9248             isImpliedViaGuard(Block, NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS);
9249       if (!ProvedNonEquality)
9250         ProvedNonEquality =
9251             isImpliedViaGuard(Block, ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
9252       if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
9253         return true;
9254     }
9255     return false;
9256   };
9257 
9258   // Try to prove (Pred, LHS, RHS) using isImpliedCond.
9259   auto ProveViaCond = [&](Value *Condition, bool Inverse) {
9260     if (isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse))
9261       return true;
9262     if (ProvingStrictComparison) {
9263       if (!ProvedNonStrictComparison)
9264         ProvedNonStrictComparison =
9265             isImpliedCond(NonStrictPredicate, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse);
9266       if (!ProvedNonEquality)
9267         ProvedNonEquality =
9268             isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS, Condition, Inverse);
9269       if (ProvedNonStrictComparison && ProvedNonEquality)
9270         return true;
9271     }
9272     return false;
9273   };
9274 
9275   // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
9276   // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
9277   // leading to the original header.
9278   for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
9279          Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
9280        Pair.first;
9281        Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
9282 
9283     if (ProveViaGuard(Pair.first))
9284       return true;
9285 
9286     BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
9287       dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
9288     if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
9289         LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
9290       continue;
9291 
9292     if (ProveViaCond(LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(),
9293                      LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
9294       return true;
9295   }
9296 
9297   // Check conditions due to any @llvm.assume intrinsics.
9298   for (auto &AssumeVH : AC.assumptions()) {
9299     if (!AssumeVH)
9300       continue;
9301     auto *CI = cast<CallInst>(AssumeVH);
9302     if (!DT.dominates(CI, L->getHeader()))
9303       continue;
9304 
9305     if (ProveViaCond(CI->getArgOperand(0), false))
9306       return true;
9307   }
9308 
9309   return false;
9310 }
9311 
9312 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9313                                     const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9314                                     Value *FoundCondValue,
9315                                     bool Inverse) {
9316   if (!PendingLoopPredicates.insert(FoundCondValue).second)
9317     return false;
9318 
9319   auto ClearOnExit =
9320       make_scope_exit([&]() { PendingLoopPredicates.erase(FoundCondValue); });
9321 
9322   // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
9323   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FoundCondValue)) {
9324     if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
9325       if (!Inverse)
9326         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
9327                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
9328     } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
9329       if (Inverse)
9330         return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(0), Inverse) ||
9331                isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, BO->getOperand(1), Inverse);
9332     }
9333   }
9334 
9335   ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(FoundCondValue);
9336   if (!ICI) return false;
9337 
9338   // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop or controls
9339   // the loop latch. Check to see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
9340   ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
9341   if (Inverse)
9342     FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
9343   else
9344     FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
9345 
9346   const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
9347   const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
9348 
9349   return isImpliedCond(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9350 }
9351 
9352 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS,
9353                                     const SCEV *RHS,
9354                                     ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred,
9355                                     const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9356                                     const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9357   // Balance the types.
9358   if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
9359       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
9360     if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
9361       LHS = getSignExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9362       RHS = getSignExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9363     } else {
9364       LHS = getZeroExtendExpr(LHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9365       RHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, FoundLHS->getType());
9366     }
9367   } else if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
9368       getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
9369     if (CmpInst::isSigned(FoundPred)) {
9370       FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9371       FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9372     } else {
9373       FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
9374       FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
9375     }
9376   }
9377 
9378   // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
9379   // canonicalized the comparison.
9380   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
9381     if (LHS == RHS)
9382       return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
9383   if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9384     if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
9385       return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(FoundPred);
9386 
9387   // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
9388   if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
9389     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
9390       std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9391       FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
9392     } else {
9393       std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9394       Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9395     }
9396   }
9397 
9398   // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
9399   if (FoundPred == Pred)
9400     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9401 
9402   // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
9403   // desired predicate.
9404   if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
9405     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
9406       return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
9407     else
9408       return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
9409                                    RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9410   }
9411 
9412   // Unsigned comparison is the same as signed comparison when both the operands
9413   // are non-negative.
9414   if (CmpInst::isUnsigned(FoundPred) &&
9415       CmpInst::getSignedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred &&
9416       isKnownNonNegative(FoundLHS) && isKnownNonNegative(FoundRHS))
9417     return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9418 
9419   // Check if we can make progress by sharpening ranges.
9420   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE &&
9421       (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS) || isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))) {
9422 
9423     const SCEVConstant *C = nullptr;
9424     const SCEV *V = nullptr;
9425 
9426     if (isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS)) {
9427       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundLHS);
9428       V = FoundRHS;
9429     } else {
9430       C = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS);
9431       V = FoundLHS;
9432     }
9433 
9434     // The guarding predicate tells us that C != V. If the known range
9435     // of V is [C, t), we can sharpen the range to [C + 1, t).  The
9436     // range we consider has to correspond to same signedness as the
9437     // predicate we're interested in folding.
9438 
9439     APInt Min = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9440         getSignedRangeMin(V) : getUnsignedRangeMin(V);
9441 
9442     if (Min == C->getAPInt()) {
9443       // Given (V >= Min && V != Min) we conclude V >= (Min + 1).
9444       // This is true even if (Min + 1) wraps around -- in case of
9445       // wraparound, (Min + 1) < Min, so (V >= Min => V >= (Min + 1)).
9446 
9447       APInt SharperMin = Min + 1;
9448 
9449       switch (Pred) {
9450         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9451         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9452           // We know V `Pred` SharperMin.  If this implies LHS `Pred`
9453           // RHS, we're done.
9454           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V,
9455                                     getConstant(SharperMin)))
9456             return true;
9457           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9458 
9459         case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
9460         case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
9461           // We know from the range information that (V `Pred` Min ||
9462           // V == Min).  We know from the guarding condition that !(V
9463           // == Min).  This gives us
9464           //
9465           //       V `Pred` Min || V == Min && !(V == Min)
9466           //   =>  V `Pred` Min
9467           //
9468           // If V `Pred` Min implies LHS `Pred` RHS, we're done.
9469 
9470           if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, V, getConstant(Min)))
9471             return true;
9472           LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9473 
9474         default:
9475           // No change
9476           break;
9477       }
9478     }
9479   }
9480 
9481   // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
9482   if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
9483     if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
9484       if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9485         return true;
9486   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
9487     if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
9488       if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9489         return true;
9490 
9491   // Otherwise assume the worst.
9492   return false;
9493 }
9494 
9495 bool ScalarEvolution::splitBinaryAdd(const SCEV *Expr,
9496                                      const SCEV *&L, const SCEV *&R,
9497                                      SCEV::NoWrapFlags &Flags) {
9498   const auto *AE = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9499   if (!AE || AE->getNumOperands() != 2)
9500     return false;
9501 
9502   L = AE->getOperand(0);
9503   R = AE->getOperand(1);
9504   Flags = AE->getNoWrapFlags();
9505   return true;
9506 }
9507 
9508 Optional<APInt> ScalarEvolution::computeConstantDifference(const SCEV *More,
9509                                                            const SCEV *Less) {
9510   // We avoid subtracting expressions here because this function is usually
9511   // fairly deep in the call stack (i.e. is called many times).
9512 
9513   if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less) && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More)) {
9514     const auto *LAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Less);
9515     const auto *MAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(More);
9516 
9517     if (LAR->getLoop() != MAR->getLoop())
9518       return None;
9519 
9520     // We look at affine expressions only; not for correctness but to keep
9521     // getStepRecurrence cheap.
9522     if (!LAR->isAffine() || !MAR->isAffine())
9523       return None;
9524 
9525     if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(*this) != MAR->getStepRecurrence(*this))
9526       return None;
9527 
9528     Less = LAR->getStart();
9529     More = MAR->getStart();
9530 
9531     // fall through
9532   }
9533 
9534   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Less) && isa<SCEVConstant>(More)) {
9535     const auto &M = cast<SCEVConstant>(More)->getAPInt();
9536     const auto &L = cast<SCEVConstant>(Less)->getAPInt();
9537     return M - L;
9538   }
9539 
9540   SCEV::NoWrapFlags Flags;
9541   const SCEV *LLess = nullptr, *RLess = nullptr;
9542   const SCEV *LMore = nullptr, *RMore = nullptr;
9543   const SCEVConstant *C1 = nullptr, *C2 = nullptr;
9544   // Compare (X + C1) vs X.
9545   if (splitBinaryAdd(Less, LLess, RLess, Flags))
9546     if ((C1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LLess)))
9547       if (RLess == More)
9548         return -(C1->getAPInt());
9549 
9550   // Compare X vs (X + C2).
9551   if (splitBinaryAdd(More, LMore, RMore, Flags))
9552     if ((C2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LMore)))
9553       if (RMore == Less)
9554         return C2->getAPInt();
9555 
9556   // Compare (X + C1) vs (X + C2).
9557   if (C1 && C2 && RLess == RMore)
9558     return C2->getAPInt() - C1->getAPInt();
9559 
9560   return None;
9561 }
9562 
9563 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(
9564     ICmpInst::Predicate Pred, const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9565     const SCEV *FoundLHS, const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9566   if (Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && Pred != CmpInst::ICMP_ULT)
9567     return false;
9568 
9569   const auto *AddRecLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9570   if (!AddRecLHS)
9571     return false;
9572 
9573   const auto *AddRecFoundLHS = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(FoundLHS);
9574   if (!AddRecFoundLHS)
9575     return false;
9576 
9577   // We'd like to let SCEV reason about control dependencies, so we constrain
9578   // both the inequalities to be about add recurrences on the same loop.  This
9579   // way we can use isLoopEntryGuardedByCond later.
9580 
9581   const Loop *L = AddRecFoundLHS->getLoop();
9582   if (L != AddRecLHS->getLoop())
9583     return false;
9584 
9585   //  FoundLHS u< FoundRHS u< -C =>  (FoundLHS + C) u< (FoundRHS + C) ... (1)
9586   //
9587   //  FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C => (FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS + C)
9588   //                                                                  ... (2)
9589   //
9590   // Informal proof for (2), assuming (1) [*]:
9591   //
9592   // We'll also assume (A s< B) <=> ((A + INT_MIN) u< (B + INT_MIN)) ... (3)[**]
9593   //
9594   // Then
9595   //
9596   //       FoundLHS s< FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C
9597   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN) u< -C   [ using (3) ]
9598   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C) u< (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C) [ using (1) ]
9599   // <=>  (FoundLHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) s<
9600   //                        (FoundRHS + INT_MIN + C + INT_MIN) [ using (3) ]
9601   // <=>  FoundLHS + C s< FoundRHS + C
9602   //
9603   // [*]: (1) can be proved by ruling out overflow.
9604   //
9605   // [**]: This can be proved by analyzing all the four possibilities:
9606   //    (A s< 0, B s< 0), (A s< 0, B s>= 0), (A s>= 0, B s< 0) and
9607   //    (A s>= 0, B s>= 0).
9608   //
9609   // Note:
9610   // Despite (2), "FoundRHS s< INT_MIN - C" does not mean that "FoundRHS + C"
9611   // will not sign underflow.  For instance, say FoundLHS = (i8 -128), FoundRHS
9612   // = (i8 -127) and C = (i8 -100).  Then INT_MIN - C = (i8 -28), and FoundRHS
9613   // s< (INT_MIN - C).  Lack of sign overflow / underflow in "FoundRHS + C" is
9614   // neither necessary nor sufficient to prove "(FoundLHS + C) s< (FoundRHS +
9615   // C)".
9616 
9617   Optional<APInt> LDiff = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
9618   Optional<APInt> RDiff = computeConstantDifference(RHS, FoundRHS);
9619   if (!LDiff || !RDiff || *LDiff != *RDiff)
9620     return false;
9621 
9622   if (LDiff->isMinValue())
9623     return true;
9624 
9625   APInt FoundRHSLimit;
9626 
9627   if (Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_ULT) {
9628     FoundRHSLimit = -(*RDiff);
9629   } else {
9630     assert(Pred == CmpInst::ICMP_SLT && "Checked above!");
9631     FoundRHSLimit = APInt::getSignedMinValue(getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType())) - *RDiff;
9632   }
9633 
9634   // Try to prove (1) or (2), as needed.
9635   return isAvailableAtLoopEntry(FoundRHS, L) &&
9636          isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Pred, FoundRHS,
9637                                   getConstant(FoundRHSLimit));
9638 }
9639 
9640 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaMerge(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9641                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9642                                         const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9643                                         const SCEV *FoundRHS, unsigned Depth) {
9644   const PHINode *LPhi = nullptr, *RPhi = nullptr;
9645 
9646   auto ClearOnExit = make_scope_exit([&]() {
9647     if (LPhi) {
9648       bool Erased = PendingMerges.erase(LPhi);
9649       assert(Erased && "Failed to erase LPhi!");
9650       (void)Erased;
9651     }
9652     if (RPhi) {
9653       bool Erased = PendingMerges.erase(RPhi);
9654       assert(Erased && "Failed to erase RPhi!");
9655       (void)Erased;
9656     }
9657   });
9658 
9659   // Find respective Phis and check that they are not being pending.
9660   if (const SCEVUnknown *LU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS))
9661     if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(LU->getValue())) {
9662       if (!PendingMerges.insert(Phi).second)
9663         return false;
9664       LPhi = Phi;
9665     }
9666   if (const SCEVUnknown *RU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS))
9667     if (auto *Phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(RU->getValue())) {
9668       // If we detect a loop of Phi nodes being processed by this method, for
9669       // example:
9670       //
9671       //   %a = phi i32 [ %some1, %preheader ], [ %b, %latch ]
9672       //   %b = phi i32 [ %some2, %preheader ], [ %a, %latch ]
9673       //
9674       // we don't want to deal with a case that complex, so return conservative
9675       // answer false.
9676       if (!PendingMerges.insert(Phi).second)
9677         return false;
9678       RPhi = Phi;
9679     }
9680 
9681   // If none of LHS, RHS is a Phi, nothing to do here.
9682   if (!LPhi && !RPhi)
9683     return false;
9684 
9685   // If there is a SCEVUnknown Phi we are interested in, make it left.
9686   if (!LPhi) {
9687     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9688     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9689     std::swap(LPhi, RPhi);
9690     Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
9691   }
9692 
9693   assert(LPhi && "LPhi should definitely be a SCEVUnknown Phi!");
9694   const BasicBlock *LBB = LPhi->getParent();
9695   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
9696 
9697   auto ProvedEasily = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9698     return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(Pred, S1, S2) ||
9699            isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, S1, S2, FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
9700            isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, S1, S2, FoundLHS, FoundRHS, Depth);
9701   };
9702 
9703   if (RPhi && RPhi->getParent() == LBB) {
9704     // Case one: RHS is also a SCEVUnknown Phi from the same basic block.
9705     // If we compare two Phis from the same block, and for each entry block
9706     // the predicate is true for incoming values from this block, then the
9707     // predicate is also true for the Phis.
9708     for (const BasicBlock *IncBB : predecessors(LBB)) {
9709       const SCEV *L = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
9710       const SCEV *R = getSCEV(RPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
9711       if (!ProvedEasily(L, R))
9712         return false;
9713     }
9714   } else if (RAR && RAR->getLoop()->getHeader() == LBB) {
9715     // Case two: RHS is also a Phi from the same basic block, and it is an
9716     // AddRec. It means that there is a loop which has both AddRec and Unknown
9717     // PHIs, for it we can compare incoming values of AddRec from above the loop
9718     // and latch with their respective incoming values of LPhi.
9719     // TODO: Generalize to handle loops with many inputs in a header.
9720     if (LPhi->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return false;
9721 
9722     auto *RLoop = RAR->getLoop();
9723     auto *Predecessor = RLoop->getLoopPredecessor();
9724     assert(Predecessor && "Loop with AddRec with no predecessor?");
9725     const SCEV *L1 = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(Predecessor));
9726     if (!ProvedEasily(L1, RAR->getStart()))
9727       return false;
9728     auto *Latch = RLoop->getLoopLatch();
9729     assert(Latch && "Loop with AddRec with no latch?");
9730     const SCEV *L2 = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(Latch));
9731     if (!ProvedEasily(L2, RAR->getPostIncExpr(*this)))
9732       return false;
9733   } else {
9734     // In all other cases go over inputs of LHS and compare each of them to RHS,
9735     // the predicate is true for (LHS, RHS) if it is true for all such pairs.
9736     // At this point RHS is either a non-Phi, or it is a Phi from some block
9737     // different from LBB.
9738     for (const BasicBlock *IncBB : predecessors(LBB)) {
9739       // Check that RHS is available in this block.
9740       if (!dominates(RHS, IncBB))
9741         return false;
9742       const SCEV *L = getSCEV(LPhi->getIncomingValueForBlock(IncBB));
9743       if (!ProvedEasily(L, RHS))
9744         return false;
9745     }
9746   }
9747   return true;
9748 }
9749 
9750 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9751                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9752                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9753                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
9754   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9755     return true;
9756 
9757   if (isImpliedCondOperandsViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
9758     return true;
9759 
9760   return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9761                                      FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
9762          // ~x < ~y --> x > y
9763          isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
9764                                      getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
9765                                      getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
9766 }
9767 
9768 /// If Expr computes ~A, return A else return nullptr
9769 static const SCEV *MatchNotExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
9770   const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
9771   if (!Add || Add->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9772       !Add->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9773     return nullptr;
9774 
9775   const SCEVMulExpr *AddRHS = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(1));
9776   if (!AddRHS || AddRHS->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
9777       !AddRHS->getOperand(0)->isAllOnesValue())
9778     return nullptr;
9779 
9780   return AddRHS->getOperand(1);
9781 }
9782 
9783 /// Is MaybeMaxExpr an SMax or UMax of Candidate and some other values?
9784 template<typename MaxExprType>
9785 static bool IsMaxConsistingOf(const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr,
9786                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9787   const MaxExprType *MaxExpr = dyn_cast<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr);
9788   if (!MaxExpr) return false;
9789 
9790   return find(MaxExpr->operands(), Candidate) != MaxExpr->op_end();
9791 }
9792 
9793 /// Is MaybeMinExpr an SMin or UMin of Candidate and some other values?
9794 template<typename MaxExprType>
9795 static bool IsMinConsistingOf(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9796                               const SCEV *MaybeMinExpr,
9797                               const SCEV *Candidate) {
9798   const SCEV *MaybeMaxExpr = MatchNotExpr(MaybeMinExpr);
9799   if (!MaybeMaxExpr)
9800     return false;
9801 
9802   return IsMaxConsistingOf<MaxExprType>(MaybeMaxExpr, SE.getNotSCEV(Candidate));
9803 }
9804 
9805 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9806                                            ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9807                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9808   // If both sides are affine addrecs for the same loop, with equal
9809   // steps, and we know the recurrences don't wrap, then we only
9810   // need to check the predicate on the starting values.
9811 
9812   if (!ICmpInst::isRelational(Pred))
9813     return false;
9814 
9815   const SCEVAddRecExpr *LAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
9816   if (!LAR)
9817     return false;
9818   const SCEVAddRecExpr *RAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
9819   if (!RAR)
9820     return false;
9821   if (LAR->getLoop() != RAR->getLoop())
9822     return false;
9823   if (!LAR->isAffine() || !RAR->isAffine())
9824     return false;
9825 
9826   if (LAR->getStepRecurrence(SE) != RAR->getStepRecurrence(SE))
9827     return false;
9828 
9829   SCEV::NoWrapFlags NW = ICmpInst::isSigned(Pred) ?
9830                          SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW;
9831   if (!LAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW) || !RAR->getNoWrapFlags(NW))
9832     return false;
9833 
9834   return SE.isKnownPredicate(Pred, LAR->getStart(), RAR->getStart());
9835 }
9836 
9837 /// Is LHS `Pred` RHS true on the virtue of LHS or RHS being a Min or Max
9838 /// expression?
9839 static bool IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(ScalarEvolution &SE,
9840                                         ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9841                                         const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
9842   switch (Pred) {
9843   default:
9844     return false;
9845 
9846   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
9847     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9848     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9849   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
9850     return
9851       // min(A, ...) <= A
9852       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9853       // A <= max(A, ...)
9854       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVSMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9855 
9856   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
9857     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9858     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
9859   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
9860     return
9861       // min(A, ...) <= A
9862       IsMinConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(SE, LHS, RHS) ||
9863       // A <= max(A, ...)
9864       IsMaxConsistingOf<SCEVUMaxExpr>(RHS, LHS);
9865   }
9866 
9867   llvm_unreachable("covered switch fell through?!");
9868 }
9869 
9870 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
9871                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
9872                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
9873                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS,
9874                                              unsigned Depth) {
9875   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) ==
9876              getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()) &&
9877          "LHS and RHS have different sizes?");
9878   assert(getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType()) ==
9879              getTypeSizeInBits(FoundRHS->getType()) &&
9880          "FoundLHS and FoundRHS have different sizes?");
9881   // We want to avoid hurting the compile time with analysis of too big trees.
9882   if (Depth > MaxSCEVOperationsImplicationDepth)
9883     return false;
9884   // We only want to work with ICMP_SGT comparison so far.
9885   // TODO: Extend to ICMP_UGT?
9886   if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT) {
9887     Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
9888     std::swap(LHS, RHS);
9889     std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
9890   }
9891   if (Pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT)
9892     return false;
9893 
9894   auto GetOpFromSExt = [&](const SCEV *S) {
9895     if (auto *Ext = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S))
9896       return Ext->getOperand();
9897     // TODO: If S is a SCEVConstant then you can cheaply "strip" the sext off
9898     // the constant in some cases.
9899     return S;
9900   };
9901 
9902   // Acquire values from extensions.
9903   auto *OrigLHS = LHS;
9904   auto *OrigFoundLHS = FoundLHS;
9905   LHS = GetOpFromSExt(LHS);
9906   FoundLHS = GetOpFromSExt(FoundLHS);
9907 
9908   // Is the SGT predicate can be proved trivially or using the found context.
9909   auto IsSGTViaContext = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9910     return isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2) ||
9911            isImpliedViaOperations(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, S1, S2, OrigFoundLHS,
9912                                   FoundRHS, Depth + 1);
9913   };
9914 
9915   if (auto *LHSAddExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(LHS)) {
9916     // We want to avoid creation of any new non-constant SCEV. Since we are
9917     // going to compare the operands to RHS, we should be certain that we don't
9918     // need any size extensions for this. So let's decline all cases when the
9919     // sizes of types of LHS and RHS do not match.
9920     // TODO: Maybe try to get RHS from sext to catch more cases?
9921     if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) != getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
9922       return false;
9923 
9924     // Should not overflow.
9925     if (!LHSAddExpr->hasNoSignedWrap())
9926       return false;
9927 
9928     auto *LL = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(0);
9929     auto *LR = LHSAddExpr->getOperand(1);
9930     auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(RHS->getType()));
9931 
9932     // Checks that S1 >= 0 && S2 > RHS, trivially or using the found context.
9933     auto IsSumGreaterThanRHS = [&](const SCEV *S1, const SCEV *S2) {
9934       return IsSGTViaContext(S1, MinusOne) && IsSGTViaContext(S2, RHS);
9935     };
9936     // Try to prove the following rule:
9937     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LL >= 0) && (LR > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9938     // (LHS = LL + LR) && (LR >= 0) && (LL > RHS) => (LHS > RHS).
9939     if (IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LL, LR) || IsSumGreaterThanRHS(LR, LL))
9940       return true;
9941   } else if (auto *LHSUnknownExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
9942     Value *LL, *LR;
9943     // FIXME: Once we have SDiv implemented, we can get rid of this matching.
9944 
9945     using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
9946 
9947     if (match(LHSUnknownExpr->getValue(), m_SDiv(m_Value(LL), m_Value(LR)))) {
9948       // Rules for division.
9949       // We are going to perform some comparisons with Denominator and its
9950       // derivative expressions. In general case, creating a SCEV for it may
9951       // lead to a complex analysis of the entire graph, and in particular it
9952       // can request trip count recalculation for the same loop. This would
9953       // cache as SCEVCouldNotCompute to avoid the infinite recursion. To avoid
9954       // this, we only want to create SCEVs that are constants in this section.
9955       // So we bail if Denominator is not a constant.
9956       if (!isa<ConstantInt>(LR))
9957         return false;
9958 
9959       auto *Denominator = cast<SCEVConstant>(getSCEV(LR));
9960 
9961       // We want to make sure that LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator. If it is so,
9962       // then a SCEV for the numerator already exists and matches with FoundLHS.
9963       auto *Numerator = getExistingSCEV(LL);
9964       if (!Numerator || Numerator->getType() != FoundLHS->getType())
9965         return false;
9966 
9967       // Make sure that the numerator matches with FoundLHS and the denominator
9968       // is positive.
9969       if (!HasSameValue(Numerator, FoundLHS) || !isKnownPositive(Denominator))
9970         return false;
9971 
9972       auto *DTy = Denominator->getType();
9973       auto *FRHSTy = FoundRHS->getType();
9974       if (DTy->isPointerTy() != FRHSTy->isPointerTy())
9975         // One of types is a pointer and another one is not. We cannot extend
9976         // them properly to a wider type, so let us just reject this case.
9977         // TODO: Usage of getEffectiveSCEVType for DTy, FRHSTy etc should help
9978         // to avoid this check.
9979         return false;
9980 
9981       // Given that:
9982       // FoundLHS > FoundRHS, LHS = FoundLHS / Denominator, Denominator > 0.
9983       auto *WTy = getWiderType(DTy, FRHSTy);
9984       auto *DenominatorExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(Denominator, WTy);
9985       auto *FoundRHSExt = getNoopOrSignExtend(FoundRHS, WTy);
9986 
9987       // Try to prove the following rule:
9988       // (FoundRHS > Denominator - 2) && (RHS <= 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9989       // For example, given that FoundLHS > 2. It means that FoundLHS is at
9990       // least 3. If we divide it by Denominator < 4, we will have at least 1.
9991       auto *DenomMinusTwo = getMinusSCEV(DenominatorExt, getConstant(WTy, 2));
9992       if (isKnownNonPositive(RHS) &&
9993           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, DenomMinusTwo))
9994         return true;
9995 
9996       // Try to prove the following rule:
9997       // (FoundRHS > -1 - Denominator) && (RHS < 0) => (LHS > RHS).
9998       // For example, given that FoundLHS > -3. Then FoundLHS is at least -2.
9999       // If we divide it by Denominator > 2, then:
10000       // 1. If FoundLHS is negative, then the result is 0.
10001       // 2. If FoundLHS is non-negative, then the result is non-negative.
10002       // Anyways, the result is non-negative.
10003       auto *MinusOne = getNegativeSCEV(getOne(WTy));
10004       auto *NegDenomMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(MinusOne, DenominatorExt);
10005       if (isKnownNegative(RHS) &&
10006           IsSGTViaContext(FoundRHSExt, NegDenomMinusOne))
10007         return true;
10008     }
10009   }
10010 
10011   // If our expression contained SCEVUnknown Phis, and we split it down and now
10012   // need to prove something for them, try to prove the predicate for every
10013   // possible incoming values of those Phis.
10014   if (isImpliedViaMerge(Pred, OrigLHS, RHS, OrigFoundLHS, FoundRHS, Depth + 1))
10015     return true;
10016 
10017   return false;
10018 }
10019 
10020 bool
10021 ScalarEvolution::isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10022                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10023   return isKnownPredicateViaConstantRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
10024          IsKnownPredicateViaMinOrMax(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
10025          IsKnownPredicateViaAddRecStart(*this, Pred, LHS, RHS) ||
10026          isKnownPredicateViaNoOverflow(Pred, LHS, RHS);
10027 }
10028 
10029 bool
10030 ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10031                                              const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10032                                              const SCEV *FoundLHS,
10033                                              const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
10034   switch (Pred) {
10035   default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
10036   case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
10037   case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
10038     if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
10039       return true;
10040     break;
10041   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
10042   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
10043     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10044         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10045       return true;
10046     break;
10047   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
10048   case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
10049     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10050         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10051       return true;
10052     break;
10053   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
10054   case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
10055     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10056         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10057       return true;
10058     break;
10059   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
10060   case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
10061     if (isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
10062         isKnownViaNonRecursiveReasoning(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
10063       return true;
10064     break;
10065   }
10066 
10067   // Maybe it can be proved via operations?
10068   if (isImpliedViaOperations(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
10069     return true;
10070 
10071   return false;
10072 }
10073 
10074 bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsViaRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
10075                                                      const SCEV *LHS,
10076                                                      const SCEV *RHS,
10077                                                      const SCEV *FoundLHS,
10078                                                      const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
10079   if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS) || !isa<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS))
10080     // The restriction on `FoundRHS` be lifted easily -- it exists only to
10081     // reduce the compile time impact of this optimization.
10082     return false;
10083 
10084   Optional<APInt> Addend = computeConstantDifference(LHS, FoundLHS);
10085   if (!Addend)
10086     return false;
10087 
10088   const APInt &ConstFoundRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(FoundRHS)->getAPInt();
10089 
10090   // `FoundLHSRange` is the range we know `FoundLHS` to be in by virtue of the
10091   // antecedent "`FoundLHS` `Pred` `FoundRHS`".
10092   ConstantRange FoundLHSRange =
10093       ConstantRange::makeAllowedICmpRegion(Pred, ConstFoundRHS);
10094 
10095   // Since `LHS` is `FoundLHS` + `Addend`, we can compute a range for `LHS`:
10096   ConstantRange LHSRange = FoundLHSRange.add(ConstantRange(*Addend));
10097 
10098   // We can also compute the range of values for `LHS` that satisfy the
10099   // consequent, "`LHS` `Pred` `RHS`":
10100   const APInt &ConstRHS = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)->getAPInt();
10101   ConstantRange SatisfyingLHSRange =
10102       ConstantRange::makeSatisfyingICmpRegion(Pred, ConstRHS);
10103 
10104   // The antecedent implies the consequent if every value of `LHS` that
10105   // satisfies the antecedent also satisfies the consequent.
10106   return SatisfyingLHSRange.contains(LHSRange);
10107 }
10108 
10109 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnLT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
10110                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
10111   assert(isKnownPositive(Stride) && "Positive stride expected!");
10112 
10113   if (NoWrap) return false;
10114 
10115   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
10116   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
10117 
10118   if (IsSigned) {
10119     APInt MaxRHS = getSignedRangeMax(RHS);
10120     APInt MaxValue = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
10121     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
10122 
10123     // SMaxRHS + SMaxStrideMinusOne > SMaxValue => overflow!
10124     return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).slt(MaxRHS);
10125   }
10126 
10127   APInt MaxRHS = getUnsignedRangeMax(RHS);
10128   APInt MaxValue = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
10129   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
10130 
10131   // UMaxRHS + UMaxStrideMinusOne > UMaxValue => overflow!
10132   return (std::move(MaxValue) - MaxStrideMinusOne).ult(MaxRHS);
10133 }
10134 
10135 bool ScalarEvolution::doesIVOverflowOnGT(const SCEV *RHS, const SCEV *Stride,
10136                                          bool IsSigned, bool NoWrap) {
10137   if (NoWrap) return false;
10138 
10139   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType());
10140   const SCEV *One = getOne(Stride->getType());
10141 
10142   if (IsSigned) {
10143     APInt MinRHS = getSignedRangeMin(RHS);
10144     APInt MinValue = APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth);
10145     APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getSignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
10146 
10147     // SMinRHS - SMaxStrideMinusOne < SMinValue => overflow!
10148     return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).sgt(MinRHS);
10149   }
10150 
10151   APInt MinRHS = getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS);
10152   APInt MinValue = APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth);
10153   APInt MaxStrideMinusOne = getUnsignedRangeMax(getMinusSCEV(Stride, One));
10154 
10155   // UMinRHS - UMaxStrideMinusOne < UMinValue => overflow!
10156   return (std::move(MinValue) + MaxStrideMinusOne).ugt(MinRHS);
10157 }
10158 
10159 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeBECount(const SCEV *Delta, const SCEV *Step,
10160                                             bool Equality) {
10161   const SCEV *One = getOne(Step->getType());
10162   Delta = Equality ? getAddExpr(Delta, Step)
10163                    : getAddExpr(Delta, getMinusSCEV(Step, One));
10164   return getUDivExpr(Delta, Step);
10165 }
10166 
10167 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeMaxBECountForLT(const SCEV *Start,
10168                                                     const SCEV *Stride,
10169                                                     const SCEV *End,
10170                                                     unsigned BitWidth,
10171                                                     bool IsSigned) {
10172 
10173   assert(!isKnownNonPositive(Stride) &&
10174          "Stride is expected strictly positive!");
10175   // Calculate the maximum backedge count based on the range of values
10176   // permitted by Start, End, and Stride.
10177   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
10178   APInt MinStart =
10179       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Start) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Start);
10180 
10181   APInt StrideForMaxBECount =
10182       IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride) : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
10183 
10184   // We already know that the stride is positive, so we paper over conservatism
10185   // in our range computation by forcing StrideForMaxBECount to be at least one.
10186   // In theory this is unnecessary, but we expect MaxBECount to be a
10187   // SCEVConstant, and (udiv <constant> 0) is not constant folded by SCEV (there
10188   // is nothing to constant fold it to).
10189   APInt One(BitWidth, 1, IsSigned);
10190   StrideForMaxBECount = APIntOps::smax(One, StrideForMaxBECount);
10191 
10192   APInt MaxValue = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth)
10193                             : APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
10194   APInt Limit = MaxValue - (StrideForMaxBECount - 1);
10195 
10196   // Although End can be a MAX expression we estimate MaxEnd considering only
10197   // the case End = RHS of the loop termination condition. This is safe because
10198   // in the other case (End - Start) is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge
10199   // taken count.
10200   APInt MaxEnd = IsSigned ? APIntOps::smin(getSignedRangeMax(End), Limit)
10201                           : APIntOps::umin(getUnsignedRangeMax(End), Limit);
10202 
10203   MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxEnd - MinStart) /* Delta */,
10204                               getConstant(StrideForMaxBECount) /* Step */,
10205                               false /* Equality */);
10206 
10207   return MaxBECount;
10208 }
10209 
10210 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
10211 ScalarEvolution::howManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10212                                   const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
10213                                   bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
10214   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
10215 
10216   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
10217   bool PredicatedIV = false;
10218 
10219   if (!IV && AllowPredicates) {
10220     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
10221     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
10222     // algorithm below.
10223     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
10224     PredicatedIV = true;
10225   }
10226 
10227   // Avoid weird loops
10228   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
10229     return getCouldNotCompute();
10230 
10231   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
10232                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
10233 
10234   const SCEV *Stride = IV->getStepRecurrence(*this);
10235 
10236   bool PositiveStride = isKnownPositive(Stride);
10237 
10238   // Avoid negative or zero stride values.
10239   if (!PositiveStride) {
10240     // We can compute the correct backedge taken count for loops with unknown
10241     // strides if we can prove that the loop is not an infinite loop with side
10242     // effects. Here's the loop structure we are trying to handle -
10243     //
10244     // i = start
10245     // do {
10246     //   A[i] = i;
10247     //   i += s;
10248     // } while (i < end);
10249     //
10250     // The backedge taken count for such loops is evaluated as -
10251     // (max(end, start + stride) - start - 1) /u stride
10252     //
10253     // The additional preconditions that we need to check to prove correctness
10254     // of the above formula is as follows -
10255     //
10256     // a) IV is either nuw or nsw depending upon signedness (indicated by the
10257     //    NoWrap flag).
10258     // b) loop is single exit with no side effects.
10259     //
10260     //
10261     // Precondition a) implies that if the stride is negative, this is a single
10262     // trip loop. The backedge taken count formula reduces to zero in this case.
10263     //
10264     // Precondition b) implies that the unknown stride cannot be zero otherwise
10265     // we have UB.
10266     //
10267     // The positive stride case is the same as isKnownPositive(Stride) returning
10268     // true (original behavior of the function).
10269     //
10270     // We want to make sure that the stride is truly unknown as there are edge
10271     // cases where ScalarEvolution propagates no wrap flags to the
10272     // post-increment/decrement IV even though the increment/decrement operation
10273     // itself is wrapping. The computed backedge taken count may be wrong in
10274     // such cases. This is prevented by checking that the stride is not known to
10275     // be either positive or non-positive. For example, no wrap flags are
10276     // propagated to the post-increment IV of this loop with a trip count of 2 -
10277     //
10278     // unsigned char i;
10279     // for(i=127; i<128; i+=129)
10280     //   A[i] = i;
10281     //
10282     if (PredicatedIV || !NoWrap || isKnownNonPositive(Stride) ||
10283         !loopHasNoSideEffects(L))
10284       return getCouldNotCompute();
10285   } else if (!Stride->isOne() &&
10286              doesIVOverflowOnLT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
10287     // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken
10288     // count will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow
10289     // conditions exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of
10290     // undefined behaviors like the case of C language.
10291     return getCouldNotCompute();
10292 
10293   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT
10294                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
10295   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
10296   const SCEV *End = RHS;
10297   // When the RHS is not invariant, we do not know the end bound of the loop and
10298   // cannot calculate the ExactBECount needed by ExitLimit. However, we can
10299   // calculate the MaxBECount, given the start, stride and max value for the end
10300   // bound of the loop (RHS), and the fact that IV does not overflow (which is
10301   // checked above).
10302   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L)) {
10303     const SCEV *MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
10304         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
10305     return ExitLimit(getCouldNotCompute() /* ExactNotTaken */, MaxBECount,
10306                      false /*MaxOrZero*/, Predicates);
10307   }
10308   // If the backedge is taken at least once, then it will be taken
10309   // (End-Start)/Stride times (rounded up to a multiple of Stride), where Start
10310   // is the LHS value of the less-than comparison the first time it is evaluated
10311   // and End is the RHS.
10312   const SCEV *BECountIfBackedgeTaken =
10313     computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
10314   // If the loop entry is guarded by the result of the backedge test of the
10315   // first loop iteration, then we know the backedge will be taken at least
10316   // once and so the backedge taken count is as above. If not then we use the
10317   // expression (max(End,Start)-Start)/Stride to describe the backedge count,
10318   // as if the backedge is taken at least once max(End,Start) is End and so the
10319   // result is as above, and if not max(End,Start) is Start so we get a backedge
10320   // count of zero.
10321   const SCEV *BECount;
10322   if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getMinusSCEV(Start, Stride), RHS))
10323     BECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
10324   else {
10325     End = IsSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
10326     BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(End, Start), Stride, false);
10327   }
10328 
10329   const SCEV *MaxBECount;
10330   bool MaxOrZero = false;
10331   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
10332     MaxBECount = BECount;
10333   else if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECountIfBackedgeTaken)) {
10334     // If we know exactly how many times the backedge will be taken if it's
10335     // taken at least once, then the backedge count will either be that or
10336     // zero.
10337     MaxBECount = BECountIfBackedgeTaken;
10338     MaxOrZero = true;
10339   } else {
10340     MaxBECount = computeMaxBECountForLT(
10341         Start, Stride, RHS, getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()), IsSigned);
10342   }
10343 
10344   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
10345       !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(BECount))
10346     MaxBECount = getConstant(getUnsignedRangeMax(BECount));
10347 
10348   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, MaxOrZero, Predicates);
10349 }
10350 
10351 ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit
10352 ScalarEvolution::howManyGreaterThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
10353                                      const Loop *L, bool IsSigned,
10354                                      bool ControlsExit, bool AllowPredicates) {
10355   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> Predicates;
10356   // We handle only IV > Invariant
10357   if (!isLoopInvariant(RHS, L))
10358     return getCouldNotCompute();
10359 
10360   const SCEVAddRecExpr *IV = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
10361   if (!IV && AllowPredicates)
10362     // Try to make this an AddRec using runtime tests, in the first X
10363     // iterations of this loop, where X is the SCEV expression found by the
10364     // algorithm below.
10365     IV = convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(LHS, L, Predicates);
10366 
10367   // Avoid weird loops
10368   if (!IV || IV->getLoop() != L || !IV->isAffine())
10369     return getCouldNotCompute();
10370 
10371   bool NoWrap = ControlsExit &&
10372                 IV->getNoWrapFlags(IsSigned ? SCEV::FlagNSW : SCEV::FlagNUW);
10373 
10374   const SCEV *Stride = getNegativeSCEV(IV->getStepRecurrence(*this));
10375 
10376   // Avoid negative or zero stride values
10377   if (!isKnownPositive(Stride))
10378     return getCouldNotCompute();
10379 
10380   // Avoid proven overflow cases: this will ensure that the backedge taken count
10381   // will not generate any unsigned overflow. Relaxed no-overflow conditions
10382   // exploit NoWrapFlags, allowing to optimize in presence of undefined
10383   // behaviors like the case of C language.
10384   if (!Stride->isOne() && doesIVOverflowOnGT(RHS, Stride, IsSigned, NoWrap))
10385     return getCouldNotCompute();
10386 
10387   ICmpInst::Predicate Cond = IsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT
10388                                       : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
10389 
10390   const SCEV *Start = IV->getStart();
10391   const SCEV *End = RHS;
10392   if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, Cond, getAddExpr(Start, Stride), RHS))
10393     End = IsSigned ? getSMinExpr(RHS, Start) : getUMinExpr(RHS, Start);
10394 
10395   const SCEV *BECount = computeBECount(getMinusSCEV(Start, End), Stride, false);
10396 
10397   APInt MaxStart = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMax(Start)
10398                             : getUnsignedRangeMax(Start);
10399 
10400   APInt MinStride = IsSigned ? getSignedRangeMin(Stride)
10401                              : getUnsignedRangeMin(Stride);
10402 
10403   unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType());
10404   APInt Limit = IsSigned ? APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1)
10405                          : APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) + (MinStride - 1);
10406 
10407   // Although End can be a MIN expression we estimate MinEnd considering only
10408   // the case End = RHS. This is safe because in the other case (Start - End)
10409   // is zero, leading to a zero maximum backedge taken count.
10410   APInt MinEnd =
10411     IsSigned ? APIntOps::smax(getSignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit)
10412              : APIntOps::umax(getUnsignedRangeMin(RHS), Limit);
10413 
10414 
10415   const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
10416   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(BECount))
10417     MaxBECount = BECount;
10418   else
10419     MaxBECount = computeBECount(getConstant(MaxStart - MinEnd),
10420                                 getConstant(MinStride), false);
10421 
10422   if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount))
10423     MaxBECount = BECount;
10424 
10425   return ExitLimit(BECount, MaxBECount, false, Predicates);
10426 }
10427 
10428 const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(const ConstantRange &Range,
10429                                                     ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
10430   if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
10431     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10432 
10433   // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
10434   if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
10435     if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
10436       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
10437       Operands[0] = SE.getZero(SC->getType());
10438       const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop(),
10439                                              getNoWrapFlags(FlagNW));
10440       if (const auto *ShiftedAddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
10441         return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
10442             Range.subtract(SC->getAPInt()), SE);
10443       // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
10444       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10445     }
10446 
10447   // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
10448   // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
10449   if (any_of(operands(), [](const SCEV *Op) { return !isa<SCEVConstant>(Op); }))
10450     return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10451 
10452   // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
10453   // that the start element is zero.
10454 
10455   // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
10456   // iteration exits.
10457   unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
10458   if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
10459     return SE.getZero(getType());
10460 
10461   if (isAffine()) {
10462     // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
10463     //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
10464 
10465     // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
10466     // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
10467     // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
10468     // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
10469     APInt A = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getAPInt();
10470     APInt End = A.sge(1) ? (Range.getUpper() - 1) : Range.getLower();
10471 
10472     // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
10473     APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
10474     ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
10475 
10476     // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
10477     // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
10478     // things must have happened.
10479     ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
10480     if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
10481       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
10482 
10483     // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
10484     assert(Range.contains(
10485            EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
10486            ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - 1), SE)->getValue()) &&
10487            "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
10488     return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
10489   } else if (isQuadratic()) {
10490     // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
10491     // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
10492     // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
10493     // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
10494     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
10495     NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
10496     const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop(), FlagAnyWrap);
10497 
10498     // Next, solve the constructed addrec
10499     if (auto Roots =
10500             SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE)) {
10501       const SCEVConstant *R1 = Roots->first;
10502       const SCEVConstant *R2 = Roots->second;
10503       // Pick the smallest positive root value.
10504       if (ConstantInt *CB = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(
10505               ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
10506         if (!CB->getZExtValue())
10507           std::swap(R1, R2); // R1 is the minimum root now.
10508 
10509         // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
10510         // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
10511         // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
10512         ConstantInt *R1Val =
10513             EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, R1->getValue(), SE);
10514         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
10515           // The next iteration must be out of the range...
10516           ConstantInt *NextVal =
10517               ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() + 1);
10518 
10519           R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10520           if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10521             return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
10522           return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10523         }
10524 
10525         // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
10526         // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
10527         ConstantInt *NextVal =
10528             ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getAPInt() - 1);
10529         R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
10530         if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
10531           return R1;
10532         return SE.getCouldNotCompute(); // Something strange happened
10533       }
10534     }
10535   }
10536 
10537   return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
10538 }
10539 
10540 const SCEVAddRecExpr *
10541 SCEVAddRecExpr::getPostIncExpr(ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
10542   assert(getNumOperands() > 1 && "AddRec with zero step?");
10543   // There is a temptation to just call getAddExpr(this, getStepRecurrence(SE)),
10544   // but in this case we cannot guarantee that the value returned will be an
10545   // AddRec because SCEV does not have a fixed point where it stops
10546   // simplification: it is legal to return ({rec1} + {rec2}). For example, it
10547   // may happen if we reach arithmetic depth limit while simplifying. So we
10548   // construct the returned value explicitly.
10549   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 3> Ops;
10550   // If this is {A,+,B,+,C,...,+,N}, then its step is {B,+,C,+,...,+,N}, and
10551   // (this + Step) is {A+B,+,B+C,+...,+,N}.
10552   for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands() - 1; i < e; ++i)
10553     Ops.push_back(SE.getAddExpr(getOperand(i), getOperand(i + 1)));
10554   // We know that the last operand is not a constant zero (otherwise it would
10555   // have been popped out earlier). This guarantees us that if the result has
10556   // the same last operand, then it will also not be popped out, meaning that
10557   // the returned value will be an AddRec.
10558   const SCEV *Last = getOperand(getNumOperands() - 1);
10559   assert(!Last->isZero() && "Recurrency with zero step?");
10560   Ops.push_back(Last);
10561   return cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE.getAddRecExpr(Ops, getLoop(),
10562                                                SCEV::FlagAnyWrap));
10563 }
10564 
10565 // Return true when S contains at least an undef value.
10566 static inline bool containsUndefs(const SCEV *S) {
10567   return SCEVExprContains(S, [](const SCEV *S) {
10568     if (const auto *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S))
10569       return isa<UndefValue>(SU->getValue());
10570     else if (const auto *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
10571       return isa<UndefValue>(SC->getValue());
10572     return false;
10573   });
10574 }
10575 
10576 namespace {
10577 
10578 // Collect all steps of SCEV expressions.
10579 struct SCEVCollectStrides {
10580   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10581   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Strides;
10582 
10583   SCEVCollectStrides(ScalarEvolution &SE, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &S)
10584       : SE(SE), Strides(S) {}
10585 
10586   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10587     if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
10588       Strides.push_back(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE));
10589     return true;
10590   }
10591 
10592   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10593 };
10594 
10595 // Collect all SCEVUnknown and SCEVMulExpr expressions.
10596 struct SCEVCollectTerms {
10597   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10598 
10599   SCEVCollectTerms(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T) : Terms(T) {}
10600 
10601   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10602     if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(S) || isa<SCEVMulExpr>(S) ||
10603         isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
10604       if (!containsUndefs(S))
10605         Terms.push_back(S);
10606 
10607       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10608       return false;
10609     }
10610 
10611     // Keep looking.
10612     return true;
10613   }
10614 
10615   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10616 };
10617 
10618 // Check if a SCEV contains an AddRecExpr.
10619 struct SCEVHasAddRec {
10620   bool &ContainsAddRec;
10621 
10622   SCEVHasAddRec(bool &ContainsAddRec) : ContainsAddRec(ContainsAddRec) {
10623     ContainsAddRec = false;
10624   }
10625 
10626   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10627     if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
10628       ContainsAddRec = true;
10629 
10630       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10631       return false;
10632     }
10633 
10634     // Keep looking.
10635     return true;
10636   }
10637 
10638   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10639 };
10640 
10641 // Find factors that are multiplied with an expression that (possibly as a
10642 // subexpression) contains an AddRecExpr. In the expression:
10643 //
10644 //  8 * (100 +  %p * %q * (%a + {0, +, 1}_loop))
10645 //
10646 // "%p * %q" are factors multiplied by the expression "(%a + {0, +, 1}_loop)"
10647 // that contains the AddRec {0, +, 1}_loop. %p * %q are likely to be array size
10648 // parameters as they form a product with an induction variable.
10649 //
10650 // This collector expects all array size parameters to be in the same MulExpr.
10651 // It might be necessary to later add support for collecting parameters that are
10652 // spread over different nested MulExpr.
10653 struct SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies {
10654   SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms;
10655   ScalarEvolution &SE;
10656 
10657   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &T, ScalarEvolution &SE)
10658       : Terms(T), SE(SE) {}
10659 
10660   bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
10661     if (auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
10662       bool HasAddRec = false;
10663       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 0> Operands;
10664       for (auto Op : Mul->operands()) {
10665         const SCEVUnknown *Unknown = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op);
10666         if (Unknown && !isa<CallInst>(Unknown->getValue())) {
10667           Operands.push_back(Op);
10668         } else if (Unknown) {
10669           HasAddRec = true;
10670         } else {
10671           bool ContainsAddRec;
10672           SCEVHasAddRec ContiansAddRec(ContainsAddRec);
10673           visitAll(Op, ContiansAddRec);
10674           HasAddRec |= ContainsAddRec;
10675         }
10676       }
10677       if (Operands.size() == 0)
10678         return true;
10679 
10680       if (!HasAddRec)
10681         return false;
10682 
10683       Terms.push_back(SE.getMulExpr(Operands));
10684       // Stop recursion: once we collected a term, do not walk its operands.
10685       return false;
10686     }
10687 
10688     // Keep looking.
10689     return true;
10690   }
10691 
10692   bool isDone() const { return false; }
10693 };
10694 
10695 } // end anonymous namespace
10696 
10697 /// Find parametric terms in this SCEVAddRecExpr. We first for parameters in
10698 /// two places:
10699 ///   1) The strides of AddRec expressions.
10700 ///   2) Unknowns that are multiplied with AddRec expressions.
10701 void ScalarEvolution::collectParametricTerms(const SCEV *Expr,
10702     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10703   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Strides;
10704   SCEVCollectStrides StrideCollector(*this, Strides);
10705   visitAll(Expr, StrideCollector);
10706 
10707   LLVM_DEBUG({
10708     dbgs() << "Strides:\n";
10709     for (const SCEV *S : Strides)
10710       dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10711   });
10712 
10713   for (const SCEV *S : Strides) {
10714     SCEVCollectTerms TermCollector(Terms);
10715     visitAll(S, TermCollector);
10716   }
10717 
10718   LLVM_DEBUG({
10719     dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10720     for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10721       dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10722   });
10723 
10724   SCEVCollectAddRecMultiplies MulCollector(Terms, *this);
10725   visitAll(Expr, MulCollector);
10726 }
10727 
10728 static bool findArrayDimensionsRec(ScalarEvolution &SE,
10729                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10730                                    SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10731   int Last = Terms.size() - 1;
10732   const SCEV *Step = Terms[Last];
10733 
10734   // End of recursion.
10735   if (Last == 0) {
10736     if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Step)) {
10737       SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Qs;
10738       for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10739         if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10740           Qs.push_back(Op);
10741 
10742       Step = SE.getMulExpr(Qs);
10743     }
10744 
10745     Sizes.push_back(Step);
10746     return true;
10747   }
10748 
10749   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10750     // Normalize the terms before the next call to findArrayDimensionsRec.
10751     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10752     SCEVDivision::divide(SE, Term, Step, &Q, &R);
10753 
10754     // Bail out when GCD does not evenly divide one of the terms.
10755     if (!R->isZero())
10756       return false;
10757 
10758     Term = Q;
10759   }
10760 
10761   // Remove all SCEVConstants.
10762   Terms.erase(
10763       remove_if(Terms, [](const SCEV *E) { return isa<SCEVConstant>(E); }),
10764       Terms.end());
10765 
10766   if (Terms.size() > 0)
10767     if (!findArrayDimensionsRec(SE, Terms, Sizes))
10768       return false;
10769 
10770   Sizes.push_back(Step);
10771   return true;
10772 }
10773 
10774 // Returns true when one of the SCEVs of Terms contains a SCEVUnknown parameter.
10775 static inline bool containsParameters(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms) {
10776   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10777     if (SCEVExprContains(T, isa<SCEVUnknown, const SCEV *>))
10778       return true;
10779   return false;
10780 }
10781 
10782 // Return the number of product terms in S.
10783 static inline int numberOfTerms(const SCEV *S) {
10784   if (const SCEVMulExpr *Expr = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S))
10785     return Expr->getNumOperands();
10786   return 1;
10787 }
10788 
10789 static const SCEV *removeConstantFactors(ScalarEvolution &SE, const SCEV *T) {
10790   if (isa<SCEVConstant>(T))
10791     return nullptr;
10792 
10793   if (isa<SCEVUnknown>(T))
10794     return T;
10795 
10796   if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(T)) {
10797     SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Factors;
10798     for (const SCEV *Op : M->operands())
10799       if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(Op))
10800         Factors.push_back(Op);
10801 
10802     return SE.getMulExpr(Factors);
10803   }
10804 
10805   return T;
10806 }
10807 
10808 /// Return the size of an element read or written by Inst.
10809 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getElementSize(Instruction *Inst) {
10810   Type *Ty;
10811   if (StoreInst *Store = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Inst))
10812     Ty = Store->getValueOperand()->getType();
10813   else if (LoadInst *Load = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(Inst))
10814     Ty = Load->getType();
10815   else
10816     return nullptr;
10817 
10818   Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(Ty));
10819   return getSizeOfExpr(ETy, Ty);
10820 }
10821 
10822 void ScalarEvolution::findArrayDimensions(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Terms,
10823                                           SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10824                                           const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10825   if (Terms.size() < 1 || !ElementSize)
10826     return;
10827 
10828   // Early return when Terms do not contain parameters: we do not delinearize
10829   // non parametric SCEVs.
10830   if (!containsParameters(Terms))
10831     return;
10832 
10833   LLVM_DEBUG({
10834     dbgs() << "Terms:\n";
10835     for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10836       dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10837   });
10838 
10839   // Remove duplicates.
10840   array_pod_sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end());
10841   Terms.erase(std::unique(Terms.begin(), Terms.end()), Terms.end());
10842 
10843   // Put larger terms first.
10844   llvm::sort(Terms.begin(), Terms.end(), [](const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
10845     return numberOfTerms(LHS) > numberOfTerms(RHS);
10846   });
10847 
10848   // Try to divide all terms by the element size. If term is not divisible by
10849   // element size, proceed with the original term.
10850   for (const SCEV *&Term : Terms) {
10851     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10852     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Term, ElementSize, &Q, &R);
10853     if (!Q->isZero())
10854       Term = Q;
10855   }
10856 
10857   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewTerms;
10858 
10859   // Remove constant factors.
10860   for (const SCEV *T : Terms)
10861     if (const SCEV *NewT = removeConstantFactors(*this, T))
10862       NewTerms.push_back(NewT);
10863 
10864   LLVM_DEBUG({
10865     dbgs() << "Terms after sorting:\n";
10866     for (const SCEV *T : NewTerms)
10867       dbgs() << *T << "\n";
10868   });
10869 
10870   if (NewTerms.empty() || !findArrayDimensionsRec(*this, NewTerms, Sizes)) {
10871     Sizes.clear();
10872     return;
10873   }
10874 
10875   // The last element to be pushed into Sizes is the size of an element.
10876   Sizes.push_back(ElementSize);
10877 
10878   LLVM_DEBUG({
10879     dbgs() << "Sizes:\n";
10880     for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
10881       dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10882   });
10883 }
10884 
10885 void ScalarEvolution::computeAccessFunctions(
10886     const SCEV *Expr, SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10887     SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes) {
10888   // Early exit in case this SCEV is not an affine multivariate function.
10889   if (Sizes.empty())
10890     return;
10891 
10892   if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr))
10893     if (!AR->isAffine())
10894       return;
10895 
10896   const SCEV *Res = Expr;
10897   int Last = Sizes.size() - 1;
10898   for (int i = Last; i >= 0; i--) {
10899     const SCEV *Q, *R;
10900     SCEVDivision::divide(*this, Res, Sizes[i], &Q, &R);
10901 
10902     LLVM_DEBUG({
10903       dbgs() << "Res: " << *Res << "\n";
10904       dbgs() << "Sizes[i]: " << *Sizes[i] << "\n";
10905       dbgs() << "Res divided by Sizes[i]:\n";
10906       dbgs() << "Quotient: " << *Q << "\n";
10907       dbgs() << "Remainder: " << *R << "\n";
10908     });
10909 
10910     Res = Q;
10911 
10912     // Do not record the last subscript corresponding to the size of elements in
10913     // the array.
10914     if (i == Last) {
10915 
10916       // Bail out if the remainder is too complex.
10917       if (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(R)) {
10918         Subscripts.clear();
10919         Sizes.clear();
10920         return;
10921       }
10922 
10923       continue;
10924     }
10925 
10926     // Record the access function for the current subscript.
10927     Subscripts.push_back(R);
10928   }
10929 
10930   // Also push in last position the remainder of the last division: it will be
10931   // the access function of the innermost dimension.
10932   Subscripts.push_back(Res);
10933 
10934   std::reverse(Subscripts.begin(), Subscripts.end());
10935 
10936   LLVM_DEBUG({
10937     dbgs() << "Subscripts:\n";
10938     for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
10939       dbgs() << *S << "\n";
10940   });
10941 }
10942 
10943 /// Splits the SCEV into two vectors of SCEVs representing the subscripts and
10944 /// sizes of an array access. Returns the remainder of the delinearization that
10945 /// is the offset start of the array.  The SCEV->delinearize algorithm computes
10946 /// the multiples of SCEV coefficients: that is a pattern matching of sub
10947 /// expressions in the stride and base of a SCEV corresponding to the
10948 /// computation of a GCD (greatest common divisor) of base and stride.  When
10949 /// SCEV->delinearize fails, it returns the SCEV unchanged.
10950 ///
10951 /// For example: when analyzing the memory access A[i][j][k] in this loop nest
10952 ///
10953 ///  void foo(long n, long m, long o, double A[n][m][o]) {
10954 ///
10955 ///    for (long i = 0; i < n; i++)
10956 ///      for (long j = 0; j < m; j++)
10957 ///        for (long k = 0; k < o; k++)
10958 ///          A[i][j][k] = 1.0;
10959 ///  }
10960 ///
10961 /// the delinearization input is the following AddRec SCEV:
10962 ///
10963 ///  AddRec: {{{%A,+,(8 * %m * %o)}<%for.i>,+,(8 * %o)}<%for.j>,+,8}<%for.k>
10964 ///
10965 /// From this SCEV, we are able to say that the base offset of the access is %A
10966 /// because it appears as an offset that does not divide any of the strides in
10967 /// the loops:
10968 ///
10969 ///  CHECK: Base offset: %A
10970 ///
10971 /// and then SCEV->delinearize determines the size of some of the dimensions of
10972 /// the array as these are the multiples by which the strides are happening:
10973 ///
10974 ///  CHECK: ArrayDecl[UnknownSize][%m][%o] with elements of sizeof(double) bytes.
10975 ///
10976 /// Note that the outermost dimension remains of UnknownSize because there are
10977 /// no strides that would help identifying the size of the last dimension: when
10978 /// the array has been statically allocated, one could compute the size of that
10979 /// dimension by dividing the overall size of the array by the size of the known
10980 /// dimensions: %m * %o * 8.
10981 ///
10982 /// Finally delinearize provides the access functions for the array reference
10983 /// that does correspond to A[i][j][k] of the above C testcase:
10984 ///
10985 ///  CHECK: ArrayRef[{0,+,1}<%for.i>][{0,+,1}<%for.j>][{0,+,1}<%for.k>]
10986 ///
10987 /// The testcases are checking the output of a function pass:
10988 /// DelinearizationPass that walks through all loads and stores of a function
10989 /// asking for the SCEV of the memory access with respect to all enclosing
10990 /// loops, calling SCEV->delinearize on that and printing the results.
10991 void ScalarEvolution::delinearize(const SCEV *Expr,
10992                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Subscripts,
10993                                  SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Sizes,
10994                                  const SCEV *ElementSize) {
10995   // First step: collect parametric terms.
10996   SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Terms;
10997   collectParametricTerms(Expr, Terms);
10998 
10999   if (Terms.empty())
11000     return;
11001 
11002   // Second step: find subscript sizes.
11003   findArrayDimensions(Terms, Sizes, ElementSize);
11004 
11005   if (Sizes.empty())
11006     return;
11007 
11008   // Third step: compute the access functions for each subscript.
11009   computeAccessFunctions(Expr, Subscripts, Sizes);
11010 
11011   if (Subscripts.empty())
11012     return;
11013 
11014   LLVM_DEBUG({
11015     dbgs() << "succeeded to delinearize " << *Expr << "\n";
11016     dbgs() << "ArrayDecl[UnknownSize]";
11017     for (const SCEV *S : Sizes)
11018       dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
11019 
11020     dbgs() << "\nArrayRef";
11021     for (const SCEV *S : Subscripts)
11022       dbgs() << "[" << *S << "]";
11023     dbgs() << "\n";
11024   });
11025 }
11026 
11027 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11028 //                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
11029 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11030 
11031 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
11032   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
11033   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
11034     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
11035   SE->eraseValueFromMap(getValPtr());
11036   // this now dangles!
11037 }
11038 
11039 void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *V) {
11040   assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
11041 
11042   // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
11043   // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
11044   // value.
11045   Value *Old = getValPtr();
11046   SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist(Old->user_begin(), Old->user_end());
11047   SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
11048   while (!Worklist.empty()) {
11049     User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
11050     // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
11051     // that until everything else is done.
11052     if (U == Old)
11053       continue;
11054     if (!Visited.insert(U).second)
11055       continue;
11056     if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
11057       SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
11058     SE->eraseValueFromMap(U);
11059     Worklist.insert(Worklist.end(), U->user_begin(), U->user_end());
11060   }
11061   // Delete the Old value.
11062   if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
11063     SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
11064   SE->eraseValueFromMap(Old);
11065   // this now dangles!
11066 }
11067 
11068 ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
11069   : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
11070 
11071 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11072 //                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
11073 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
11074 
11075 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(Function &F, TargetLibraryInfo &TLI,
11076                                  AssumptionCache &AC, DominatorTree &DT,
11077                                  LoopInfo &LI)
11078     : F(F), TLI(TLI), AC(AC), DT(DT), LI(LI),
11079       CouldNotCompute(new SCEVCouldNotCompute()), ValuesAtScopes(64),
11080       LoopDispositions(64), BlockDispositions(64) {
11081   // To use guards for proving predicates, we need to scan every instruction in
11082   // relevant basic blocks, and not just terminators.  Doing this is a waste of
11083   // time if the IR does not actually contain any calls to
11084   // @llvm.experimental.guard, so do a quick check and remember this beforehand.
11085   //
11086   // This pessimizes the case where a pass that preserves ScalarEvolution wants
11087   // to _add_ guards to the module when there weren't any before, and wants
11088   // ScalarEvolution to optimize based on those guards.  For now we prefer to be
11089   // efficient in lieu of being smart in that rather obscure case.
11090 
11091   auto *GuardDecl = F.getParent()->getFunction(
11092       Intrinsic::getName(Intrinsic::experimental_guard));
11093   HasGuards = GuardDecl && !GuardDecl->use_empty();
11094 }
11095 
11096 ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &&Arg)
11097     : F(Arg.F), HasGuards(Arg.HasGuards), TLI(Arg.TLI), AC(Arg.AC), DT(Arg.DT),
11098       LI(Arg.LI), CouldNotCompute(std::move(Arg.CouldNotCompute)),
11099       ValueExprMap(std::move(Arg.ValueExprMap)),
11100       PendingLoopPredicates(std::move(Arg.PendingLoopPredicates)),
11101       PendingPhiRanges(std::move(Arg.PendingPhiRanges)),
11102       PendingMerges(std::move(Arg.PendingMerges)),
11103       MinTrailingZerosCache(std::move(Arg.MinTrailingZerosCache)),
11104       BackedgeTakenCounts(std::move(Arg.BackedgeTakenCounts)),
11105       PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts(
11106           std::move(Arg.PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)),
11107       ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(
11108           std::move(Arg.ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue)),
11109       ValuesAtScopes(std::move(Arg.ValuesAtScopes)),
11110       LoopDispositions(std::move(Arg.LoopDispositions)),
11111       LoopPropertiesCache(std::move(Arg.LoopPropertiesCache)),
11112       BlockDispositions(std::move(Arg.BlockDispositions)),
11113       UnsignedRanges(std::move(Arg.UnsignedRanges)),
11114       SignedRanges(std::move(Arg.SignedRanges)),
11115       UniqueSCEVs(std::move(Arg.UniqueSCEVs)),
11116       UniquePreds(std::move(Arg.UniquePreds)),
11117       SCEVAllocator(std::move(Arg.SCEVAllocator)),
11118       LoopUsers(std::move(Arg.LoopUsers)),
11119       PredicatedSCEVRewrites(std::move(Arg.PredicatedSCEVRewrites)),
11120       FirstUnknown(Arg.FirstUnknown) {
11121   Arg.FirstUnknown = nullptr;
11122 }
11123 
11124 ScalarEvolution::~ScalarEvolution() {
11125   // Iterate through all the SCEVUnknown instances and call their
11126   // destructors, so that they release their references to their values.
11127   for (SCEVUnknown *U = FirstUnknown; U;) {
11128     SCEVUnknown *Tmp = U;
11129     U = U->Next;
11130     Tmp->~SCEVUnknown();
11131   }
11132   FirstUnknown = nullptr;
11133 
11134   ExprValueMap.clear();
11135   ValueExprMap.clear();
11136   HasRecMap.clear();
11137 
11138   // Free any extra memory created for ExitNotTakenInfo in the unlikely event
11139   // that a loop had multiple computable exits.
11140   for (auto &BTCI : BackedgeTakenCounts)
11141     BTCI.second.clear();
11142   for (auto &BTCI : PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts)
11143     BTCI.second.clear();
11144 
11145   assert(PendingLoopPredicates.empty() && "isImpliedCond garbage");
11146   assert(PendingPhiRanges.empty() && "getRangeRef garbage");
11147   assert(PendingMerges.empty() && "isImpliedViaMerge garbage");
11148   assert(!WalkingBEDominatingConds && "isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond garbage!");
11149   assert(!ProvingSplitPredicate && "ProvingSplitPredicate garbage!");
11150 }
11151 
11152 bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
11153   return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
11154 }
11155 
11156 static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
11157                           const Loop *L) {
11158   // Print all inner loops first
11159   for (Loop *I : *L)
11160     PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, I);
11161 
11162   OS << "Loop ";
11163   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11164   OS << ": ";
11165 
11166   SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
11167   L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
11168   if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
11169     OS << "<multiple exits> ";
11170 
11171   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
11172     OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
11173   } else {
11174     OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
11175   }
11176 
11177   OS << "\n"
11178         "Loop ";
11179   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11180   OS << ": ";
11181 
11182   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
11183     OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
11184     if (SE->isBackedgeTakenCountMaxOrZero(L))
11185       OS << ", actual taken count either this or zero.";
11186   } else {
11187     OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
11188   }
11189 
11190   OS << "\n"
11191         "Loop ";
11192   L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11193   OS << ": ";
11194 
11195   SCEVUnionPredicate Pred;
11196   auto PBT = SE->getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(L, Pred);
11197   if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(PBT)) {
11198     OS << "Predicated backedge-taken count is " << *PBT << "\n";
11199     OS << " Predicates:\n";
11200     Pred.print(OS, 4);
11201   } else {
11202     OS << "Unpredictable predicated backedge-taken count. ";
11203   }
11204   OS << "\n";
11205 
11206   if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
11207     OS << "Loop ";
11208     L->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11209     OS << ": ";
11210     OS << "Trip multiple is " << SE->getSmallConstantTripMultiple(L) << "\n";
11211   }
11212 }
11213 
11214 static StringRef loopDispositionToStr(ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition LD) {
11215   switch (LD) {
11216   case ScalarEvolution::LoopVariant:
11217     return "Variant";
11218   case ScalarEvolution::LoopInvariant:
11219     return "Invariant";
11220   case ScalarEvolution::LoopComputable:
11221     return "Computable";
11222   }
11223   llvm_unreachable("Unknown ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition kind!");
11224 }
11225 
11226 void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
11227   // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
11228   // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
11229   // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
11230   // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
11231   // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
11232   // const isn't dangerous.
11233   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
11234 
11235   OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
11236   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11237   OS << "\n";
11238   for (Instruction &I : instructions(F))
11239     if (isSCEVable(I.getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(I)) {
11240       OS << I << '\n';
11241       OS << "  -->  ";
11242       const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&I);
11243       SV->print(OS);
11244       if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SV)) {
11245         OS << " U: ";
11246         SE.getUnsignedRange(SV).print(OS);
11247         OS << " S: ";
11248         SE.getSignedRange(SV).print(OS);
11249       }
11250 
11251       const Loop *L = LI.getLoopFor(I.getParent());
11252 
11253       const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
11254       if (AtUse != SV) {
11255         OS << "  -->  ";
11256         AtUse->print(OS);
11257         if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(AtUse)) {
11258           OS << " U: ";
11259           SE.getUnsignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
11260           OS << " S: ";
11261           SE.getSignedRange(AtUse).print(OS);
11262         }
11263       }
11264 
11265       if (L) {
11266         OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
11267         const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
11268         if (!SE.isLoopInvariant(ExitValue, L)) {
11269           OS << "<<Unknown>>";
11270         } else {
11271           OS << *ExitValue;
11272         }
11273 
11274         bool First = true;
11275         for (auto *Iter = L; Iter; Iter = Iter->getParentLoop()) {
11276           if (First) {
11277             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
11278             First = false;
11279           } else {
11280             OS << ", ";
11281           }
11282 
11283           Iter->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11284           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, Iter));
11285         }
11286 
11287         for (auto *InnerL : depth_first(L)) {
11288           if (InnerL == L)
11289             continue;
11290           if (First) {
11291             OS << "\t\t" "LoopDispositions: { ";
11292             First = false;
11293           } else {
11294             OS << ", ";
11295           }
11296 
11297           InnerL->getHeader()->printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11298           OS << ": " << loopDispositionToStr(SE.getLoopDisposition(SV, InnerL));
11299         }
11300 
11301         OS << " }";
11302       }
11303 
11304       OS << "\n";
11305     }
11306 
11307   OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
11308   F.printAsOperand(OS, /*PrintType=*/false);
11309   OS << "\n";
11310   for (Loop *I : LI)
11311     PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, I);
11312 }
11313 
11314 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
11315 ScalarEvolution::getLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11316   auto &Values = LoopDispositions[S];
11317   for (auto &V : Values) {
11318     if (V.getPointer() == L)
11319       return V.getInt();
11320   }
11321   Values.emplace_back(L, LoopVariant);
11322   LoopDisposition D = computeLoopDisposition(S, L);
11323   auto &Values2 = LoopDispositions[S];
11324   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
11325     if (V.getPointer() == L) {
11326       V.setInt(D);
11327       break;
11328     }
11329   }
11330   return D;
11331 }
11332 
11333 ScalarEvolution::LoopDisposition
11334 ScalarEvolution::computeLoopDisposition(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11335   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
11336   case scConstant:
11337     return LoopInvariant;
11338   case scTruncate:
11339   case scZeroExtend:
11340   case scSignExtend:
11341     return getLoopDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), L);
11342   case scAddRecExpr: {
11343     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11344 
11345     // If L is the addrec's loop, it's computable.
11346     if (AR->getLoop() == L)
11347       return LoopComputable;
11348 
11349     // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
11350     if (!L)
11351       return LoopVariant;
11352 
11353     // Everything that is not defined at loop entry is variant.
11354     if (DT.dominates(L->getHeader(), AR->getLoop()->getHeader()))
11355       return LoopVariant;
11356     assert(!L->contains(AR->getLoop()) && "Containing loop's header does not"
11357            " dominate the contained loop's header?");
11358 
11359     // This recurrence is invariant w.r.t. L if AR's loop contains L.
11360     if (AR->getLoop()->contains(L))
11361       return LoopInvariant;
11362 
11363     // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. L if any of its operands
11364     // are variant.
11365     for (auto *Op : AR->operands())
11366       if (!isLoopInvariant(Op, L))
11367         return LoopVariant;
11368 
11369     // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
11370     return LoopInvariant;
11371   }
11372   case scAddExpr:
11373   case scMulExpr:
11374   case scUMaxExpr:
11375   case scSMaxExpr: {
11376     bool HasVarying = false;
11377     for (auto *Op : cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S)->operands()) {
11378       LoopDisposition D = getLoopDisposition(Op, L);
11379       if (D == LoopVariant)
11380         return LoopVariant;
11381       if (D == LoopComputable)
11382         HasVarying = true;
11383     }
11384     return HasVarying ? LoopComputable : LoopInvariant;
11385   }
11386   case scUDivExpr: {
11387     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
11388     LoopDisposition LD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getLHS(), L);
11389     if (LD == LoopVariant)
11390       return LoopVariant;
11391     LoopDisposition RD = getLoopDisposition(UDiv->getRHS(), L);
11392     if (RD == LoopVariant)
11393       return LoopVariant;
11394     return (LD == LoopInvariant && RD == LoopInvariant) ?
11395            LoopInvariant : LoopComputable;
11396   }
11397   case scUnknown:
11398     // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
11399     // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
11400     // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
11401     // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
11402     if (auto *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue()))
11403       return (L && !L->contains(I)) ? LoopInvariant : LoopVariant;
11404     return LoopInvariant;
11405   case scCouldNotCompute:
11406     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
11407   }
11408   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
11409 }
11410 
11411 bool ScalarEvolution::isLoopInvariant(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11412   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopInvariant;
11413 }
11414 
11415 bool ScalarEvolution::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L) {
11416   return getLoopDisposition(S, L) == LoopComputable;
11417 }
11418 
11419 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
11420 ScalarEvolution::getBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11421   auto &Values = BlockDispositions[S];
11422   for (auto &V : Values) {
11423     if (V.getPointer() == BB)
11424       return V.getInt();
11425   }
11426   Values.emplace_back(BB, DoesNotDominateBlock);
11427   BlockDisposition D = computeBlockDisposition(S, BB);
11428   auto &Values2 = BlockDispositions[S];
11429   for (auto &V : make_range(Values2.rbegin(), Values2.rend())) {
11430     if (V.getPointer() == BB) {
11431       V.setInt(D);
11432       break;
11433     }
11434   }
11435   return D;
11436 }
11437 
11438 ScalarEvolution::BlockDisposition
11439 ScalarEvolution::computeBlockDisposition(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11440   switch (static_cast<SCEVTypes>(S->getSCEVType())) {
11441   case scConstant:
11442     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11443   case scTruncate:
11444   case scZeroExtend:
11445   case scSignExtend:
11446     return getBlockDisposition(cast<SCEVCastExpr>(S)->getOperand(), BB);
11447   case scAddRecExpr: {
11448     // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query
11449     // to test for proper dominance too, because the instruction which
11450     // produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI effectively properly
11451     // dominates its entire containing block.
11452     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11453     if (!DT.dominates(AR->getLoop()->getHeader(), BB))
11454       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11455 
11456     // Fall through into SCEVNAryExpr handling.
11457     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
11458   }
11459   case scAddExpr:
11460   case scMulExpr:
11461   case scUMaxExpr:
11462   case scSMaxExpr: {
11463     const SCEVNAryExpr *NAry = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(S);
11464     bool Proper = true;
11465     for (const SCEV *NAryOp : NAry->operands()) {
11466       BlockDisposition D = getBlockDisposition(NAryOp, BB);
11467       if (D == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11468         return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11469       if (D == DominatesBlock)
11470         Proper = false;
11471     }
11472     return Proper ? ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
11473   }
11474   case scUDivExpr: {
11475     const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S);
11476     const SCEV *LHS = UDiv->getLHS(), *RHS = UDiv->getRHS();
11477     BlockDisposition LD = getBlockDisposition(LHS, BB);
11478     if (LD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11479       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11480     BlockDisposition RD = getBlockDisposition(RHS, BB);
11481     if (RD == DoesNotDominateBlock)
11482       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11483     return (LD == ProperlyDominatesBlock && RD == ProperlyDominatesBlock) ?
11484       ProperlyDominatesBlock : DominatesBlock;
11485   }
11486   case scUnknown:
11487     if (Instruction *I =
11488           dyn_cast<Instruction>(cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)->getValue())) {
11489       if (I->getParent() == BB)
11490         return DominatesBlock;
11491       if (DT.properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB))
11492         return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11493       return DoesNotDominateBlock;
11494     }
11495     return ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11496   case scCouldNotCompute:
11497     llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
11498   }
11499   llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
11500 }
11501 
11502 bool ScalarEvolution::dominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11503   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) >= DominatesBlock;
11504 }
11505 
11506 bool ScalarEvolution::properlyDominates(const SCEV *S, const BasicBlock *BB) {
11507   return getBlockDisposition(S, BB) == ProperlyDominatesBlock;
11508 }
11509 
11510 bool ScalarEvolution::hasOperand(const SCEV *S, const SCEV *Op) const {
11511   return SCEVExprContains(S, [&](const SCEV *Expr) { return Expr == Op; });
11512 }
11513 
11514 bool ScalarEvolution::ExitLimit::hasOperand(const SCEV *S) const {
11515   auto IsS = [&](const SCEV *X) { return S == X; };
11516   auto ContainsS = [&](const SCEV *X) {
11517     return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(X) && SCEVExprContains(X, IsS);
11518   };
11519   return ContainsS(ExactNotTaken) || ContainsS(MaxNotTaken);
11520 }
11521 
11522 void
11523 ScalarEvolution::forgetMemoizedResults(const SCEV *S) {
11524   ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
11525   LoopDispositions.erase(S);
11526   BlockDispositions.erase(S);
11527   UnsignedRanges.erase(S);
11528   SignedRanges.erase(S);
11529   ExprValueMap.erase(S);
11530   HasRecMap.erase(S);
11531   MinTrailingZerosCache.erase(S);
11532 
11533   for (auto I = PredicatedSCEVRewrites.begin();
11534        I != PredicatedSCEVRewrites.end();) {
11535     std::pair<const SCEV *, const Loop *> Entry = I->first;
11536     if (Entry.first == S)
11537       PredicatedSCEVRewrites.erase(I++);
11538     else
11539       ++I;
11540   }
11541 
11542   auto RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap =
11543       [S, this](DenseMap<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo> &Map) {
11544         for (auto I = Map.begin(), E = Map.end(); I != E;) {
11545           BackedgeTakenInfo &BEInfo = I->second;
11546           if (BEInfo.hasOperand(S, this)) {
11547             BEInfo.clear();
11548             Map.erase(I++);
11549           } else
11550             ++I;
11551         }
11552       };
11553 
11554   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(BackedgeTakenCounts);
11555   RemoveSCEVFromBackedgeMap(PredicatedBackedgeTakenCounts);
11556 }
11557 
11558 void
11559 ScalarEvolution::getUsedLoops(const SCEV *S,
11560                               SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed) {
11561   struct FindUsedLoops {
11562     FindUsedLoops(SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed)
11563         : LoopsUsed(LoopsUsed) {}
11564     SmallPtrSetImpl<const Loop *> &LoopsUsed;
11565     bool follow(const SCEV *S) {
11566       if (auto *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S))
11567         LoopsUsed.insert(AR->getLoop());
11568       return true;
11569     }
11570 
11571     bool isDone() const { return false; }
11572   };
11573 
11574   FindUsedLoops F(LoopsUsed);
11575   SCEVTraversal<FindUsedLoops>(F).visitAll(S);
11576 }
11577 
11578 void ScalarEvolution::addToLoopUseLists(const SCEV *S) {
11579   SmallPtrSet<const Loop *, 8> LoopsUsed;
11580   getUsedLoops(S, LoopsUsed);
11581   for (auto *L : LoopsUsed)
11582     LoopUsers[L].push_back(S);
11583 }
11584 
11585 void ScalarEvolution::verify() const {
11586   ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
11587   ScalarEvolution SE2(F, TLI, AC, DT, LI);
11588 
11589   SmallVector<Loop *, 8> LoopStack(LI.begin(), LI.end());
11590 
11591   // Map's SCEV expressions from one ScalarEvolution "universe" to another.
11592   struct SCEVMapper : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper> {
11593     SCEVMapper(ScalarEvolution &SE) : SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVMapper>(SE) {}
11594 
11595     const SCEV *visitConstant(const SCEVConstant *Constant) {
11596       return SE.getConstant(Constant->getAPInt());
11597     }
11598 
11599     const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11600       return SE.getUnknown(Expr->getValue());
11601     }
11602 
11603     const SCEV *visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *Expr) {
11604       return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
11605     }
11606   };
11607 
11608   SCEVMapper SCM(SE2);
11609 
11610   while (!LoopStack.empty()) {
11611     auto *L = LoopStack.pop_back_val();
11612     LoopStack.insert(LoopStack.end(), L->begin(), L->end());
11613 
11614     auto *CurBECount = SCM.visit(
11615         const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this)->getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
11616     auto *NewBECount = SE2.getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
11617 
11618     if (CurBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute() ||
11619         NewBECount == SE2.getCouldNotCompute()) {
11620       // NB! This situation is legal, but is very suspicious -- whatever pass
11621       // change the loop to make a trip count go from could not compute to
11622       // computable or vice-versa *should have* invalidated SCEV.  However, we
11623       // choose not to assert here (for now) since we don't want false
11624       // positives.
11625       continue;
11626     }
11627 
11628     if (containsUndefs(CurBECount) || containsUndefs(NewBECount)) {
11629       // SCEV treats "undef" as an unknown but consistent value (i.e. it does
11630       // not propagate undef aggressively).  This means we can (and do) fail
11631       // verification in cases where a transform makes the trip count of a loop
11632       // go from "undef" to "undef+1" (say).  The transform is fine, since in
11633       // both cases the loop iterates "undef" times, but SCEV thinks we
11634       // increased the trip count of the loop by 1 incorrectly.
11635       continue;
11636     }
11637 
11638     if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) >
11639         SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11640       NewBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(NewBECount, CurBECount->getType());
11641     else if (SE.getTypeSizeInBits(CurBECount->getType()) <
11642              SE.getTypeSizeInBits(NewBECount->getType()))
11643       CurBECount = SE2.getZeroExtendExpr(CurBECount, NewBECount->getType());
11644 
11645     auto *ConstantDelta =
11646         dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(SE2.getMinusSCEV(CurBECount, NewBECount));
11647 
11648     if (ConstantDelta && ConstantDelta->getAPInt() != 0) {
11649       dbgs() << "Trip Count Changed!\n";
11650       dbgs() << "Old: " << *CurBECount << "\n";
11651       dbgs() << "New: " << *NewBECount << "\n";
11652       dbgs() << "Delta: " << *ConstantDelta << "\n";
11653       std::abort();
11654     }
11655   }
11656 }
11657 
11658 bool ScalarEvolution::invalidate(
11659     Function &F, const PreservedAnalyses &PA,
11660     FunctionAnalysisManager::Invalidator &Inv) {
11661   // Invalidate the ScalarEvolution object whenever it isn't preserved or one
11662   // of its dependencies is invalidated.
11663   auto PAC = PA.getChecker<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>();
11664   return !(PAC.preserved() || PAC.preservedSet<AllAnalysesOn<Function>>()) ||
11665          Inv.invalidate<AssumptionAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11666          Inv.invalidate<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F, PA) ||
11667          Inv.invalidate<LoopAnalysis>(F, PA);
11668 }
11669 
11670 AnalysisKey ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::Key;
11671 
11672 ScalarEvolution ScalarEvolutionAnalysis::run(Function &F,
11673                                              FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11674   return ScalarEvolution(F, AM.getResult<TargetLibraryAnalysis>(F),
11675                          AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F),
11676                          AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
11677                          AM.getResult<LoopAnalysis>(F));
11678 }
11679 
11680 PreservedAnalyses
11681 ScalarEvolutionPrinterPass::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
11682   AM.getResult<ScalarEvolutionAnalysis>(F).print(OS);
11683   return PreservedAnalyses::all();
11684 }
11685 
11686 INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11687                       "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11688 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
11689 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(LoopInfoWrapperPass)
11690 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
11691 INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass)
11692 INITIALIZE_PASS_END(ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass, "scalar-evolution",
11693                     "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true)
11694 
11695 char ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ID = 0;
11696 
11697 ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
11698   initializeScalarEvolutionWrapperPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
11699 }
11700 
11701 bool ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
11702   SE.reset(new ScalarEvolution(
11703       F, getAnalysis<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>().getTLI(),
11704       getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F),
11705       getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
11706       getAnalysis<LoopInfoWrapperPass>().getLoopInfo()));
11707   return false;
11708 }
11709 
11710 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::releaseMemory() { SE.reset(); }
11711 
11712 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
11713   SE->print(OS);
11714 }
11715 
11716 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::verifyAnalysis() const {
11717   if (!VerifySCEV)
11718     return;
11719 
11720   SE->verify();
11721 }
11722 
11723 void ScalarEvolutionWrapperPass::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
11724   AU.setPreservesAll();
11725   AU.addRequiredTransitive<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
11726   AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfoWrapperPass>();
11727   AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
11728   AU.addRequiredTransitive<TargetLibraryInfoWrapperPass>();
11729 }
11730 
11731 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getEqualPredicate(const SCEV *LHS,
11732                                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
11733   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11734   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
11735          "Type mismatch between LHS and RHS");
11736   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11737   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Equal);
11738   ID.AddPointer(LHS);
11739   ID.AddPointer(RHS);
11740   void *IP = nullptr;
11741   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11742     return S;
11743   SCEVEqualPredicate *Eq = new (SCEVAllocator)
11744       SCEVEqualPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), LHS, RHS);
11745   UniquePreds.InsertNode(Eq, IP);
11746   return Eq;
11747 }
11748 
11749 const SCEVPredicate *ScalarEvolution::getWrapPredicate(
11750     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11751     SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11752   FoldingSetNodeID ID;
11753   // Unique this node based on the arguments
11754   ID.AddInteger(SCEVPredicate::P_Wrap);
11755   ID.AddPointer(AR);
11756   ID.AddInteger(AddedFlags);
11757   void *IP = nullptr;
11758   if (const auto *S = UniquePreds.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP))
11759     return S;
11760   auto *OF = new (SCEVAllocator)
11761       SCEVWrapPredicate(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), AR, AddedFlags);
11762   UniquePreds.InsertNode(OF, IP);
11763   return OF;
11764 }
11765 
11766 namespace {
11767 
11768 class SCEVPredicateRewriter : public SCEVRewriteVisitor<SCEVPredicateRewriter> {
11769 public:
11770 
11771   /// Rewrites \p S in the context of a loop L and the SCEV predication
11772   /// infrastructure.
11773   ///
11774   /// If \p Pred is non-null, the SCEV expression is rewritten to respect the
11775   /// equivalences present in \p Pred.
11776   ///
11777   /// If \p NewPreds is non-null, rewrite is free to add further predicates to
11778   /// \p NewPreds such that the result will be an AddRecExpr.
11779   static const SCEV *rewrite(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11780                              SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11781                              SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred) {
11782     SCEVPredicateRewriter Rewriter(L, SE, NewPreds, Pred);
11783     return Rewriter.visit(S);
11784   }
11785 
11786   const SCEV *visitUnknown(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11787     if (Pred) {
11788       auto ExprPreds = Pred->getPredicatesForExpr(Expr);
11789       for (auto *Pred : ExprPreds)
11790         if (const auto *IPred = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(Pred))
11791           if (IPred->getLHS() == Expr)
11792             return IPred->getRHS();
11793     }
11794     return convertToAddRecWithPreds(Expr);
11795   }
11796 
11797   const SCEV *visitZeroExtendExpr(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Expr) {
11798     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11799     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11800     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11801       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nuw
11802       // flag. Add the nusw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11803       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11804       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11805       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW))
11806         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11807                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11808                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11809     }
11810     return SE.getZeroExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11811   }
11812 
11813   const SCEV *visitSignExtendExpr(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Expr) {
11814     const SCEV *Operand = visit(Expr->getOperand());
11815     const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operand);
11816     if (AR && AR->getLoop() == L && AR->isAffine()) {
11817       // This couldn't be folded because the operand didn't have the nsw
11818       // flag. Add the nssw flag as an assumption that we could make.
11819       const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(SE);
11820       Type *Ty = Expr->getType();
11821       if (addOverflowAssumption(AR, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW))
11822         return SE.getAddRecExpr(SE.getSignExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), Ty),
11823                                 SE.getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty), L,
11824                                 AR->getNoWrapFlags());
11825     }
11826     return SE.getSignExtendExpr(Operand, Expr->getType());
11827   }
11828 
11829 private:
11830   explicit SCEVPredicateRewriter(const Loop *L, ScalarEvolution &SE,
11831                         SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds,
11832                         SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred)
11833       : SCEVRewriteVisitor(SE), NewPreds(NewPreds), Pred(Pred), L(L) {}
11834 
11835   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVPredicate *P) {
11836     if (!NewPreds) {
11837       // Check if we've already made this assumption.
11838       return Pred && Pred->implies(P);
11839     }
11840     NewPreds->insert(P);
11841     return true;
11842   }
11843 
11844   bool addOverflowAssumption(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11845                              SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags AddedFlags) {
11846     auto *A = SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, AddedFlags);
11847     return addOverflowAssumption(A);
11848   }
11849 
11850   // If \p Expr represents a PHINode, we try to see if it can be represented
11851   // as an AddRec, possibly under a predicate (PHISCEVPred). If it is possible
11852   // to add this predicate as a runtime overflow check, we return the AddRec.
11853   // If \p Expr does not meet these conditions (is not a PHI node, or we
11854   // couldn't create an AddRec for it, or couldn't add the predicate), we just
11855   // return \p Expr.
11856   const SCEV *convertToAddRecWithPreds(const SCEVUnknown *Expr) {
11857     if (!isa<PHINode>(Expr->getValue()))
11858       return Expr;
11859     Optional<std::pair<const SCEV *, SmallVector<const SCEVPredicate *, 3>>>
11860     PredicatedRewrite = SE.createAddRecFromPHIWithCasts(Expr);
11861     if (!PredicatedRewrite)
11862       return Expr;
11863     for (auto *P : PredicatedRewrite->second){
11864       // Wrap predicates from outer loops are not supported.
11865       if (auto *WP = dyn_cast<const SCEVWrapPredicate>(P)) {
11866         auto *AR = cast<const SCEVAddRecExpr>(WP->getExpr());
11867         if (L != AR->getLoop())
11868           return Expr;
11869       }
11870       if (!addOverflowAssumption(P))
11871         return Expr;
11872     }
11873     return PredicatedRewrite->first;
11874   }
11875 
11876   SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> *NewPreds;
11877   SCEVUnionPredicate *Pred;
11878   const Loop *L;
11879 };
11880 
11881 } // end anonymous namespace
11882 
11883 const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::rewriteUsingPredicate(const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11884                                                    SCEVUnionPredicate &Preds) {
11885   return SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, nullptr, &Preds);
11886 }
11887 
11888 const SCEVAddRecExpr *ScalarEvolution::convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(
11889     const SCEV *S, const Loop *L,
11890     SmallPtrSetImpl<const SCEVPredicate *> &Preds) {
11891   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> TransformPreds;
11892   S = SCEVPredicateRewriter::rewrite(S, L, *this, &TransformPreds, nullptr);
11893   auto *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S);
11894 
11895   if (!AddRec)
11896     return nullptr;
11897 
11898   // Since the transformation was successful, we can now transfer the SCEV
11899   // predicates.
11900   for (auto *P : TransformPreds)
11901     Preds.insert(P);
11902 
11903   return AddRec;
11904 }
11905 
11906 /// SCEV predicates
11907 SCEVPredicate::SCEVPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11908                              SCEVPredicateKind Kind)
11909     : FastID(ID), Kind(Kind) {}
11910 
11911 SCEVEqualPredicate::SCEVEqualPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11912                                        const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS)
11913     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Equal), LHS(LHS), RHS(RHS) {
11914   assert(LHS->getType() == RHS->getType() && "LHS and RHS types don't match");
11915   assert(LHS != RHS && "LHS and RHS are the same SCEV");
11916 }
11917 
11918 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11919   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVEqualPredicate>(N);
11920 
11921   if (!Op)
11922     return false;
11923 
11924   return Op->LHS == LHS && Op->RHS == RHS;
11925 }
11926 
11927 bool SCEVEqualPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const { return false; }
11928 
11929 const SCEV *SCEVEqualPredicate::getExpr() const { return LHS; }
11930 
11931 void SCEVEqualPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11932   OS.indent(Depth) << "Equal predicate: " << *LHS << " == " << *RHS << "\n";
11933 }
11934 
11935 SCEVWrapPredicate::SCEVWrapPredicate(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
11936                                      const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11937                                      IncrementWrapFlags Flags)
11938     : SCEVPredicate(ID, P_Wrap), AR(AR), Flags(Flags) {}
11939 
11940 const SCEV *SCEVWrapPredicate::getExpr() const { return AR; }
11941 
11942 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
11943   const auto *Op = dyn_cast<SCEVWrapPredicate>(N);
11944 
11945   return Op && Op->AR == AR && setFlags(Flags, Op->Flags) == Flags;
11946 }
11947 
11948 bool SCEVWrapPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11949   SCEV::NoWrapFlags ScevFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11950   IncrementWrapFlags IFlags = Flags;
11951 
11952   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(ScevFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == ScevFlags)
11953     IFlags = clearFlags(IFlags, IncrementNSSW);
11954 
11955   return IFlags == IncrementAnyWrap;
11956 }
11957 
11958 void SCEVWrapPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
11959   OS.indent(Depth) << *getExpr() << " Added Flags: ";
11960   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNUSW & getFlags())
11961     OS << "<nusw>";
11962   if (SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementNSSW & getFlags())
11963     OS << "<nssw>";
11964   OS << "\n";
11965 }
11966 
11967 SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags
11968 SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR,
11969                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) {
11970   IncrementWrapFlags ImpliedFlags = IncrementAnyWrap;
11971   SCEV::NoWrapFlags StaticFlags = AR->getNoWrapFlags();
11972 
11973   // We can safely transfer the NSW flag as NSSW.
11974   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNSW) == StaticFlags)
11975     ImpliedFlags = IncrementNSSW;
11976 
11977   if (ScalarEvolution::setFlags(StaticFlags, SCEV::FlagNUW) == StaticFlags) {
11978     // If the increment is positive, the SCEV NUW flag will also imply the
11979     // WrapPredicate NUSW flag.
11980     if (const auto *Step = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(SE)))
11981       if (Step->getValue()->getValue().isNonNegative())
11982         ImpliedFlags = setFlags(ImpliedFlags, IncrementNUSW);
11983   }
11984 
11985   return ImpliedFlags;
11986 }
11987 
11988 /// Union predicates don't get cached so create a dummy set ID for it.
11989 SCEVUnionPredicate::SCEVUnionPredicate()
11990     : SCEVPredicate(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(nullptr, 0), P_Union) {}
11991 
11992 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::isAlwaysTrue() const {
11993   return all_of(Preds,
11994                 [](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->isAlwaysTrue(); });
11995 }
11996 
11997 ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>
11998 SCEVUnionPredicate::getPredicatesForExpr(const SCEV *Expr) {
11999   auto I = SCEVToPreds.find(Expr);
12000   if (I == SCEVToPreds.end())
12001     return ArrayRef<const SCEVPredicate *>();
12002   return I->second;
12003 }
12004 
12005 bool SCEVUnionPredicate::implies(const SCEVPredicate *N) const {
12006   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N))
12007     return all_of(Set->Preds,
12008                   [this](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return this->implies(I); });
12009 
12010   auto ScevPredsIt = SCEVToPreds.find(N->getExpr());
12011   if (ScevPredsIt == SCEVToPreds.end())
12012     return false;
12013   auto &SCEVPreds = ScevPredsIt->second;
12014 
12015   return any_of(SCEVPreds,
12016                 [N](const SCEVPredicate *I) { return I->implies(N); });
12017 }
12018 
12019 const SCEV *SCEVUnionPredicate::getExpr() const { return nullptr; }
12020 
12021 void SCEVUnionPredicate::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
12022   for (auto Pred : Preds)
12023     Pred->print(OS, Depth);
12024 }
12025 
12026 void SCEVUnionPredicate::add(const SCEVPredicate *N) {
12027   if (const auto *Set = dyn_cast<SCEVUnionPredicate>(N)) {
12028     for (auto Pred : Set->Preds)
12029       add(Pred);
12030     return;
12031   }
12032 
12033   if (implies(N))
12034     return;
12035 
12036   const SCEV *Key = N->getExpr();
12037   assert(Key && "Only SCEVUnionPredicate doesn't have an "
12038                 " associated expression!");
12039 
12040   SCEVToPreds[Key].push_back(N);
12041   Preds.push_back(N);
12042 }
12043 
12044 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(ScalarEvolution &SE,
12045                                                      Loop &L)
12046     : SE(SE), L(L) {}
12047 
12048 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
12049   const SCEV *Expr = SE.getSCEV(V);
12050   RewriteEntry &Entry = RewriteMap[Expr];
12051 
12052   // If we already have an entry and the version matches, return it.
12053   if (Entry.second && Generation == Entry.first)
12054     return Entry.second;
12055 
12056   // We found an entry but it's stale. Rewrite the stale entry
12057   // according to the current predicate.
12058   if (Entry.second)
12059     Expr = Entry.second;
12060 
12061   const SCEV *NewSCEV = SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Expr, &L, Preds);
12062   Entry = {Generation, NewSCEV};
12063 
12064   return NewSCEV;
12065 }
12066 
12067 const SCEV *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount() {
12068   if (!BackedgeCount) {
12069     SCEVUnionPredicate BackedgePred;
12070     BackedgeCount = SE.getPredicatedBackedgeTakenCount(&L, BackedgePred);
12071     addPredicate(BackedgePred);
12072   }
12073   return BackedgeCount;
12074 }
12075 
12076 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::addPredicate(const SCEVPredicate &Pred) {
12077   if (Preds.implies(&Pred))
12078     return;
12079   Preds.add(&Pred);
12080   updateGeneration();
12081 }
12082 
12083 const SCEVUnionPredicate &PredicatedScalarEvolution::getUnionPredicate() const {
12084   return Preds;
12085 }
12086 
12087 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::updateGeneration() {
12088   // If the generation number wrapped recompute everything.
12089   if (++Generation == 0) {
12090     for (auto &II : RewriteMap) {
12091       const SCEV *Rewritten = II.second.second;
12092       II.second = {Generation, SE.rewriteUsingPredicate(Rewritten, &L, Preds)};
12093     }
12094   }
12095 }
12096 
12097 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::setNoOverflow(
12098     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
12099   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
12100   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
12101 
12102   auto ImpliedFlags = SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE);
12103 
12104   // Clear the statically implied flags.
12105   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, ImpliedFlags);
12106   addPredicate(*SE.getWrapPredicate(AR, Flags));
12107 
12108   auto II = FlagsMap.insert({V, Flags});
12109   if (!II.second)
12110     II.first->second = SCEVWrapPredicate::setFlags(Flags, II.first->second);
12111 }
12112 
12113 bool PredicatedScalarEvolution::hasNoOverflow(
12114     Value *V, SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementWrapFlags Flags) {
12115   const SCEV *Expr = getSCEV(V);
12116   const auto *AR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Expr);
12117 
12118   Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(
12119       Flags, SCEVWrapPredicate::getImpliedFlags(AR, SE));
12120 
12121   auto II = FlagsMap.find(V);
12122 
12123   if (II != FlagsMap.end())
12124     Flags = SCEVWrapPredicate::clearFlags(Flags, II->second);
12125 
12126   return Flags == SCEVWrapPredicate::IncrementAnyWrap;
12127 }
12128 
12129 const SCEVAddRecExpr *PredicatedScalarEvolution::getAsAddRec(Value *V) {
12130   const SCEV *Expr = this->getSCEV(V);
12131   SmallPtrSet<const SCEVPredicate *, 4> NewPreds;
12132   auto *New = SE.convertSCEVToAddRecWithPredicates(Expr, &L, NewPreds);
12133 
12134   if (!New)
12135     return nullptr;
12136 
12137   for (auto *P : NewPreds)
12138     Preds.add(P);
12139 
12140   updateGeneration();
12141   RewriteMap[SE.getSCEV(V)] = {Generation, New};
12142   return New;
12143 }
12144 
12145 PredicatedScalarEvolution::PredicatedScalarEvolution(
12146     const PredicatedScalarEvolution &Init)
12147     : RewriteMap(Init.RewriteMap), SE(Init.SE), L(Init.L), Preds(Init.Preds),
12148       Generation(Init.Generation), BackedgeCount(Init.BackedgeCount) {
12149   for (const auto &I : Init.FlagsMap)
12150     FlagsMap.insert(I);
12151 }
12152 
12153 void PredicatedScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, unsigned Depth) const {
12154   // For each block.
12155   for (auto *BB : L.getBlocks())
12156     for (auto &I : *BB) {
12157       if (!SE.isSCEVable(I.getType()))
12158         continue;
12159 
12160       auto *Expr = SE.getSCEV(&I);
12161       auto II = RewriteMap.find(Expr);
12162 
12163       if (II == RewriteMap.end())
12164         continue;
12165 
12166       // Don't print things that are not interesting.
12167       if (II->second.second == Expr)
12168         continue;
12169 
12170       OS.indent(Depth) << "[PSE]" << I << ":\n";
12171       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << *Expr << "\n";
12172       OS.indent(Depth + 2) << "--> " << *II->second.second << "\n";
12173     }
12174 }
12175 
12176 // Match the mathematical pattern A - (A / B) * B, where A and B can be
12177 // arbitrary expressions.
12178 // It's not always easy, as A and B can be folded (imagine A is X / 2, and B is
12179 // 4, A / B becomes X / 8).
12180 bool ScalarEvolution::matchURem(const SCEV *Expr, const SCEV *&LHS,
12181                                 const SCEV *&RHS) {
12182   const auto *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Expr);
12183   if (Add == nullptr || Add->getNumOperands() != 2)
12184     return false;
12185 
12186   const SCEV *A = Add->getOperand(1);
12187   const auto *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Add->getOperand(0));
12188 
12189   if (Mul == nullptr)
12190     return false;
12191 
12192   const auto MatchURemWithDivisor = [&](const SCEV *B) {
12193     // (SomeExpr + (-(SomeExpr / B) * B)).
12194     if (Expr == getURemExpr(A, B)) {
12195       LHS = A;
12196       RHS = B;
12197       return true;
12198     }
12199     return false;
12200   };
12201 
12202   // (SomeExpr + (-1 * (SomeExpr / B) * B)).
12203   if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 3 && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0)))
12204     return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(1)) ||
12205            MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(2));
12206 
12207   // (SomeExpr + ((-SomeExpr / B) * B)) or (SomeExpr + ((SomeExpr / B) * -B)).
12208   if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2)
12209     return MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(1)) ||
12210            MatchURemWithDivisor(Mul->getOperand(0)) ||
12211            MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul->getOperand(1))) ||
12212            MatchURemWithDivisor(getNegativeSCEV(Mul->getOperand(0)));
12213   return false;
12214 }
12215